Folder
Adams v. Bell Motion For Further Relief 5-82 (Folder)
Working File
May, 1982
199 pages
Cite this item
-
Division of Legal Information and Community Service, Education - Higher Education. Adams v. Bell Motion For Further Relief 5-82 (Folder), 1982. 30bb11e5-739b-ef11-8a69-6045bddc2d97. LDF Archives, Thurgood Marshall Institute. https://ldfrecollection.org/archives/archives-search/archives-item/91d14fa0-5d3d-4b25-975b-76aa08f282fb/adams-v-bell-motion-for-further-relief-5-82-folder. Accessed November 21, 2025.
Copied!
UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUiMBIA
KENNETH ADAiMS / et ^ ,
Plaintiffs,
V .
TERREL H. BELL, et al,,
Defendants.
Civil Action No. 70-3095
DEFENDANTS' POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN OPPOSITION
TO PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Introduction
Title VI of the 1964 Civil Rights Act prohibits, inter alia,
the granting of federal aid to public higher education systems
which have not desegregated. In 1978, the Department of Health,
Education and Welfare (HEW) (a predecessor of the Department of
Education) adopted guidelines, the Revised Criteria Specifying the
Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of
Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978) (Criteria), to
assist states in preparing acceptable plans for the desegregation
of their formerly ^ jure segregated higher education systems.
See Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). The
Criteria enumerate the goals and commitments that HEW, in consul
tation with various groups and organizations — including the
plaintiffs here — concluded should be contained in those plans.
Since 1978, the Office for Civil Rights (OCR) has applied the
Criteria in accepting state plans for desegregation. In 1978 or
1979, HEW accepted the plans submitted by the States of Arkansas,
*/Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, Oklahoma, and Virginia."
Since January, 1981, OCR has accepted plans submitted by the
States of Delaware, Missouri, and West Virginia, and
•k "k ^
conditionally accepted a plan from Kentucky. Following
acceptance of each of these state plans for desegregation of
higher education systems, the Office for Civil Rights of the
Department of Education (Education) has monitored implementation
of those plans to ensure that the goal of desegregation of
V These are referred to as the "first tier" states. Included
within that group is the State of Pennsylvania, from which no plan
has been accepted yet.
**/ These are referred to the "second tier" states. Another
second tier state is Texas, which is discussed below.
state public higher education systems is .achieved in an effective
and meaningful manner within each state system.
The experience of OCR over the past four years has shown that
applying and implementing the Criteria has been a complex, diffi
cult and time-consuming process. Each state has presented a
unique situation, in terms of the nature of the violation to be
remedied, the structure of the state system, and many other
relevant factors. OCR has striven to apply the Criteria in a
meaningful and effective way, consistent with each state's unique
si tuation.
Despite OCR's strenuous efforts to achieve desegregation of
state higher education institutions within the context of these
various state systems, plaintiffs have moved for further relief in
this area, alleging that Education is not properly applying or
enforcing the Criteria. Plaintiffs raise two related claims.
First, they allege that the desegregation plans accepted from the
"second tier" states do not meet the Criteria. Second, they
allege that Education has failed to impose sanctions where the
"first tier" states have failed to implement their plans pursuant
to the Criteria. As relief, plaintiffs request this court to
order defendants to "implement the desegregation guidelines and
timetables mandated by the Criteria" and to "initiate enforcement
proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states which
are defiant or perenially [sic] recalcitrant." Plaintiffs' Motion
for Further Relief (Motion) at 44.
Despite Education's good faith and responsible efforts to
apply flexibly the Criteria in accepting and monitoring state
plans for desegregation to meet the unique needs of each state,
plaintiffs ask this Court to undertake what would necessarily be
an extraordinarily sweeping and detailed review of enumerable
exercises of administrative discretion in complex, state-wide
cases involving ten states. Based on selected, skeletal statis
tics and isolated factual anecdotes, plaintiffs seek a ruling that
the plans for each of five states are inadequate and must be
renegotiated. They also request this Court to find that five
- 2 -
other states are not implementing their desegregation plans and to
order the Department of Education to institute enforcement pro
ceedings against those five states. This wide-ranging interven
tion into the difficult process of achieving desegregation is not
justified.
Plaintiffs' motion should be denied. From their inception,
the Criteria were understood to be guidelines to be applied in a
flexible manner consistent with the unique circumstances of
particular states. Application of the Criteria in accepting a
desegregation plan requires a detailed understanding of the
problems, structure and possible solutions of each state's higher
education system. Monitoring of state desegregation plans
requires this same level of understanding, as well as the exercise
of judgment concerning the delicate and complex decisions of
degrees of compliance. Monitoring entails making judgments
concerning the relative value of additional efforts at voluntary
compliance.
OCR has attempted through negotiations to work with states to
further desegregation and ensure compliance with accepted plans.
Where OCR has determined that such efforts are insufficient, it
has taken further steps: initiated enforcement proceedings (North
Carolina); referred cases for enforcement to the Department of
Justice (Ohio and Alabama); and formally notified States of
deficiencies in the implementation of previously accepted plans
(Florida and Virginia),
Achieving desegregation of higher education systems requires
time and much mutual effort on the part of OCR and the states.
Indeed, both the States and OCR, have operated under the belief
that it was necessary to allow five years for the major objectives
of the plans to be achieved and that the end of that five year
period is the m.ost appropriate time to determine the success of
the plans. For the first tier states (Virginia, Oklahoma,
Georgia, Florida and Arkansas), the five year period expires at
- 3 -
the completion of the 1982-1983 school year. OCR is prepared to
review thoroughly the compliance status of these states at the end
of the five year period, and to seek further remedies where
necessary.
DISCUSSION
I. The Criteria Provide Specific and
Effective Guidance to the States in
Achieving Desegregation of Their
Higher Education System but Do Not
Have the Force and Effect of Law.
The Criteria were issued to provide guidance to formerly de
jure segregated state higher education systems developing
desegregation plans.'
the Criteria:
As stated in the introduction to
HEW has determined that the criteria provide
specific and effective guidance to the States
and at the same time are sufficiently flexible
to provide for circumstances which may vary from
state to state.
43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978). The Criteria were thus designed to aid
in devising plans that would be effective in achieving the
desegregation of the system. 43 Fed. Reg. 6659 (1978) . As the
Fourth Circuit noted, prior to the issuance of the higher
education guidelines. Title VI required negotiations seeking
voluntary compliance as an initial step and that the issuance of
"'compliance guidelines' or instructions . . . [would] assist in
voluntary compliance and . . . negotiations. . . . " Mayor and
City Council of Baltimore v. Mathews, 562 F.2d 914, 922 (4th Cir,
1977), withdrawn, 571 F.2d 1272, cert, denied, 439 U.S. 862
(1978) .
Because desegregation problems in colleges and universities
differ widely from those encountered in elementary and secondary
schools, the Court of Appeals recognized, in 1973, the need for
HEW to formulate separate guidelines for the desegregation of
statewide systems of higher education. Adams v. Richardson, 480
F.2d 1159 , 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973). This Court -subsequently ordered
HEW to "develop final guidelines or criteria specifying the
ingredients of an acceptable higher education desegregation plan
within 90 days." Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C.
1977). Pursuant to that order, HEW developed and filed, on July
5, 1977, the Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable
Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education.
One month later, these criteria were amended to take into account
suggestions from the states and, in 1978, the Revised Criteria
Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate
State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978)
(Criteria), were published.
- 4 -
Indeed, in issuing the Criteria, David Tatel, then Director
of OCR, noted that "[t]he goals [of the Criteria] are established
as indices by which to measure progress toward the objective of
eliminating the effects of unconstitutional de jure racial segre
gation. . . 43 Fed. Reg. 6659. Noting that "[t]hese goals are
not quotas . . ."Mr. Tatel wrote that "[flailure to achieve a
goal is not sufficient evidence, standing alone, to establish a
violation of Title VI." M. It was always intended that OCR
would have the authority under the Criteria to "modify the goals
and timetables." Id.
The Criteria were not intended to operate as regulations with
the force and effect of law, nor were they promulgated as regula
tions pursuant to the procedural requirements of the Administra
tive Procedure Act (APA) , 5 U.S.C. 551 e_t sea., or published for
comment as a "proposed rule" in the Federal Register. Neither
this Court nor the Court of Appeals has mandated otherwise.
Indeed, both the Court of Appeals and this Court consistently
*/referred to the need for "guidelines" in this area.”
Viewing the Criteria as non-mandatory guidelines, rather than
regulations subject to mechanical application, is consistent with
the manner in which the courts and Education" have
V The Court of Appeals said "HEW has not yet formulated guide
lines for desegregating state systems of higher learning." Adams
V. Richardson, 480 F.2d at 1164. This Court remarked that HEW
should "develop final guidelines or criteria." Adams v. Califano,
430 F. Supp. at 120.
**/ It is well settled that the agency's interpretation should
be deemed a prime consideration when determining whether rules
such as the Criteria are guidelines or substantive regulations.
Daughters of Miriam Center v. Mathews, 590 F.2d 1250, 1255-56 n. 9
(3d Cir. 1978); Haddon Township Board of Education v. New Jersev
Department of Education, 476 F. Supp. 681, 693 (D. N.J. 1979); 1
K. Davis, Administrative Law Treatise §503 (1958 and Supps. 1970,
1976). Besides making it clear in the Criteria themselves that it
considered the Criteria to be merely guidelines, the Department of
Education has consistently interpreted the Criteria as guidelines
and not regulations. For example, in the administrative enforce
ment proceeding against North Carolina's higher education system,
in which these same plaintiffs were actively involved as inter
veners, Education stated on several occasions that it viewed the
Criteria as guidelines and not regulations. The administrative
law judge agreed and so ruled:
(FOOTNOTE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
- 5 -
treated similar criteria issued in connection with elementary and
secondary schools.
Guidelines were issued in the elementary and secondary educa
tion area to assist such systems in formulating desegregation
plans. Issued prior to the higher education guidelines, the
elementary and secondary school guidelines were treated by HEW and
have been recognized by the courts as policy guidelines — not
regulations. See "Revised Statements of Policies for School
Desegregation Plans under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of
1964" 31 Fed. Reg. 5623 (April 1966) (1966 Guidelines); United
States V. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F.2d 836 (5th
Cir. 1966), rehearing en banc 380 F.2d 385 (1967), cert. denied,
389 U.S. 840 (1967); Alabama NAACP State Conference Branches v.
Wallace, 269 F. Supp. 346 (M.D. Ala. 1967).
In Jefferson County Board of Education, supra, 372 F.2d at
857-858, for example, the Fifth Circuit emphasized the distinction
between HEW's "policies" and its substantive regulation imple
menting Title VI — 45 C.F.R. Part 80:
(Footnote continued from previous page)
The history of the Criteria convinces
me that neither Judge Pratt nor the
government intended that they have the
force, and effect of law. . . . Such
guidelines or interpretations (of Title
VI) are not binding on the courts — the
hallmark of legislative type rulemaking.
Rather, they simply "constitute a body of
experience and informed judgment to which
courts and litigants may properly resort
for guidance." Skidmore v. Swift and
Co., 323 U.S. 134, 140 (1944).
In Re the State of North Carolina, et al.. No. 79 VI-1, Order
Ruling on Respondents i'’totion To Dismiss Administrative Proceeding
and Certifying Certain Questions To The Reviewing Authority at 7
(October 10, 1979).
- 6 -
The guidelines (i.e., Policies) do not purport
to be a rule, regulation or order. They con^
stitute a statement of policy under Section
30.4(c) of the HEW Regulations. HEW is under no
statutory compulsion to issue such statements . . . .
They are not regulations requiring the approval of
the President.
Similarly, in Alabama NAACP State Conference Branches v. Wallace,
supra, 269 F. Supp. at 351, the court stated that the 1966 Guide
lines were "simply statements of policies," and "were not an exer
cise of rule-making power and hence do not have the status of
law. "■ The Court also noted that "school authorities may
and should respect the guidelines as a reliable guide to what
-k-k y
the Department's enforcement action should be." W.
As guidelines and not regulations issued pursuant to the APA,
the Criteria do not carry the force and effect of law. See
Chrysler Corp. v. Brown, 441 U.S. 281, 313-317 (1979); Brown v.
Lynn, 385 F. Supp. 986, 998 (D. 111. 1974); Haddon Township Board
of Ed. V. New Jersey Dept, of Ed., 476 F. Supp. 681, 691 (D. N.J.
1979). They are merely statements of policy, as contemplated by 5
U.-S.C. §553 (b) (A). As observed by the district court in North
Carolina v. Dept. of H.E.W., 480 F. Supp. 929, 938 n.6 (E.D. N.C.
^7 Moreover, the status of the guidelines issued in the elemen
tary and secondary area has been compared to those issued in the
higher education area. Shortly before the Criteria were published
in 1977, the Fourth Circuit noted that although HEW had developed
and published the 1966 Guidelines, it has "failed, however, to
take comparable action with respect to higher education." Mayor
of Baltimore v. Mathews, 562 F.2d 914, 922 (4th Cir. 1977), with
drawn , 571 F.2d 1273, cert. denied, 439 U.S. 862 (1978) (emphasis
supplied). The Fourth Circuit, echoing the earlier directive of
this Court, found that comparable guidelines were necessary and
ordered HEW to provide "final guidelines or criteria specifying
the ingredients of an acceptable higher education desegregation
plan for Maryland." M. at 926.
**/ In 1973, the Court of Appeals specifically referred to the
Alabama NAACP case when it noted the need for guidelines in the
higher education area, impliedly recognizing the guidelines as "a
statement of policies." Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164
n.9 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc).
- 7 -
(1979), "the criteria can be adjusted to meet unique situational
realities like those that confront North Carolina's higher educa
tion system.... (W)e expect that the Secretary will utilize them
as standards in a practical and flexible manner."
II. OCR has Applied the Criteria in a Meaningful
and Appropriate Manner to Each State's
Unique S i t u a t i o n _______________________
A. Plans Accepted From the Second
Tier States Specifically Address
the Goals Set Forth in the Criteria
and Provide For Each State's Particular
Circumstances________________________
This Court and the Court of J^peals specifically identified
several issues when addressing the problems of desegregating
formerly ^ jure segregated public higher education systems. The
Court of Appeals emphasized that integrating higher education
"must be dealt with on a statewide rather than a school-by-school
basis." Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973)
(en banc). It stressed that the states needed to eliminate
systemwide racial imbalance, to focus on increasing minority
representation in professional areas, and to take into account the
special problems of minority students. M. at 1164-1165. Fur
ther, both the Court of Appeals in its 1973 decision and this
Court in Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118 (D.D.C. 1977),
pointed out that the process of desegregation should place no
greater burden upon black colleges and their students than upon
white colleges. Id. at 120. This Court accordingly prescribed
that HEW must "take into account the unique importance of the
black colleges. . . . " when devising criteria for higher education
desegregation plans. Id.
These principles are reflected in the Criteria developed in
1977. They are set forth in the introduction to the Criteria:
1. The Criteria will apply to states which
formerly operated ^ jure segregated (dual)
systems of higher education;
2. In those states there is an affirmative
duty to take affirmative remedial steps as
opposed to adopting neutral and passive
policies to eliminate the vestiges of the
formerly dual system;
3. Those states must undertake a statewide
approach with coordinated planning to
produce a comprehensive, systemwide
desegregation plan;
4. The desegregation plans should contain
specific goals and timetables for
enrollment and employment and specific
commitments for the enhancement of
traditionally black institutions (TBIs);
5. There are special considerations present
when desegregating higher education which
make that process different and more
complex than desegregating elementary and
secondary education; and
6. The states, in developing their plans,
must take into account the unique role of
the TBIs and not place disproportionate
burdens on black students, faculties and
institutions.
Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to
Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 F.R.
6658, 6659-6660 (Feb. 15, 1978).
These principles embody the goals involved in higher educa
tion desegregation. In determining whether a plan submitted by a
state is acceptable, OCR examines whether the plan comports with
the Criteria, as expressed in those legal principles set out
above, and whether the plan has a reasonable likelihood of accomp
lishing its purposes.
As envisioned by the Criteria, however, OCR also examines the
varying circumstances presented by each state's higher education
system. When it published the Criteria, HEW recognized that they
"provide specific and effective guidance to the states and at the
same time, are sufficiently flexible to provide for circumstances
which may vary from state to state." Criteria, supra, 45 Fed.
Reg. at 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978).
Of necessity, each state requires a specially tailored set of
remedies. Each state system varies according to the number and
size of its higher education institutions, its racial enrollment,
its state racial population and other relevant institutional
characteristics such as limited missions, limited program offer
ings and service areas. Some states had several TBIs and signifi
cant racial separation in enrollment and employment. (Declaration
55A). Other states had only one TBI. (Declaration ^5A). Some
- 9 -
states had black enrollment in its traditionally white institu
tions (TWIs) reflecting those institutions' service areas, while
other states did not. (Declaration f[5A) . The TBIs of some states
were not the equal of the TWIs in such areas as their academic
quality, facilities, and program breadth while the conditions at
TBIs in other states required less enhancement to achieve compar
ability. (Declaration J5A). Some states no longer have a systemr
wide violation. (Declaration 55A). Consequently, each state is
required to develop a plan that would address its particular
circumstances, considering the violation(s) identified by OCR in
the letter of findings (LOF) transmitted to the state.
Because the circumstances and the scope of the violation in
each state differ, OCR has attempted to negotiate plans consistent
with the nature of each individual state system and the remedy
required for the particular violation identified. This approach
could and has resulted in emphasizing one aspect of the Criteria
less than another, as long as similar remedial results are
achieved. (Declaration ?[5B) .
For instance, historically, black and white schools in the
same service area offered identical programs, thereby encouraging
students to make their enrollment decisions for racial reasons.
(Declaration 55D). The Criteria therefore call for the elimina
tion of unnecessary educational program duplication. The elimina
tion of this unnecessary duplication (by eliminating, merging or
specializing the programs) is designed to encourage students to
enroll at the school where the program remains available instead
of making their enrollment decision for racial reasons.
But the Criteria also require that the unique importance of
black colleges be taken into account. The Criteria recognize,
therefore, the need to place new, high demand, unduplicated pro
grams at the black institution. This type of flexibility permits
the states some alternative in their choice of remedies. In
Georgia, for example, OCR approved a plan that called for the
- 10 -
elimination of unnecesary program duplication in two major pro
grams taught at two schools in the same city, (Declaration
*/fSD). However, OCR sanctioned Georgia's alternative
approach of adding attractive, high demand programs -- without
"eliminating" existing "duplication" — at its two other black
institutions.
Similarly, in the state plan accepted by OCR for South
Carolina, the State promised to create no further program duplica
tion and to enhance the TBI so that in five years, twenty-five
percent of the students at the TBI would be enrolled in high
demand or unduplicated programs. To assist in accomplishing that
goal, a doctoral program in education was among the nine new high
demand or unduplicated programs to be added to the TBI. The State
also committed itself to ensuring the resources necessary for the
TBI to maintain accredited programs in Engineering Technology,
•k it ̂
Business and Education. (Declaration ?[5F) .
OCR accepted a plan from the State of Florida that would
address its unique structure. The Florida system is unique
because 80 percent of its students are enrolled in community
colleges. (Declaration J5K). Because of this, OCR permitted
Florida to address Criterion IIB(2) (which requires the states to
reduce the disparity between black and white entrance rates into
TWIs from high schools) by committing itself to increase the
enrollment of black students entering the four-year and upper
division TWIs, instead of by setting goals for entering freshmen
•k kk ̂
at the senior institutions.
V In Savannah, Savannah State College eliminated its education
programs and neighboring Armstrong State College eliminated its
business programs. These steps did result in shifts in racial
enrollment. (Declaration 55D).
**/ OCR has permitted other states to follow a similarly
flexible, programmatic approach to the desegregation of TBIs,
where a new program development plan, combined with other mea
sures, appeared to have a reasonable likelihood of success. For
example, in Virginia, one of the TBIs shares a city with a TWI,
necessitating a plan for those two colleges which emphasizes
eliminating unnecessary duplication. The approach for the other
TBIs in the State is to rely on program enhancement. (Declaration
55E). Other states plans which emphasize new program development
at TBIs include the plans of Oklahoma, Kentucky, Florida and
Delaware. (Declaration 555G-5J).
***/ The need for statewide enrollment goals is more limited
in some states than others. In Kentucky, for example, blacks
enter higher education institutions at a slightly higher rate than
do whites. Where necessary for an institution, however, the goals
were provided,
- 11 -
In negotiating a desegregation plan with a state, and in
deciding whether that plan will remedy the violation, therefore,
OCR considers several factors. These include, among others; (1)
scope of the violation; (2) geography; (3) necessity for, and
extend of, institutional participation; (4) degree of
desegregation; (5) demographics (e ,g. , location); (6) the history
of each institution; (7) the relative growth of each institution;
(3) the service area; (9) the mission of each institution; (10)
its course offerings; (11) the quality of the faculty; (12) the
condition of the physical facilities; (13) the degree to which
proximate institutions compete for students; (14) the financial
support received from the State; (15) outside financial support;
(16) endowment income; (17) the state tax base and the share it
provides to public higher education; (18) employment factors; and
(19) structure of the State governing boards. (Declaration ^54,
6A). OCR considers those factors initially in developing its
letters of findings (LOFs) transmitted to the states.
Consideration of these factors.is a complex and time
consuming process. Plaintiffs of necessity are asking this Court
to review the pertinent characteristics listed above for at least
the five states which, they allege, departed impermissibly from
the Criteria. The case of North Carolina illustrates the
magnitude of the course upon which plaintiffs would have this
embark. When HEW was faced with a decision on the adequacy
of the proposal made by North Carolina, it chose to initiate an
administrative proceeding at which approximately 70 witnesses
testified, some of them for as long as five days. The issue in
that hearing was essentially the same issue olaintiffs ask this
Court to decide for each of five states.
- 12 -
Plaintiffs fail to recognize, however, the need to consider
these various factors set forth above in shaping a
*/remedy.” In attacking the state plans of Kentucky,
Missouri, Delaware, West Virginia and Texas, they simplify the
approach of examining the adequacy of accepted state plans by
mechanistic application of the Criteria where defendants have
taken a complex approach and have conducted detailed and lengthy
★ ★ y'
analyses. The examples set out below demonstrate how
plaintiffs' failure to consider the nexus between remedy and
violation seriously flaws their analysis.
For example, plaintiffs complain that the plan accepted by
defendants for Missouri was not acceptable, because only three of
twenty-eight institutions are included. Only three Missouri
institutions are included because defendants' investigation demon
strated that the other institutions already have been desegre
gated. (Declaration f6I). That determination was based on a
review of each institution's enrollment and employment and the
* ie it ie y
racial composition of the area it services. Further,
V Plaintiffs also fail to recognize the wide diversity of
governing structures in higher education. While some states, such
as North Carolina, have a single board which operates the state
system in a centralized fashion, other states, such as Texas (with
several independent boards) or Virginia and Kentucky (with board
authority limited to coordination functions), have governing
structures which are much less centralized. (Declaration ^8).
Plaintiffs apparently expect, and believe necessary, a profound
restructuring of higher education in each Adams state. OCR, on
the other hand, must be prepared to negotiate with those parties
selected by the governor to develop the state's plan. This may
include either a centralized board certain of its ability to
implement necessary commitments, or a board less able to implement
changes on its own. OCR is without power to require states to
organize their higher education systems in a highly centralized
fashion.
**/ OCR's analyses often draw upon outside consultants and
on-site visits, and involve the review of these diverse
factors.
***/ Service area data are considered essential in determining
whether an institution has been desegregated. It is not
sufficient to note merely that an institution is, for instance, 59
percent black.
- 13
it was determined that no other institutions were needed in the
state plan for an adequate remedy. Therefore, the focus of the
plan was directed at those three schools in which the vestiges of
*/the formerly dual system remained."
The plaintiffs speculate, however, that in Missouri;
[a] comprehensive state-wide Plan would seek
to benefit from the presence of a two-year
institution that appears to be progressing
toward integration in the region of a
substantially segregated university by relying
upon the two-year school as a "feeder”
institution to help integrate the nearby
university.
Motion at 17. Plaintiffs are referring to Moberly College, a
junior college approximately thirty-five miles from the University
of Missouri at Columbia (UM-C). Moberly College, 15% black in
1980, has a total enrollment of 901, including 136 blacks. UM-C,
the state's flagship institution, has an enrollment of 24,579, and
is 90% white. OCR concluded, with obvious accuracy, that Moberly
did not have sufficient black enrollment to act as an adequate
feeder institution. Of course, UM-C still retains the burden of
Plaintiffs make a similar mistake with regard to Delaware,
again complaining about the failure to address the system on a
statewide basis, since the community colleges were not included in
the plan. OCR found that the community colleges were not part of
the violation, because, as with Missouri, no community college in
Delaware is racially identifiable in terms of student enrollment,
when considering service area, nor in terms of faculty employment,
when considering the availability pool. (Declaration 5 6N).
However, OCR did direct the state to consider the effect that
remedial measures applied to one institution, including the
community colleges, will have on another institution.
A similar flexible approach was taken in West Virginia to
meet the needs of remedying the violations in that state. Defend
ants determined that racial attendance patterns at state schools
were strikingly regional in nature, and that those patterns
generally reflected the relative racial population of the sur
rounding countries. (Declaration *I6L) . Thus, the State's plan
logically and appropriately focused upon the desegregation of WVU.
Likewise, in Kentucky and Arkansas, enrollment goals vary with the
racial composition of those counties which make up each institu
tion's service area. (Declaration 1[̂ 6D, 6F) . Thus, in Kentucky,
three senior institutions and the community colleges have no goals
for increasing black enrollments since they have achieved parity
in their service areas. (Declaration ![6F). In Arkansas, the
goals range from 0 percent to 42-52 percent depending on the
racial makeup of the service areas. (Declaration ![6D).
- 14
*/attracting black students. Based upon the facts provided
to this Court by plaintiffs, it would be impossible to make an
accurate finding on the alleged need to include additional insti
tutions in Missouri's plan. To the contrary, OCR's detailed
consideration of the scope and nature of that state's violations
has shown otherwise.
In attacking Delaware's plan, plaintiffs allege that there is
duplication of programs between Delaware Technical and Community
College (DTCC) and the TBI, Delaware State College (DSC). Motion
at 14. They offer no evidence to support this assertion, however.
Ordinarily, two year degree programs at technical and community
colleges do not duplicate four year degree programs at liberal
arts schools because their purposes are radically different, and
* * y/
OCR did not find the situation to be otherwise. (Declara
tion ?[60) .
Plaintiffs also assert that in Kentucky's plan there are
"absolutely no statewide measures" for student recruitment,
retention and development. Motion at 9. This assertion is wrong.
In fact Kentucky promised to adopt statewide retention measures,
if the institutional measures did not work. Kentucky Plan at
■k it it y
84-85. Also, the need for student recruitment measures
in Kentucky is not- as great as for many other states because -the
black entrance rate in the State is higher than that for whites.
(Declaration *[7L) . Plaintiffs' claim that the plan contains only
Plaintiffs also claim that there are two-year and four-year
institutions in the general vicinity of the other universities
cited in the LOF, implying that they would be of great assistance
in the desegregation process. Motion at 17. The facts prove this
statement to be incorrect. For instanoe. Southeast Missouri State
University (SEMSU), oited in the LOF, is approximately ninety
miles away from any other public college. The two community
colleges approximately ninety miles from SEMSU are .8 peroent and
4.3% black (with a total of 65 black students). (Declaration
56K) .
**/ Two year and four year programs being provided in the same
service area can create competition for students which may inter
fere with desegregation. OCR is monitoring the situation in
Delaware. (Declaration ![60) .
***/ Even if the assertion were true, it would not serve to
indict Kentucky's plan, since such measure can often best be
developed by individual institutions, absent unusual circum
stances. (Declaration !I6G) .
- 15
collections of statistical reports and no statewide employment
plan is also inaccurate. Plaintiff's Motion at 10. To the
contrary, the plan does contain individual affirmative action
plans for institutions and statewide bodies. (Declaration «[7M) .
The plaintiffs also allege that defendants circumvented this
Court's order of September, 1981 by granting a provisional accept-
*/ance to the Kentucky plan. Motion at 9.~ They fail to
grasp, however, the occasional necessity for provisional accept-
ance of statewide plans.
A state faces tremendous practical problems in developing, in
a relatively short time, a comprehensive, coordinated state plan
affecting numerous institutions. (Texas, for instance, has
thirty-seven senior institutions and 68 technical schools and
community colleges.) Often, numerous studies must be conducted to
determine appropriate program placement, examine facilities,
develop affirmative action plans and formulate enrollment and
retention measures involved in the long-range planning. As a
result, most state plans have totaled hundreds of pages. Although
plaintiffs emphasize the importance of statewide planning, they
also expect a comprehensive plan to be developed ninety days after
the issuance of an LOF. Such an unrealistic practice could only
result in poor planning, confusion, an inability properly to
The Kentucky negotiations were extremely complex. There were
sixteen negotiation sessions over a twelve month period and OCR
received 21 written submissions from the State. The negotiations
did extend beyond this Court's deadline. By December 31, 1931,
however, OCR was very confident that it would reach an agreement
with Kentucky. At the same time, it was prepared to initiate
enforcement proceedings if it became necessary. OCR chose to
avoid creating a confrontational atmosphere by enforcement pro
ceedings that might inhibit the negotiations that were quickly
closing. This choice was upheld. In fact, a plan from Kentucky
was provisionally accepted by OCR on January 29, 1982. (Declara
tion 510A) .
**/ Plaintiffs imply that a provisional acceptance is unusual
and inappropriate. As plaintiffs are well aware, OCR has provis
ionally accepted numerous state plans in the past, beginning as
early as OCR's provisional acceptance of the Oklahoma plan in
1978. On none of these occasions did plaintiffs complain to this
Court that defendants were circumventing its orders. For example,
OCR provisionally accepted the Oklahoma plan on February 3, 1978,
the Virginia plan on toril 14, 1978, and the Georgia plan on March
14, 1978. OCR also provisionally accepted North Carolina's sub
mission in 1978, only to reject it later when the conditions
attached to final acceptance were not satisfactorily met.
(Declaration 511).
- 16
assess critical factors, and the eventual failure of the desegre
gation plan. OCR's experience indicates that an adequate "compre
hensive statewide plan," which can affect as many as 275,000
students, cannot be developed quickly or easily. Therefore, in
Kentucky, numerous-, complex negotiations have occurred to develop
*/a fxnal state plan.
Similar lengthy negotiations are occurring in Texas. These
result from a variety of factors;
o The complexity of the Texas system, with 105
institutions. The thirty-seven senior
institutions alone have sixteen separate boards
of governance.
o The need to revise fifty-four institutional
student recruitment and retention plans.
o The development of 105 institutional affirmative
action employment plans.
o The need to negotiate among the many different
boards within the state.
o The development of student enrollment and staff
employment goals, alone of all the states, for
both Hispanics and blacks. (Declaration *[9A) .
The complexity of the Texas situation has required numerous
negotiating sessions and numerous exchanges of documents and
letters; OCR is reasonably confident that a fully acceptable plan
will be achieved in a timely manner. (Declaration S9B).
Lengthy negotiations have also occurred in Pennsylvania. In
1974, Pennsylvania submitted, and OCR accepted, the State's higher
education desegregation plan. OCR subsequently reviewed various
reports and submissions from the State and conducted three on-site
monitoring visits during the period of 1975-1980. As a result of
the information gathered during this period, OCR notified the
State on January 16, 1981, that it had failed to achieve compli
ance with Title VI under the 1974 plan. (Declaration ?[19A).
V In Kentucky, there were face-to-face negotiations in 1981 on
March 1, on July 28, on August 19, 21, and 28, in September, on
November 20, on December 7, 8, 11 and 15, and in 1982 on January
6, 10 and 15 and on March 30-31. The State mads written submis
sions in 1981 on February 10, March 16, June 8, 12 and 16, July 10
and 28, August 10, 19, 21 and 24, September 1, 22 and 29, December
4, 8, 23 and 31, and in 1982 on January 6, 10 and 15. (Declara
tion <[10A) .
- 17 -
Between January and May, 1981, OCR met with officials of the
State concerning a revised plan. On May 27, 1981, the State
affirmed its commitment to supplement its 1974 plan and proposed
specific time frames within which it intended to accomplish addi
tional steps necessary for the final development and submission of
its supplemental plan. (Declaration ?[19C) .
On September 30, 1981, the State forwarded its 1981 Supple
ment to the 1974 plan. On December 18, 1981, OCR notified the
State that the Supplement was incomplete in major areas and
included a point-by-point analysis for the further guidance of the
State. Pennsylvania was asked to submit a revised plan, which it
did on February 25, 1982 (the Mdendum) . (Declaration ?[19D).
On March 18, 1982, OCR's regional office notified the State
that, because of the state's continued deferral of a plan for the
enhancement of Cheyney State, the 1982 Addendum was not an accept
able plan for compliance with Title VI, and that, if an acceptable
plan was not submitted, enforcement proceedings would be recom
mended. (Declaration fl9E). As a result, on April 16, 1982, the
regional office wrote the State informing it,that the region was
recommending the initiation of enforcement proceedings. (Declara
tion I19E) .
On May 6, 1982, the State wrote OCR to report on progress
toward the enhancement of Cheyney State. Enhancement efforts at
Cheyney State have been delayed, however, while the State seeks to
appoint a new president of the college. (Declaration ^191) .
In late April 1982, the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights,
Clarence Thomas, left the Department of Education and Acting
Assistant Secretary, Harry M. Singleton, assumed his duties and
responsibilities. As is his prerogative as the new Assistant
Secretary, Mr. Singleton is reviewing the situation in Pennsyl
vania's system of higher education. (Declaration ^19G).
Plaintiffs have miscomprehended and misapplied the principles
of the Criteria. Neither the Criteria nor applicable law require
the states to adopt unneeded remedial measures. To the contrary,
defendants have ensured that the plans adopted are properly
tailored to the problems identified in the LOFs. Plaintiffs'
attempt to attack those plans, based on a mechanistic application
- 18 -
of the Criteria and without the detailed knowledge of each indi
vidual state system with which OCR has negotiated, is unsupported
and should be rejected by the Court.
B. OCR has Monitored the States' Efforts
to Implement Desegregation Plans and
Has Taken Appropriate Steps to Cure
Specific Implementation Difficulties
in Particular States.________________
Plaintiffs assert that "despite evidence of noncompliance
with state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed
more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceedings
against the "first tier" of Adams states." Motion at 20. This
allegation is unwarranted.
First, OCR has continually monitored compliance by the "first
tier" states. OCR maintains staff to monitor and review compli
ance by each state with its plan, by conducting, among other
things, detailed analyses of statistical and narrative reports,
which analyses costs approximately $250,000 per year. (Declara
tion fl3). OCR provides evaluation reports to each state summar
izing its progress under its desegregation plan. If a state does
not meet its yearly goals, if it does not carry out a commitment
contained in its plan, or if the situation in the state has been
altered, OCR seeks an explanation for the problem and often
require the state to implement additional and/or more stringent
measures designed to improve compliance. (Declaration ^12). In
particular, defendants have issued two evaluation letters to each
of the states specifically detailing flaws or omissions in each
state's implementation efforts, demanding specific steps to
correct the problems, and often providing guidelines outlining the
necessary improvements. (Declaration 5[13) .
Second, OCR has found that it is important to allow time for
full implementation of the plans. From 1977 to 1979, OCR engaged
in complex and lengthy negotiations with each state. The product
of those negotiations in each instance was a five-year plan, due
to expire at the end of the 1982-83 academic year, which OCR
19
found had a reasonable likelihood of desegregating each state's
higher education system. Each plan contained a complex,
interrelated set of measures which deserved and required time to
be developed, implemented, and accepted by students, faculty and
others. These plans, therefore, most properly can be measured at
the conclusion of the five-year period.
Third, OCR has sought additional requirements when appro- '
P-C'iste, and generally has requested remedial action from a state
*/when dissatisfied with its performance." For example, in
Florida, OCR has attempted to monitor and secure implementation of
its plan by means of written correspondence, meetings, on-site
reviews and reviews by OCR of statistical and narrative annual
reports provided by the State. On January 15, 1981, OCR notified
of the following deficiencies: rates of high school grad
uates who would attend college; the number of black students
entering upper divisions at the TWIs; the number of black under
graduates at TWIs; white enrollment at the TBI; desegregation of
faculty at the TWIs; recruitment programs for black students;
retention studies and measures for increasing the retention rate
of black students; establishment of new programs at the TBI; the
elimination of program duplication; the completion of a facilities
study; and procedures to assess the possible adverse impact of
proposed changes on black students. OCR demanded that Florida
take steps to respond to these problems. (Declaration fl4C).
Florida officials initially responded by denying OCR's list
of deficiencies. After a series of meetings in the spring of
1981, however, Florida officials provided OCR with: new commit
ments and revisions of the student recruitment procedures; impact
assessments; new programs and other measures designed to enhance
the TBI; completion dates for the physical plant facilities stud
ies; establishment of interim retention goals; revised enrollment
projections for new programs at the TBI: and a description of
methods for measuring progress toward achieving stated goals.
Thus, in Florida, OCR sought and obtained the corrective action it
found was required after reviewing Florida's compliance status.
V OCR is not required by the Criteria to take a particular,
specified action. The decision is left to OCR's discretion.
- 20 -
(Declaration ^14S) , Plaintiffs' repeated general assertions to
the contrary are unfounded.
Negotiations to ensure compliance are continuing. On Septe.m-
ber 11, 1981, OCR sent Florida a second evaluation letter after
reviewing Florida's submissions and conducting on-site inspec
tions. The letter addresses three additional areas of deficient
plan imple.mentation: black enrollment; impact assessments; and
reporting and analyses of progress and monitoring. OCR subse
quently met with Florida officials to discuss the problems identi
fied in this letter. (Declaration 1[14F) . A third evaluation
letter will be issued this fall. (Declaration 514G).
Defendants have followed the same course of action in
Georgia, Virginia, Arkansas and Oklahoma as in Florida. That is,
OCR reviews the statistical and narrative submissions of the
state, conducts on-site investigations if necessary, and then
issues an evaluation letter designed to catalogue the concerns OCR
has identified and to request that alternatives be developed or
that particular attention be paid to specific problems. OCR also,
when appropriate, identifies remedial possibilities for the state
to follow.
For example, OCR's 1980 evaluation of Arkansas' first year of
its plan implementation resulted in the identification of two
major deficiencies in its plan — delays in the implementation of
expanded masters degree programs at the TBI and a growing dispar
ity in the rate at which black and white students enter public
higher education for the first time. OCR requested a timetable
for the expansion of masters offerings and a description of addi
tional measures the State would implement to reduce the disparity
in college-going rates. OCR also identified defioiencies in:
undergraduate enrollment at the four-year TWIs; entry rates to
graduate programs; the development of an in-depth study on the
transfer of students; and academic employment. (Declaration
515A).
- 21 -
Arkansas responded by promising two recruitment and financial
aid measures to decrease the disparity in entry rates to under
graduate institutions, as well as promising to increase black
undergraduate enrollment at the TWIs, to develop revised graduate
enrollment goals, and to initiate an in-depth study of the trans
fer of students. In April 1980, OCR and State officials met and
agreed on methods for measuring progress toward goals contained in
the plan. (Declaration fl5B).
Thus, it is clear that defendants have not "totally ignored
their responsibilities" as plaintiffs allege. Motion at 20.
Moreover, enforcement proceedings are a measure of last resort.
They can create a hostile, confrontational atmosphere which often
inhibits the inplementation and success of any remedial approach.
As a result, OCR has found it would be inappropriate to initiate
enforcement proceedings prior to the completion of the five-year
plan unless it is determined that the plans are not being carried
out in good faith.
IV. CONCLUSION
OCR has consistently monitored the efforts of the states to
comply with Title VI. It has taken steps in each instance in
which it found further action was required to carry out the goal
of desegregation of higher education institutions. These efforts
are based on Education's knowledge and experience in dealing with
each state's higher education system and are supportable exercises
of discretion. Relying on that judgment, it found that no state's
performance has yet required the commencement of an enforcement
,. Vproceeding.
Moreover, the plans accepted for Delaware, Kentucky, West
Virginia and Missouri comply with the Criteria. These plans are
based on the nature of each state's violations and unique circum
stances found within each state. Plaintiffs' factual allegations
fail to show otherwise and do not justify the relief requested.
V It should be noted, however, that OCR's concern with
Virginia's performance caused it to transmit a letter on June 3 to
the state summarizing the continuing problems with the plan's
implementation and requesting additional information and actions
designed to cure the problems. In that letter, Virginia was
expressly warned that the regional director intended to recommend
the initiation of enforcement proceedings if efforts of voluntary
negotiations should fail, (Declaration 5 I8J).
- 22 -
For the foregoing reasons, plaintiffs' motion should be
denied.
Respectfully submitted,
J. PAUL MCGRATH
Assistant Attorney General
STANLEY S, HARRIS
United States Attorney
OF COUNSEL;
JUDITH A. WINSTON
Assistant General Counsel
FELIX V. BAXTER
Senior Attorney
Department of Education
WILLIAM MICHAELS
KATHLEEN S. DEVINE
Attorneys
Office for Civil Rights
DAVID J. ANDERSON
RICHARD A. LEVIE
BETSY J. GRi'y /
Attorneys, iWpartment of Justice
10th & Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20530
Telephone: (202) 633-3428
Attorneys for Defendants
- 23 -
IN THE UNIT0 STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al_.,
Plaintiffs
V.
TERREL BELL, ^ a]_.,
Defendants
Civil Action No. 3095-70
DECLARATION IN SUPPORT OF DEFENDANTS' REPLY
TO PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Julia Dobbs hereby declares and states:
1. I am the Chief of the State Systems Desegregation Branch,
Postsecondary Education Division of the Litigation, Enforcement and
Policy Service for the Office for Civil Rights (OCR) in the Department
of Education (ED), I have held this position since November 30, 1980.
In my capacity as Branch Chief, I am responsible for the enforcement of
compliance with Title VI by state systems of public higher education.
2. Based on my personal knowledge and on information provided to me
by my staff, I make this declaration in support of ED's Reply to Plaintiffs'
Motion for Further Relief.
3. In deciding to accept the state plans for the desegregation of the
public higher education systems in Oklahoma, Arkansas, Virginia, Georgia,
Florida and Delaware, OCR determined that each state plan had a reasonable
likelihood of leading to the desegregation of each state's system of public
higher education, as required by Title VI. Further, OCR determined that the
plans submitted by Missouri and West Virginia had a reasonable likelihood of
leading to the desegregation of the institutions OCR had identified as retain
ing vestiges of de jure segregation, as required by Title VI.
4. OCR believes that neither: (1) the adequacy of a state plan nor
(2) the relative success of a state in desegregating its institutions can be
determined on the basis of the facts offered by plaintiffs. In order to
make a proper and adequate determination of either of those two questions, a
detailed and thorough examination of the state's system is necessary. For
instance, plaintiffs allege that fewer blacks enrolled in the Georgia system
in 1980 than in 1977. Motion for Further Relief at 29. That fact alone is
insufficient to determine whether Georgia is implementing its plan provisions
relating to increasing black enrollment. Among the other facts necessary to
make a proper determination on the acceptability of Georgia's efforts to
implement this portion of its plan include: demographics (for instance,
Georgia's overall college enrollment has declined), the state and national
economic situation and its effect on college going rates, the enrollment of
blacks in private collages, the number of blacks attending out-of-state
schools, the number of blacks choosing alternative careers, the number of
blacks planning to delay college attendance for financial reasons, the avail
ability of financial aid, etc. None of these essential facts is provided by
plaintiffs.
- 2-
b. OCR believes that, when determining the adequacy of a state plan or
the success of a state plan, the following factors relating to each institution
or to the entire system are important (though this list is not inclusive):
(1) The history of each institution, including when it was founded, its
various missions, etc.
(2) The relative growth of each institution.
(3) Its geographic location.
(4) Its service area (from which it draws its students).
(5) The mission of each institution.
(6) Each institution's course offerings.
(7) The quality of the faculty.
(8) The-condition of the physical facilities.
(9) The degree to which proximate institutions compete for students.
(10) The financial support received from the state, past and present.
(11) Outside financial support, past and present.
(12) Endowment income.
(13) The state tax base and the share it provides to public higher
education.
(14) Demographic considerations, including population growth trends.
(15) The quality of the libraries.
(16) Future program needs.
(17) Employment factors including availability pools,
(18) Indicators of college success.
(19) Racial enrollment statistics.
(20) Future employment needs by employers.
(21) .The structure of the state governing boards.
- 3-
FLEXIBLE APPLICATION OF THE CRITERIA
5.a. In negotiating desegregation plans for state systems of higher
education, OCR has encountered widely divergent circumstances which required
OCR and each state to negotiate a specially designed plan. For instance,
in states such as North Carolina and Georgia, the enrollment and employment
data indicated that the institutions were racially separate, probably, in part,
because of the numerous traditionally black institutions (three in Georgia
and five in North Carolina). Other states, such as Kentucky or Oklahoma
faced less-difficult problems, probably, in part, because each had only one
TBI. For various reasons, many of the traditionally white institutions in
such states as West Virginia, Kentucky and Missouri had racial enrollments
that reflected the racial makeup of the area from which each institution
drew its students (service area). Furthermore, OCR found that two states
(Missouri and West Virginia) did not have system-wide violations. Last, the
condition of the TBIs in some states, such as Delaware and Kentucky, did not
require the degree of enhancement that was necessary in states such as Georgia
and Virginia.
b. As a result of the varying circumstances existing in each state,
OCR's approach has been to seek remedies which it felt would best respond to
the structure of each state system and the needs of each individual institu
tion. Often, one of the provisions of the Criteria would less successfully
serve that end than would another. Thus OCR permitted each state to rely
less heavily on one provision of the Criteria, if emphasis on other provisions
was more appropriate.
-4-
c. OCR considers the Criteria to be guidelines to be used by each state
to assist it in developing a state-wide, comprehensive desegregation plan for
its system of public higher education. OCR has applied the Criteria flexibly
to assist the states in developing remedies appropriate to the particular
circumstances existing in each state. Thus, OCR has permitted each state to
develop a remedy responsive to the identified violations of Title VI.
Examples of instances where OCR has applied the Criteria flexibly include,
but are not limited to, the following;
d. For Georgia, OCR approved a plan which emphasized the elimination
of educationally unnecessary program duplication (Criterion IC) between one
traditionally black institution (TBI), Savannah State College (SSC), and one
traditionally white institution, Armstrong State College (ASC), located in
the same city. SSC eliminated its education programs and ASC eliminated its
business programs. OCR and the State' believed that this measure would
encourage students interested in education or business to enroll at the
institution where the program was offered. In OCR's opinion, the program
shift would operate to increase other race enrollment in each school. OCR,
at the same time, approved of Georgia's approach of adding attractive high
demand programs at each of the State's two other TBIs, Albany State College
and Fort Valley State College. OCR believed that the addition of seven new
degree programs at Albany State and five new degree programs at Fort Valley
State, along with numerous other enhancement measures (Criterion IB), would
enhance the quality of each school, thereby attracting students for reasons
other than that school's racial identity. See Georgia plan document on
enhancement (10/19/78).
8. For Virginia, OCR approved a plan calling for the specialization of
certain degree programs and the elimination of certain educationally unneces
sary program duplication at a TBI, Norfolk State University, and a neighboring
TWI, Old Dominion University. Virginia's plan emphasized the addition of
eight new, high demand programs at Virginia State University, the State's
other TBI, as one means of enhancing that institution. Virginia plan at 1-39
(1/6/79); Virginia plan at 13-19 (12/21/78).
f. South Carolina's plan called for the avoidance of further program
duplication and the enhancement of the TBI by adding nine new, high demand
or unduplicated programs, including an Ed.D. (The Ed.D is the first doctoral
program awarded a TBI as a result of state-wide desegregation efforts.) The
State also promised to provide the necessary resources to meet professional
accreditation standards in Engineering Technology, Business and Education
programs at the TBI. Tne State's goal is to have 25% of the students enrolled
at the TBI in nigh demand or unduplicated degree programs within five years.
OCR and the State believed that these actions could assist in the desegrega
tion of the State's system. South Carolina plan at 19-22, 27-35, 35A (7/17/81).
g. Oklahoma's plan focussed on the redefinition of the TBI's mission V
by adding several programs related to urban studies. OCR and the State
felt that this approach would create a school with an unusual and attractive
set of degree offerings. Oklahoma Plan at 28-35 (9/78).
V An institution's mission can be defined as the major purpose or purposes of
the institution (e.g., teachers preparation, research, graduate education, etc.
h. Florida's plan, as it was amended in April 1981, called for the
addition of high demand or unduplicated programs at the TBI so that 40% of
the TBI's students would be enrolled in high demand or unduplicated programs.
Letter from Barbara Newell and Ralph Turlington to Fred Cioffi at 3 (4/1/81).
i. Kentucky's plan set a goal of 30% of the TBI's student to be enrolled
in high demand and/or unduplicated programs by 1986. Kentucky plan at 70.
The State's emphasis is on providing the TBI with unique programs and on
emphasizing a state government service mission (public administration),
rather than on eliminating educationally unnecessary program duplication.
Kentucky plan at 31-33, 60-61.
j. Delaware's higher education system is unique. There are only two
public four-year institutions in Delaware, a small liberal arts undergraduate
college (the TBI, with an approximate enrollment of less than 2000), and a
large doctoral granting institution (the TWI, with an approximate enrollment
of 15,000), and one community college (DTCC) with four campuses. Both senior
institutions serve the entire state. The State has no public professional
schools, only one public graduate institution, and one teacher education
oriented institution. The remedy for the State required recognition of the
fact that the TBI and the TWI have significantly different missions. OCR
acknowledged the possibility that the elimination of duplication may not
have a significant effect because of the vast differences between the TBI
and the TWI. As a result, OCR permitted an emphasis on program enhancement
at the TBI, rather than on elimination of duplication. Delaware plan at 10-16.
k. Because Florida's system has a unique structure (80% of its students
are enrolled in the community colleges), OCR agreed that Florida's approach
for addressing Criterion II B(2) could be different than for other states.
- 7-
(Criterion II B(2) requires a state to reduce the disparity between black
and white entrance rates into T/JIs from high schools.) OCR approved of a
plan that set Criterion IIB(2) goals for entrance of black first time entrants
into both four year and upper division TOIs. Letter from Ralph Turlington
to Fred Cioffi at 1-2 (4/17/81).
l. OCR approved of a different method for Oklahoma to approach Criterion
IIA. (Criterion IIA requires parity in black and white entrance rates into
higher education.) Rather than comparing the proportion of black and white
high school graduates who enter the State's system of public higher education,
Oklahoma committed to "....parity in the enrollment of first-time entering
black undergraduates in public institutions of higher education, using as a
basis black twelfth grade enrollment in Oklahoma high schools the previous
year." Oklahoma plan at 19 (9/5/77).
m. OCR permitted Arkansas to compute the black and white high school
graduate entrance rates into the system's colleges by using twelfth grade
enrollment figures, rather than the graduation rate figures specified in
Criterion IIA, Arkansas did not have available data on high school graduation
rates for use in computing compliance with Criterion IIA. Arkansas plan at
55, 58.
n. In Kentucky, blacks enter higher education at a slightly higher rate
than do whites. Kentucky plan at 73. As a result, the enrollment goals of
Criterion II A were not considered as essential as in other states.
THE REMEDY MUST FIT THE VIOLATION; STATE PLANS REQUIRE
--------THAT I N'ST I TUT rO'N’S'' 8 EAR’ " VAR VING Bu RD E n S "BASIT)
------ON THE CIRCUM STANCES’ FOUND IN EACH STATE"'
6.a. OCR has emphasized with each state the need for a state-wide com
prehensive plan where there was a state-wide violation. OCR, when considering
the appropriate remedy for the identified violation, must be aware of such
factors as geographic location of institutions, the degree of institutional
participation, demographic characteristies, amount of racial separation and
other factors.
b. Because of the complicated circumstances found in each state, when
investigating a state system, and then when attempting to negotiate a state
plan, OCR, often with the assistance of outside experts, reviews numerous
factors including; enrollment, service areas, attendance patterns, financial
support, physical facilities, faculty experience, academic mission, depth
and breadth of academic programs, state tax base, state appropriations, state
economic situation, enrollment trends, etc.
c. Each plan accepted by X R contained the remedies it concluded were
necessary to respond to the violations of Title VI, and is designed in
consideration of the relevant factors. X R has not required that each
remedial measure be state-wide in scope or operate on a state-wide basis.
OCR has required that the totality of the remedies have the effect of ad
dressing the system-wide violations, and that the states, not the institutions,
assume the ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the remedies are effectuated
and that they result in desegregation. V OCR has not required a state to
adopt remedies where no particular violation exists or where a violation has
previously been eliminated. As a result, each state's plan places varying
burdens on its institutions as are necessary to lead to the successful desegre
gation of the system or the institution. Further, OCR has not required that
every recruitment, retention, employment and enhancement measure be state-wide,
since it believes that institutional measures may often be best developed
V OCR's duty is to ensure that the states properly carry out that responsibility.
- 9-
and implemented by individual institutions. Examples of OCR's approach,
which permitted each state to develop its remedy to be responsive to the
identified violation, are provided below.
d. Arkansas' plan contains commitments to a state-wide goal that 15%
of first-time entrants be black. However, individual institutions have goal
ranges based on the racial composition of their service areas. Thus, for
instance, Phillips County Community College has a goal range of 42-62%,
while North Arkansas Community College has a goal range of 0% (no significant
number of blacks in the service area). Arkansas plan at 59, 51.
e. The Florida plan also permits variance in the black enrollment at
the TVlIs, since local racial composition, commuting possibilities, etc.
affect attendance rates. Thus, individual institution goals ranging
from 8.2% to 16.8% have been adopted. Florida plan at 66.
f. In Kentucky, three senior institutions and the community colleges
have no goals for increasing black enrollment. OCR did not seek such goals
for those institutions since they had already achieved racial parity in
their respective service areas. Kentucky Letter of Findings at 5 (1/15/81).
g. Kentucky has made the appropriate commitments to improve student re
tention (Kentucky plan at 84-85), faculty hiring (Id. at 92-98; j_d. at
App. IVB) and appointments to governing boards (Id. at 99). Many of these
commitments can be best developed and carried out by individual institutions.
h. Kentucky has also promised to resolve issues of educationally unneces
sary program duplication in favor of fulfillment of the TBI's enhanced mission.
Id. at 68-69.
-10-
i. In Missouri, OCR concluded that there was no state-wide violation,
thus no state-wide plan was necessary. Institutions which were already
desegregated were not required to submit remedial measures. Instead, only
three institutions were included in the plan, since only three institutions
required desegregation. This determination was based on OCR's analysis of
data and on-site reviews, including information relating to each institution's
enrollment and employment, and the racial composition of each institution's
service area. Missouri Letter of Findings at 3 (1/15/81).
j. OCR also concluded that there was no college near the University of
Missouri-Columbia (UMC) which could act as an adequate feeder to UMC. For
instance, Moberly College, a community college approximate!y 35 miles from
UMC, had an enrollment of 901 in 1980. Of that enrollment, 136 students, or
15%, are black. OCR HEGIS 2300 2.3 (1980). UMC, the state's flagship institu
tion, has 24,579 students (90% white). OCR believes that Moberly College
does not contain sufficient black enrollment to act as a feeder institution
to UMC. Furthermore, the next closest community college is State Fair Com
munity College (an estimated 50 miles from UMC). It, however, is only 2.8%
black. Id.
k. Another P.JI, Southeast Missouri State University, is within approxi
mately 90 miles of two small community colleges. However those schools have
enrollments that are .8% and 4.3% black (a total of 65 black students).
OCR HEGIS 2300 2.3 (1980). Again OCR concluded that neither school could be
an effective feeder institution. For that reason, those schools were not
included in the Missouri plan.
l. OCR also concluded that there was no state-wide Title VI violation
in West Virginia. X R found that a substantial proportion of black students
-11-
(52%) were enrolled in P/lIs by 1 978. With the exception of West Virginia
University, OCR determined that the attendance zones for state institutions
were highly regional, with the majority of in-state enrollees coming from
the counties surrounding the institution. OCR then determined that black
attendance rates at each institution essentially reflected its service area
population of blacks. Additionally OCR determined that the TBIs (Bluefield
State College and West Virginia State College) were integrated, with black
enrollments of 16.3% and 20.9% respectively. West Virginia Letter of Findings
at 2 (1/7/81).
m. West Virginia University (WVU) had a 1.1% black enrollment in 1978.
Also, only 1.3% of the faculty and 1.9% of the administrators were black.
West Virginia Letter of Findings at 4. Thus OCR concluded that the focus of
the desegregation plan should be on WVU and not on the institutions which
no longer were racially identifiable. OCR concluded that the plan submitted
by West Virginia for WVU adequately responded to the violation identified by
OCR.
n. X R concluded that the Delaware community colleges were not racially
identifiable and that they were not established as part of the de jure segre
gated system; thus, the community colleges were not included in Delaware's
plan. OCR's determination was based on a number of factors including student
enrollment, service area population, faculty employment and employment avail
ability pools. Despite the fact that X R did not require the inclusion of
the community colleges, OCR did request that the State consider the effect
that remedial measures applied to one institution will have on other institu
tions in the same service area. Delaware Letter of Findings at 6 (1/15/81).
-12-
0 . OCR has considered the possibility that there is educationally un
necessary program duplication in Delaware between the community colleges
and the TBI. Hov^ever, OCR believes that, for the most part, two year degree
programs at community colleges and technical schools in Delaware do not
duplicate four year degree programs at liberal arts colleges. The missions
of the schools are different, thus the content and approach of the programs
is different. Although two year and four year programs in the same service
area can cause competition between institutions for students and, thus,
interfere with desegregation when those institutions have different racial
identities, OCR concluded that the problem did not exist in Delaware.
p. OCR is aware that recently the University of Delaware (the TWI) has
proposed to offer programs at Delaware Technical and Community College.
Because of OCR's concern that the offerings might interfere with the further
desegregation of Delaware State College, OCR and the State have been involved
in discussions of the effect of this proposal on Delaware's plan. Thus,
neither defendants nor the State are ignoring the relationship of the com
munity colleges to the senior institutions.
PLAINTIFFS' MOTION CONTAINS NUMEROUS ERRORS
7. Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief contains numerous errors of
fact and misleading statements. Examples of those errors of fact and
misstatements include:
a. Plaintiffs claim ED has not compelled Texas to meet the requirements
of the Criteria. Motion at 11. In fact, in OCR's January 15, 1981 letter,
the information identified as necessary for an adequate plan comports with the
-13-
Criteria. Further, OCR's August 10, 1981 letter to the State detailed the
deficiencies in the plan by using the Criteria as a standard.
b. Plaintiffs state that Arkansas' Fall 1981 annual report notes a
decrease in the proportion of black students who graduated from two-year
colleges and entered four-year institutions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1%
in 1979-80. 22. Plaintiffs neglect to note that the white student
transfer rate has fallen from 36.8% to 21.9% and is, thus, lower than the
rate for blacks. Arkansas Fall 1981 Annual Report at 11, Table 9.
c. Plaintiffs claim that, in Arkansas, the black graduate enrollment
has declined from 1977 to 1980. Id. at 22. In fact, the black graduate
student enrollment has risen from 4.7% in 1977-78 to 7.6% in 1980-81. OCR
HEGIS 2300 2.3 Supplement.
d. Plaintiffs claim that blacks were 10.3% of the masters recipients
in Arkansas in 1978-79, but only 5.3% of the administrative and 4.7% of the
faculty new hires in 1979-80, _I1* 23. However, Arkansas has infonned
OCR that it requires a doctoral degree for faculty employment. In 1979,
4.3% of the doctoral degree granted were granted to blacks, compared to
4.7% of the faculty new hires. OCR 5000 Survey and EEO-6 reports.
e. Plaintiffs state that Virginia has no state-wide and state-funded
programs for recruitment and retention of black students. at 24. In
fact, Virginia's plan contains, and the State is implementing, the Summer
Undergraduate Programs for Minority Virginians, the Doctoral Program for
Minority Virginians and the Enrollment Scholarship Incentive Grant Program.
Virginia plan at 67, 87 (3/16/78).
- 14-
f. Plaintiffs note that Virginia is not achieving its numerical enroll
ment goals, yet claim that OCR has not requested that Virginia take remedial
action. Motion at 24-27. Actually, OCR's November 17, 1981 evaluation letter
asks the State to "... describe alternative or additional steps the Commonwealth
and the institutions will take to meet black student entrance objectives
At 2-3.
g. Although plaintiffs note the decline in white enrollment at Virginia
State University from 191 in 1 978 to 1 51 in 1980 (from 8.7% to 8.2%), _Id. at
27, they fail to point out that white enrollment at Norfolk State (the other
TBI) has risen in that period from 4.2% to 6.8%. Letter to Secretary Gilley
from Regional Director Dewey Dodds at 16 of the Attachment (11/17/81).
h. Plaintiffs note that black enrollment at the graduate level in Georgia
has decreased. Motion at 30, but they do not inform this Court that black
graduate enrollment in Georgia exceeds the proportionate graduate rate by
blacks at the bachelor's level. Evaluation letter. Status Report at 19 (5/20/82).
i. Plaintiffs imply that OCR has not required further remedial measures
from Oklahoma to assist in achieving enrollment goals and reducing retention
rate disparities. Motion at 31-33. OCR's evaluation letter of August 26, 1981
requested that the State take steps to improve implementation of existing
programs or implement additional measures. At 2.
j. Plaintiffs claim that there was a substantial decline of black first-time
freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 on 1980. 21. at 36. OCR is
not aware of the document plaintiffs used to obtain these figures. OCR data
indicate that there were 8,799 black first-time freshmen in 1977-78 and 7,034 in
1980-81. The number of black high school graduates in Florida, however, also
has declined, by 2,050 students (approximately 12%). Florida Desegregation
-15-
Status Report, 1977-73 and 1978-79; Students in Florida Public Schools,
Status Report (Fla. Dept, of Educ. (5/81).
k. Plaintiffs state that five of Florida's nine senior institutions
provide only upper division and graduate programs. Id. at 37. Actually, three
of nine senior institutions do so.
l. Plaintiffs state that there are no state-wide measures for student
recruitment, retention and development in the Kentucky plan. JW. at 9.
However, Kentucky has promised to adopt state-wide measures if the institu
tional measures do not work. Kentucky plan at 84-85. It should also be
noted that the need for student recruitment measures in Kentucky is less
severe, since black entrance rates in Kentucky are higher than the entrance
rates for whites. Id. at 73.
m. Plaintiffs' claim that the Kentucky plan contains only statistical
reports instead of state-wide employment plans is misleading. Id. at 10.
The plan does contain affirmative action plans for individual institutions
and state-wide bodies. Kentucky plan. Appendix Tables IV A and IV B; Institu
tional Affirmative Action Plans.
NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN OCR AND A STATE
OFTEN ARE LENGTHY AND Ca'lPLICATED
8. One of the difficulties OCR has faced in negotiating state plans is
the divergent structures of the entities that govern higher education in each
state. States with centralized governing boards often find it easier to
develop state-wide plans than do states with no centralized board of governance.
The less centralized governing structures often require longer to properly
design and coordinate a system-wide plan. For instance the governing structure
of Virginia is decentralized and Kentucky's board has limited ability to
-15-
assart its authority. Although thera is a central board in Texas, there are
also many independent boards of governance with '̂ hich the centralized board
must communicate. Other boards of governance, such as North Carolina's or
Georgia's possess greater immediate authority. The varying types of struc
tures have affected the amount of time required to develop an acceptable
desegregation plan.
9. a. Although the negotiations involving Texas have been extremely lengthy,
the Texas situation is very complicated. The system contains 105 institutions,
including 37 senior institutions with 15 governing boards. The plan negotia
tions have required Texas to develop 105 institutional affirmative action
plans, revise 54 student recruitment and retention plans and develop enroll
ment and employment goals for both blacks and Hispanics. Also, because of
the unusual structure of the Texas system, efforts to enhance the TBIs often
require discussions with different state boards.
b. Because the negotiations have been so complex, the State and OCR
have met on numerous occasions and have transmitted numerous documents and
letters.
10. a. The Kentucky negotiations were extremely complex. There were fif
teen negotiating sessions (in 1981, on March 17, July 28, August 19, 21, and
28, in September, on November 20, December 7, 8, 11, and 15; in 1982, on
January 5, 10, and 15 and March 30-31). OCR also received 21 written submis
sions frcm the State (in 1981, on February 10, March 15, June 8, 12 and 15,
July 10 and 28, August 10, 19, 21, and 24, September 1, 22 and 29, and De
cember 4, 8, 23, and 31; in 1982 on January 5, 10 and 15).
b. The Kentucky negotiations did, indeed, extend beyond this Court's dead
line. However, by December 31, 1981, OCR was very confident that it would
•17-
reach an agreement with Kentucky. At the same time, it was prepared to
initiate enforcement proceedings if it became necessary. An enforcement
package had been prepared. OCR chose to avoid creating a confrontational
atmosphere, which it felt might cause negotiations, which were fast closing
on an acceptable remedy, to break down. OCR's confidence was appropriate.
A plan from Kentucky was provisional ly accepted by OCR on January 29, 1 982.
11. OCR's provisional acceptance of the Kentucky plan is not unique.
Previously, OCR has provisionally accepted plans from Oklahoma on February 3,
1978, frcm Virginia on April 4, 1978 and from Georgia on March 14, 1978.
MONITORING OF STATE PLANS
12. Once a state's plan has been accepted, OCR monitors and reviews
the state's implementation of the plan, and provides the state with evalua-
ations o-f its progress. Each plan establishes yearly benchmarks and goals
by which OCR can measure such progress. If a state fails to reach the yearly
goals or commitments contained in its plan, OCR seeks a satisfactory explana
tion for this failure and proposed additional and/or more stringent measures
designed to remedy the problem. In addition, if the situation in the state
has changed during the previous year, OCR requires the state to revise
and/or amend the measures contained in its plan to take into account these
changed circumstances.
13. OCR has issued two evaluation letters to each of the "first-tier"
Adams states, and is presently preparing its third series of letters. As
the examples below demonstrate, these reviews are based on analyses of narra
tive reports on the state's implementation of its plan and statistical reports
on the previous fall enrollment figures (these analyses cost X R more than
$250,000 per year), on-site monitoring visits to several public higher educa
tion institutions in the state, and numerous correspondence and meetings
with state officials.
Examples of XR's efforts to monitor and review each state's compliance
efforts include, but are not limited to:
14. Florida -- a. OCR has attempted to monitor and secure implementa
tion of Florida's plan by means of written correspondence, meetings, on-site
reviews and reviews by X R of statistical and narrative annual reports provided
by the State. XR's first evaluation letter was forwarded to the State in
1981. There were, however, numerous contacts with the State which preceded
-18-
that letter. On October 15, 1978, OCR provided Florida with an evaluation
critical of the State's proposed program duplication plan. Nine months
later, on July 12, 1979, OCR forwarded to the State a second critique of its
program duplication plan. Officials from OCR and the State met on September
17, 1979 to discuss the program duplication issues. No resolution, however,
was reached. Then, on March 14, 1980, OCR notified Florida that there remained
serious unresolved program duplication issues. Letter from Roma Stewart to
Ralph 0. Turlington (3/14/80).
b. There were several other meetings and correspondence with the State
between 1978 and 1980. On July 20, 1978, CCR requested impact assessments
of the creation of a branch campus of the University of Florida in Jackson
ville. The following September, State officials met with OCR to discuss
problems in plan implementation. In 1979, OCR conducted on-site reviews at
Manatee Junior College and Lake-Sumter Junior College. In March of 1980,
OCR requested that Florida provide it with impact assessments regarding
teacher education admission requirements and requirements for admission to
upper level courses. Florida's response, the following month, failed to
provide the requested assessments.
c. After several on-site visits in the Spring of 1980, and review of
all relevant information, X R prepared and forwarded, on January 15, 1981,
the first evaluation letter, discussing Florida's progress in implementing
its plan. Tnis letter noted deficiencies in: college-going rates of black
high school graduates; the number of black students entering upper divisions
at the TWIs; the number of black undergraduates at IP/lIs; white enrollment at
the TBI; desegregation of faculty at the TOIs; recruitment programs of TOIs
■19-
for black students; retention studies and measures for increasing the reten
tion rate of black students; establishment of new programs at the TBI;
elimination of program duplication; completion of a facilities study;
and, procedures to assess the possible adverse impact of proposed changes on
black students. OCR demanded that Florida take steps to respond to the
identified problems. Letter from Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights,
Cynthia Brown, to the State Commissioner of Education, Ralph Turlington, at
2-3 (1/15/81).
d. Florida officials initially responded on February 21, 1981, by denying
most of XR's list of deficiencies and refuting the need for impact assessments
at the University of North Florida branch campus, teacher education admission
standards and upper division admission requirements. Letter from Chancellor
Ralph D. Turlington to Frederick T. Cioffi (2/21/81).
e. After a series of meetings in the spring of 1981, however, Florida
officials provided OCR with; new commitments and revisions of the student
recruitment procedures; impact assessments; new programs and other measures
designed to enhance the TBI; completion dates for the physical plant facilities
studies; establishment of interim retention goals; revised enrollment projec
tions for new programs at the TBI; and, a description of methods for measuring
progress towards achieving stated goals. Letters of April 10 and 17, 1981,
from Barbara E. Newell and Ralph Turlington to Frederick Cioffi. OCR notified
Florida that these commitments constituted an acceptable response to its
January 15, 1981 latter. Letter from Antonio J. Califa to Ralph D.
Turlington (4/20/81). Many of these promised actions have since been taken
by the State.
-20-
f. Further, on September 11, 1981, OCR sent Florida a second evaluation
letter, after reviewing Florida's submissions and conducting additional
on-site visits. The letter addressed three additional areas of deficient
plan implementation: black enrollment; impact assessments; and reporting
and analyses of progress and monitoring. Letter from OCR Regional Director,
William H. Thomas, to Ralph D. Turlington (9/11/81). OCR subsequently met
with Florida officials on November 10, 1981 to discuss the problems identified
in this letter. At this time, Florida submitted impact studies.
g. OCR is also currently preparing a third evaluation letter to be issued
in the fall of 1982. In preparation for this evaluation, four more on-site
visits were conducted and several correspondence and telephone contacts were
made.
15. Arkansas -- a. OCR's evaluation of the first year of Arkansas'
plan implementation (1978-79) was based on a review of Arkansas' statistical
and narrative submission and on-site monitoring visits to thirteen two-year
and four-year institutions. OCR evaluation letter of December 3, 1980
identified two major deficiencies in Arkansas' plan implementation: delays
in the implementation of expanded master's degree programs at the TBI (Univer
sity of Arkansas at Pine Bluff) and a growing disparity in the first-time
entry rates of black and white students. OCR requested that the State provide
it with a timetable for the expansion of master's offerings and a description
of additional measures designed to reduce the disparity in college-going
rates. OCR also identified deficiencies in: undergraduate enrollment at
the four-year TWIs; entry rates to graduate programs; the development of
an in-depth study on the transfer of students; and academic employment.
-21-
Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to T. Michael Elliott
(12/3/80).
b. Arkansas responded to this evaluation on February 3, 1981, premising
two recruitment and financial aid activities to decrease the disparity in
entry rates to undergraduate institutions and increase black undergraduate
enrollment at the TWIs. Arkansas also agreed to develop revised graduate
enrollment goals, and initiating an in-depth study of the transfer of students.
Letter from T. Michael Elliott to OCR Regional Director, Taylor August, at
5-7 (2/3/81). On April 21, 1981, OCR and State officials met and agreed on
methods for measuring progress toward goals contained in the plan. Arkansas
subsequently carried out its premise to implement recruitment activities
and student financial aid activities.
c. On November 10, 1981, OCR issued its second evaluation letter to the
State, addressing plan implementation through 1979-80 (and, in part, through
1980-81). This evaluation was again based on narrative and statistical
reports and on-site visits to ten institutions. This letter reported deficien
cies in: funding for facility renovation at the TBI; development of a time
table for autonomous master's programs at the TBI; the efficacy of adopted
measures for increasing the entry rates of first-time black students; entry
rates of black students into graduate and professional programs; retention
of black undergraduate students; submission of the in-depth study of the
transfer of students; and the efficacy of measures adopted to increase academic
employment of blacks. OCR requested that the State respond within 45 days
and include specific corrective measures. Letter from OCR Regional Director,
Taylor D. August, to T. Michael Elliott (11/10/81).
-22-
d. On January 29, 1982, Arkansas submitted a response and requested
three plan changes involving undergraduate enrollment at TWIs, entrance
rates to graduate and professional education, and academic employment measures.
Letter from T. Michael Elliott to OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August
(1/29/82). OCR wrote the State on April 7, 1982 (Letter from OCR Regional
Director, Taylor D. August to T. Michael Elliott) and subsequently met with
state officials on April 12, 1982, informing them that their response was
unacceptable and denying the first two of their three requested plan changes.
Arkansas officials then promised to submit OCR's requested revised measures
and supplemental information in order for OCR to evaluate Arkansas' third
request for a plan change (regarding academic employment), but requested an
extension of time until July 15, 1982 in order to gather the information.
The State promised to include all information and remedial measures requested
by OCR in its April 7, 1982 letter, including the results of its study of
the transfer of students. OCR agreed to this extension.
16. Oklahoma -- a. In preparation for OCR's evaluation of Oklahoma's
first year of plan implementation (1978-79), OCR reviewed narrative and
statistical reports and conducted eleven on-site monitoring visits to State
institutions. On December 3, 1980, OCR forwarded to the State a letter
requesting: an explanation for the state's delay, and a revised timetable
for initiating several programs to improve and enhance Langston University,
the TBI; an assessment of the State's progress toward completing capital
improvements at the TBI; an explanation for and alternative/additional measures
to remedy the growing disparity in college-going rates of black and white
students; and an assessment and revision of previously approved employment
- 23-
goals since T/JIs had failed to meet their interim goals. Letter from OCR
Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to Chancellor E. T. Dunlap at Tab A
(12/3/80). Tne State responded on January 13, 1981, providing OCR with:
satisfactory explanations of the delay and revised timetables for the enhance
ment of the TBI; a plan indicating that capital improvement plans at the TBI
were moving along as scheduled; an adequate explanation for the decline in
black first-time entering students; and, expanded measures designed to meet
the plan's employment goals. Letter from Chancellor E. T. Dunlap to OCR
Regional Director, Taylor D. August (1/13/81).
b. OCR subsequently met with State officials in February to discuss Okla
homa's plan implementation. OCR forwarded a second evaluation letter to
Oklahoma in 1981, assessing the State's progress under the plan during the
1979-80 academic year. In this letter, OCR identified two problem areas:
the State had not fully implemented several commitments relating to the
TBI's new urban mission; and the black student enrollment objectives had not
been met. OCR requested and received a satisfactory explanation for the
enhancement measures undertaken at the TBI, and additional measures designed
to improve student enrollment goals and retention. Letter from OCR Regional
Director, Taylor D. August, to Chancellor E. T. Dunlap at 1-2 (8/26/81).
c. OCR met with State officials in February and March of 1982 to discuss
further plan implementation, proposed activities regarding student enrollment
and retention measures, and a proposed expansion of upper-level higher education
programs in the Tulsa area, an area where the TBI operates a clinical base.
17. Georgia -- a. As in the other "first tier" states, X R has forwarded
two evaluation letters to the State. These letters were based upon information
-24-
culled from the narrative and statistical reports completed by the State,
several on-site visits to institutions, and telephone interviews. The De
cember 12, 1980 letter evaluating plan implementation during 1978-79 noted
deficiencies and problems in the State's: failure to indicate whether the
TBIs had received the promised three million dollar capital outlay cash
appropriations; failure to appoint a Director for the Rural Life Center at
Fort Valley State College; delay in implementing several new degree programs
at the TBIs; failure to complete productivity and management reviews of the
TBIs' academic programs; failure to implement joint extension and public
service programs at Savannah State College and Armstrong State College;
establishing medical school enrollment goals inconsistent with those listed
in the plan; significant decrease in black first-time enrollment; and, failure
to report on progress made in meeting goals designed to increase black partici
pation in higher education. Letter from OCR Regional Director, William H.
Thomas, to Chancellor of the University System of Georgia, Vernon Crawford
at Tab A (12/12/80). OCR requested that remedial action be undertaken
within 45 days.
b. On February 1, 1981, in a letter to OCR Regional Di rector Wil li am
H. Thomas, the Chancellor of the Georgia University System provided a response.
Additional information was provided by the Vice Chancellor on January 6, 1982,
in another letter to OCR Regional Director, William H. Thomas. OCR found
their responses insufficient. Further clarification on the issue of enhance
ment funds was provided by telephone on January 29, 1982.
c. These monitoring activities resulted in the implementation of new
degree programs and the establishment of a public service program in the
- 25-
Savannah area, jointly sponsored by Savannah State College (TBI) and Armstrong
State Col lege (TWI),
d. The second evaluation letter, forwarded to the State on May 20, 1982,
reviewed plan implementation during the 1979-80 and 1980-81 academic years.
OCR noted that; the TBIs had not yet received the promised capital outlay
cash appropriations; several new degree programs had not been implemented;
there was-a continuing failure to select a director of the Rural Life Center;
there was a failure to reduce the disparity between National Teacher Examina
tion scores at Fort Valley State College and other colleges in the state
system; there was a failure to complete productivity and management reviews;
there was a disparity in college-going rates; there was a failure to meet
black student enrollment goals at many institutions; there was a decline in
the number and percentage of medical and dental degrees awarded to black
students; and, there was a failure to desegregate staff at the University
level. CCR requested that, within 45 days, the State provide it with specific
remedial measures designed to remedy these identified deficiencies. Letter
from OCR Regional Director, William Thomas, to Chancellor Dr. Vernon Crawford
at 2-5 (5/20/82).
e. The Chancellor's response has not yet been received, and a follow-up
telephone call is planned for the week of July 6, 1982.
f. In order to update information on the issues raised in the May 20,
1982 evaluation letter, during June and the first two days in July 1982,
OCR conducted on-site visits to eight institutions. Before conducting these
on-site reviews, OCR made telephone calls, wrote the institutions with numerous
questions and received responses from the appropriate institutional officials.
-26-
g. Also, on June 14, 1982, an Acting Director for Fort Valley's Rural
Life Center (now "Farm and Community Life Center") was appointed. OCR is
continuing to press for appointment of a permanent director, and conducted
an on-site visit to the institution on June 21, 1982.
h. OCR has scheduled an August 9, 1982 meeting with Georgia's Chancellor
to discuss problems with the state's implementation of its plan.
18. Virginia -- a. OCR's evaluation of the implementation of the
State's first full academic year (1978-79) of its desegregation plan consisted
of a review of narrative and statistical reports, on-site monitoring visits
to 5 institutions, information contained in a December 7, 1979 letter from
the State (from J. Wade Gilley to OCR Regional Director, Dewey E. Dodds) and
meetings in May and October of 1979 and January 1980 with State officials.
The first evaluation letter, dated November 28, 1980, requested that the
State clarify and explain the following problem areas: enhancement of facili
ties at two TBIs, Norfolk State College and Virginia State College; provision
of comparable resources to the TBIs; desegregation impact procedures; student
enrollment objectives; and, employment objectives for the TWIs. Letter
from OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Gilley at Tab A (11/28/80)
b. The State responded to this letter on January 12, 1981, in a letter
from the State's Secretary of Education Gilley to OCR's Regional Director,
Dewey Dodds. Although this response addressed each of the OCR-identified
problem areas, the State's response was adequate in only one respect --
desegegation impact procedures.
-27-
c. OCR's second evaluation letter, sent to the State on November 17, 1981,
requested clarification, explanation and additional measures designed to address
student enrollment and retention problems, employment goals and commitments to
enhance the TBIs. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary
Gil ley at Tab A (11/17/81).
d. OCR's Regional Director and staff met with Secretary Gilley on De
cember 17, 1981 to discuss the problems identified in OCR's November 17, 1981
letter. The State committed to provide a detailed response to the problem
areas raised by OCR.
e. On December 31, 1981, the State forwarded its response to OCR. This
response discussed studies that had been conducted regarding student enrollment
and retention, provided information on completed enhancement activities and
rebutted OCR's statements regarding employment goals. XR, however, deter
mined that this response was inadequate because the State' did not propose
any increased or new activities to cure the identified problems. Letter
from Wade Gilley to OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, at Attachment pp. 1-8
(12/31/81).
f. OCR regional staff also met with.the Secretary Gilley in December to
discuss the continuing plan implementation problems. The meeting was not
productive, however, since the Governor and his administration had less than
30 days to remain in office. Consequently, X R awaited the inauguration
of the new administration in Virginia, and then initiated discussions with
the new Secretary of Education. A meeting to discuss plan implementation
problems with this new administration was held on May 11, 1982.
g. Finally, on June 3, 1982, X R Regional Director Dewey Dodds wrote
Virginia's Secretary of Education, summarizing the continuing problems in
-28-
plan implementation. This letter referred to the problems in the areas of
student enrollment and the enhancement of the TBIs, specifically citing: the
increased disparity in college entrance rates between black and white high
school graduates; the minimal increase in the proportion of black undergraduate
enrollment at the P/lIs; the failure of most schools to reach their black
undergraduate enrollment goals; the disparity in entrance rates of black
baccalaureate graduates into graduate and professional schools; the disparity
in graduation rates of white enrol lees versus black enrol lees; and the absence
of comprehensive enhancement measures for the TBIs. Letter from OCR Regional
Director, Dewey E. Dodds, to John T. Casteen III at 1-2 (6/3/82).
h. This letter also cited the State's failure to address, in its De
cember 31, 1981 letter, specific issues and problems raised in OCR's Novem
ber 17, 1981 evaluation letter. Id. at 1-2.
i. In addition, in responding to the State's request to set forth OCR's
parameters in negotiating and accepting a higher education desegregation
plan, OCR reiterated the commitments and goals outlined in the Criteria.
j. OCR then stated that the information presently available to it indi
cates that the goals of the plan will not be achieved by the 1982-83 academic
year. OCR requested that the State develop and submit specific measures,
with time tables for implementation, to overcome the plan deficiencies within
60 days. Id. at 2-3. The letter also notified the State that if these
problems could not be resolved voluntarily, OCR's regional office would
recommend the initiation of enforcement proceeding against Virginia's higher
education system.
-29-
PENNSYLVANIA
19.a. In 1974, Pennsylvania submitted, and OCR accepted, the state's
higher education desegregation plan. OCR subsequently reviewed reports and
submissions received from the State in: February, September and October of
1975; February, July and October 1976; February and August 1977; July 1978;
July 1979; and July 1980. In addition, OCR reviewed narrative and statistical
reports received in August 1978, 1979 and 1980. Three on-site monitoring
visits were conducted in 1975, two in 1979 and one in 1980. As a result of
the information gathered during this period, OCR notified the State, on
January 16, 1981, that it had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI
under the 1974 plan. The continuing noncompliance with Title VI was found
to be a result of three factors: important commitments in the plan were not
carried out; the content of the plan was limited, and important components
necessary for complete desegregation of the system were omitted; and, the
scope of the plan was too narrow. Letter from OCR Regional Director,
Dewey Dodds, to Pennsylvania Governor Richard Thornburgh at 3 (1/16/81).
b. Between January 16 and May 27, 1981 , OCR and officials of the State
met and exchanged correspondence concerning the development of a revised
plan for compliance with Title VI.
c. On May 27, 1981, the State affirmed its commitment to supplement its
1974 plan, and proposed specific time frames within which it intended to
accomplish additional steps necessary for the final development and submission
of its supplemental plan. The State promised to submit this supplemental
plan on July 27, 1981. The promise was qualified, however, in that some
aspects of the plan -- admissions/ recruitment, the library action plan and
-30-
an academic action plan for the TBI, Cheyney State College -- would not be
final until the new administration at Cheyney State had an opportunity to
review them. Letter from Pennsylvania Secretary of Education Robert Scanlon
to Department of Education Secretary Terrel Bell (5/27/81).
d. On June 15, 1981, the State forwarded an outline of its supplemental
plan. On August 5, 1981, the Acting Governor wrote OCR requesting a meeting
to discuss its proposed supplemental plan and requesting an extension until
September 30, 1981 for submitting this Supplement. As scheduled, on Septem
ber 30, 1981, the State forwarded its 1981 Supplement to the 1974 plan. The
State expressed its position as being that full compliance with Title VI would
be achieved upon completion of the commitments made in the Supplement, and
accepted the Criteria as a framework for the development of an acceptable plan
for compliance. OCR found the Supplement to be a good start toward the develop
ment of a complete compliance plan. The Supplement, however, was deficient in
a number of respects. On December 18, 1981, OCR notified the State that the
Supplement was incomplete in major areas and included a point-by-point analysis
for the further guidance of the State. Pennsylvania was asked to submit a revised
plan, which it did on February 25, 1982 (the Addendum). Latter from OCR Re
gional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Scanlon (12/18/81).
e. After a brief review of the Addendum, on March 18, 1982, OCR's regional
office notified the State that because of the state's continued deferral of a
plan for the enhancement of Cheyney State, the 1982 Addendum was not an accept
able plan for compliance with Title VI, and that, if an acceptable plan was
not submitted, enforcement proceedings would be recommended. Letter from
X R Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Scanlon at 5 (3/18/82). As a
result, on April 16, 1982, the regional office wrote the State informing it
that the region was recommending the initiation of enforcement proceedings.
-31-
f. On May 6, 1 982, the State wrote X R to report on progress toward the
enhancement of Cheyney State. Enhancement efforts of Cheyney State have been
delayed, however, 'while the State seeks to appoint a new president of the
college.
g. In late April 1982, the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights,
Clarence Thomas, left the Department of Education and Acting Assistant Secre
tary, Harry M. Singleton, assumed his duties and responsibilities. As is
his prerogative as the new Assistant Secretary, Mr. Singleton is reviewing
the situation in Pennsylvania's system of higher education.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Julia Dobbs
Chief, State Systems
Desegregation Branch
Office for Civil Rights
Dated:: L>,
-32-
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
̂ C6rtify that a copy of tha following Dafandants'
Points and Authorities in Opposition to Plaintiffs' Motion for
Relief, and Declaration were mailed first class mail this
(> day of July 19 82 to:
Marcia D. Greenberger, Esquire
Center for Law & Social Policy
1751 N Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
David K. Flynn, Esquire
Covington & Burling
1201 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20044
and hand delivered to:
Elliott C. Lichtman, Esquire
Rauh, Silard and Lichtman
1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
ĵlj a
RICHARD A. LEVIE
UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al,,
TERREL H. BELL, et al.,
Plaintiffs,
Defendants.
Civil Action No.
3095-70
ORDER
Upon consideration of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief,
Defendants' Points and Authorities in Opposition thereto.
Declaration and the entire record herein, it is this ____ day of
________________ , 1982
ORDERED that Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief is hereby
DENIED.
UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al.,
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al..
Defendants.
)
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Plaintiffs move for further relief requiring defendants to
enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of
Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher
Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658
(Feb. 15, 1978) (see Appendix A, infra), promulgated by defen
dants in compliance with this Court's Second Supplemental Order
of April 1, 1977, in this case. Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp.
118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). Today, more than five years since the
date of this Court's seminal order, the United States Department
of Education (*'DE") has abandoned the Criteria. Even though
the Criteria were adopted to comply with an order of this
Court, and even though they cannot be formally abandoned
without this Court's permission, defendants cavalierly treat
the Criteria as a dead letter and act as though they can ignore
and disregard the Criteria at will. In state after state, DE
has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria and has
failed to impose sanctions where previously accepted plans
are not being implemented pursuant to the Criteria.
I. Introduction
Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of
April 1, 1977, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare
("HEW") promulgated specific standards for desegregation plans
for six states that were subsequently amended and published as
Amended Criteria Specifying Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to
Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education. 42 Fed.
Reg. at 40780-85 (August 11, 1977). In February 1978, HEW
re-published the standards as Revised Criteria, having concluded
that they were providing specific and effective guidance:
HEW originally developed the criteria mindful
of the instructions of the Court that they comply
with constitutional standards and Title VI, conform
with sound educational practices, and take into
account the unique importance of black colleges.
Based on its experience in applying the criteria
to six state systems of higher education over the
past months, HEW has determined that the criteria
provide specific and effective guidance to the
states and at the same time are sufficiently
flexible to provide for circumstances which may
vary from state to state.
43 Fed. Reg. at 6658. HEW expanded the coverage of the
standards beyond the six states to apply to states with a
history of de jure segregation:
These criteria will be applied to a state
which formerly operated a dual system of public
higher education under state law, if the Office
for Civil Rights [OCR] determines after investi
gation that the state has failed to remove the
vestiges of racial segregation in its system in
violation of Title VI.
at 6659.
In the preamble to the Criteria, the legal principles
underlying their issuance were set forth. As described more
fully in the Points and Authorities filed in support of this
motion, HEW recognized that 1) states which formerly practiced
de jure segregation must take affirmative remedial actions
which are "effective" and which "achieve results" in overcoming
- 2 -
the vestiges of that practice (43 Fed. Reg. at 6659); 2)
the states must engage in statewide rather than institution-
by-institution planning if this objective is to be realized
(ibid. ); 3) for plans to be accepted they must contain
specific goals and timetables rather than vague, general
promises (ibid. ) ; and 4) to avoid the danger that desegrega
tion might actually diminish higher educational opportunities
for blacks, it must be accomplished in such a manner as to
enhance and strengthen rather than weaken the traditionally
black institutions in each state (î . at 6660).
The key requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set
forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their
release, are the following:
— Traditionally black institutions must be
strengthened in quality so that they attract
students for non-racial reasons;
— State systems must eliminate educationally
unnecessary program duplication;
— Some new "high demand" programs must be placed
on traditionally black campuses;
— The state must achieve parity in the rate of
black and white students entering the higher
education system;
— The state must increase the number of black
students at traditionally white institutions;
— The state must achieve parity in the number
of black and white graduates of state colleges
who enter state graduate schools;
— The proportion of white students attending
traditionally black colleges must be increased;
— the state must increase mobility of students
between the state's two-and four-year institutions;
— The state must increase the percentage of black
academic and nonacademic employees in the system
and increase the number of black representatives
on governing boards.
- 3 -
HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education
Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of
Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978.
As we shall demonstrate below, defendants are today
ignoring these requirements. The exact manner of abandon
ment varies from state to state depending upon the history,
structure and operational program of each complex state
system, but in each state the overall result has been
the same: defendants have failed to enforce the Criteria
which the Court of Appeals and this Court required them to
establish many years ago.
Furthermore, in several respects defendants are violating
not only the Criteria, but also the specific holdings of the
Court of Appeals and this Court cited in the preamble as the
very reasons for their issuance. For example, as set forth
more fully in the accompanying Points and Authorities, the
very foundation of the law of this case is the principle that
in each state
[t]he problem of integrating higher
education must be dealt with on a
state-wide rather than a school-by-school
basis.
Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en
banc). This principle was the mandate for this Court's order
of April 1, 1977, and it became the cornerstone of the
Criteria adopted by defendants in compliance with that order.
See 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659 ("the state system as a whole
[must] develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide de
segregation plan"). Yet in virtually every state DE has aban
doned this controlling principle of law and has accepted frag
mented efforts as sufficient. As a result, the vestiges of de
- 4 -
jure segregation in public higher education are not being eli
minated.
Defendants have also ignored the requirement of the Court
of Appeals and this Court that effective statewide measures be
taken to increase the number of black professionals and de
segregate the professional staffs of public higher educational
institutions. Nine years ago, the en banc Court of Appeals
declared that
[plerhaps the most serious problem
in this area is the lack of state-wide
planning to provide more and better
trained minority group doctors, lawyers,
engineers and other professionals. A
predicate for minority access to quality
post-graduate programs is a viable, co
ordinated state-wide higher education
policy that takes into account the
special problems of minority students
and of Black colleges.
Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1164-65 (D.C. Cir.
1973) (en banc). This Court's 1977 order specifically cited
and quoted the above holding, Adams V. Cal ifano, 430 F.Supp. at
120 (D.D.C. 1977), and the Criteria contain numerous provisions
for its implementation, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662-63.
State systems of higher education are key sources for
credentialling persons to become candidates for professional
positions, not only in their own institutions but also in the
public and private sectors of their states and the nation.
State systems are also major employers. One would expect
therefore that DE would require and vigorously monitor the
states' performance in the enrollment and graduation of black
professionals and in the hiring of blacks for administrative,
academic and nonprofessional positions in the state system.
Yet, the generally and pervasively weak programs to recruit,
enroll, retain and graduate blacks in graduate and professional
5 -
programs are clear evidence that defendants are not implement
ing the mandate of the Court of Appeals that dismantling dual
systems of higher education result in the credentialling
of substantially increased numbers of black professionals.
Furthermore, since January 1981, defendants have abandoned
their responsibility to assure effective statewide measures
which result in substantial increases in the number of blacks
employed by state postsecondary institutions as administrators,
1/faculty and professional nonfaculty staff members.”
Additionally, DE is failing to require expeditious
enhancement of the traditionally black institutions to enable
them to contribute to the development of black professionals,
to serve an increasing number of nonblacks and to ensure that
they are not bearing a disproportionate share of the burden of
desegregating the statewide system. This also is required by
the decisions of both the Court of Appeals and this Court,
Adams V. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1165; Adams v. Cal ifano,
supra, 430 F.Supp. at 120, and is specifically provided for in
the Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660.
Finally, despite the clear requirements of the Criteria,
DE has abandoned any effort to secure realignment of programs
and to eliminate educationally unnecessary duplication of pro
grams and curriculum as vehicles for the enhancement of the
traditionally black institutions and the desegregation of both
traditionally black and white institutions.
Today, as in the era of de jure segregation, most of the
states still have two public land-grant institutions which are
j_/ Defendants have accepted from almost every state mere
promises that institutional affirmative action plans will be
filed with the Labor Department's Office of Federal Contract
Compliance Programs (OFCCP) without determining whether these
plans have been approved and are in compliance with the
Criteria.
- 6 -
racially identifiable. The historically black institutions
have always been the weaker of the pair, having never shared
equitably in federal and state funds for educational, research,
extension and public service programs. Nonetheless, in vio
lation of the decisions in this case and the Criteria,
defendants have failed to address this historic pattern of
discrimination.
We summarize below defendants' abandonment of the
Criteria in a broad cross-section of states covered by this
, . . . 2/litigation.
II. The "Second Tier" Adams States 3/
Although defendants announced in February 1978 that inves
tigations would be undertaken to ascertain the compliance status
of states with a history of de jure segregation other than the
six covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order, no
formal action was taken with respect to those states for nearly
three years. Defendants neither issued letters of findings
nor commenced enforcement proceedings, and many efforts by
plaintiffs to prod defendants into action proved fruitless.
Finally, as a result of plaintiffs' November 1980 Motion for
Further Relief, a Consent Order was agreed to by the parties
and signed by this Court on December 17, 1980. The Consent
The documentation set forth below is illustrative of
defendants' wholesale abandonment of the Criteria throughout
the entire country. The failure to mention a particular state
or particular problems within any one state is not a concession
that defendants are in compliance with respect to that state
or that problem.
3̂/ By "first tier" states, we refer to the original six
states covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order in
1977. They are the subject of Section III infra of this
Motion. "Second tier" states are described in the text above.
7 -
Order (paragraph one) required defendants to issue letters of
compliance or non-compliance no later than January 15, 1981,
and to observe the same time-frames for subsequent negotiation
and enforcement mandated by the Court's previous order of
December 29, 1977, in this case.
Although letters of findings were issued in timely
fashion pursuant to the Consent Order, virtually everything
else done by defendants has violated either that Order, the
Criteria, or both.
KENTUCKY
The Court will recall that in the case of Kentucky,
DE did not secure a Plan from the Commonwealth in timely
fashion. Although DE cited Kentucky in January 1981 for
failing "to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure
4/racially dual system of public higher education, defendants
failed to require submission of a Plan within the mandatory
120-day time period.—^ Defendants first secured a 105-day
extension of time by order of this Court entered May 21, 1981,
and then on August 27, 1981, sought another extension to
January 15, 1982. In view of the sworn assertion of Assistant
Secretary Clarence Thomas that this second extension would
"result in a plan sufficient to bring Kentucky's system of
6/public higher education into full compliance with Title VI,"
the Court granted the extension on September 17, 1981, but wrote
£/ Letter from DE Regional Civil Rights Director William H.
Thomas (Region IV) to Governor John Y. Brown, Jr., January 15,
1981, p.2.
_5/ See this Court's Orders of December 1 8, 1 980, f 1 , and
December 29, 1977, 1l 22.
6/ Declaration of August 26, 1981, p. 3.
onto its Order that date in its own handwriting that "1^ more
extensions will be granted" (emphasis in original).
Unable to obtain further extensions, DE circumvented the
Court's September 1981 Order, by granting only "provisional"
acceptance to a Kentucky Plan and unilaterally granting the
Commonwealth until August 31, 1982, before final approval is
considered. By DE's own admission, its action had to be "provi
sional" because the Commonwealth had not yet made "all decisions
necessary to the completion and successful implementation of
7/the plan."~
Given all of the foot-dragging described above, it should
come as no surprise that the provisionally approved proposal is
grossly inadequate. Indeed, the proposal is openly defiant
toward the Criteria, stating that they "were written in
cooperation with and as guidance for other states, are not re-
8 /gulations, and do not have the force of law."—
Kentucky's provisionally approved Plan is anything but a
comprehensive, statewide program. There are absolutely no
statewide measures, developed, coordinated and funded by the
Commonwealth, in any of the areas critical to desegregation:
student recruitment, retention, and financial aid, and faculty
and staff recruitment, retention and development. There is no
statewide desegregation budget or even a commitment to seek one
from the legislature. There is no commitment to spend the funds
necessary to upgrade the Commonwealth's traditionally black
institution, Kentucky State University (KSU); and while KSU is
2/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, DE's Director for Litigation,
Enforcement and Policy Service, to Governor Brown, dated January
29, 1982. We note that this letter of "provisional" acceptance
was written 2 weeks after the Court's deadline of January 15th
had expired.
8/ Kentucky Plan pp. 5-6.
- 9 -
promised a revised curriculum including high demand programs,
those programs are not even identified. The Commonwealth makes
a general commitment to eliminate unnecessary program dupli
cation, but does not identify the specific programs it deems
duplicative and does not detail how they will be eliminated
and/or reassigned to KSU. The proposal contains no statewide
employment desegregation plan, but rather sets forth a collec
tion of statistical reports from some institutions and makes
general assurances with very few goals and timetables.
In short, Kentucky has not yet submitted a Plan. It has
submitted little more than a plan to plan. At this late date,
nearly one year after a Plan was due in response to DE's
January 1981 letter finding that the vestiges of de jure
segregation have not yet been eliminated, that submission is
totally unacceptable. DE's willingness to condone such a
response vividly demonstrates the extent to which defendants
have departed from the requirements of the Criteria and this
Court's Orders.
TEXAS
By letter of January 15, 1981, former DE Assistant Secretary
Cynthia G. Brown advised Texas Attorney General Mark White
that "the State, of Texas has failed to eliminate the vestiges
of its former de jure racially dual system of public higher
education, a system that segregated blacks and whites." The
letter charged (p.3) that judging by virtually every one of
the significant indicia — student enrollment, faculties,
staffs, governing boards, resource allocation and program
duplication — Texas' state-supported colleges and universities
continue "to reflect the racial identity assigned by law to
Texas public institutions prior to 1954."
- 10 -
The Assistant Secretary's letter acknowledged (p.4) that
on January 14, 1981, DE had received a submission from Attorney
General White setting forth various measures which Mr. White
"expect [ed] appropriate state officials to undertake voluntarily
to achieve full compliance with Federal law." The letter
identified many deficiencies in Texas' submission, including
the critical fact that "the extent and sources of the funding
necessary to carry out all aspects of the Texas plan have yet
to be determined" (p.5). Nonetheless, the letter stated
(p.5) that DE had "provisionally" accepted the deficient
Plan. Texas was merely directed to submit additional informa
tion and commitments by June 15, 1981.
Not only did DE grant "provisional" acceptance to a set of
inadequate proposals without any firm commitment from state
officials to implement them statewide, but it has taken no
formal action since January 15, 1981. The June 15, 1981,
deadline passed without any final approval of a statewide
Texas Plan, and no final approval has been granted since that
date. Thus despite this Court's Order of December 18, 1980
(11 1), which explicitly requires enforcement proceedings
against Texas within 120 days of DE's January 14, 1981
letter of findings, DE has chosen to disregard that Order,
manifesting further its contempt of this Court's directives.
In short, DE has allowed the Texas problem to lapse into a
state of limbo. There is no accepted statewide final Plan, and
not even a repeatedly extended "provisionally" accepted plan,
at this time. DE has not compelled Texas to meet the require
ments of the Criteria, and the vestiges of de jure segregation
identified by Assistant Secretary Brown 15 months ago remain
as strong as ever.
- 11 -
To appreciate fully DE's abandonment of the Revised
Criteria with respect to Texas, it is necessary to summarize
briefly the deficiencies of Texas' January 1981 proposal.
The Court need look no further than Assistant Secretary
Brown's letter of January 15, 1981, to identify most of those
deficiencies. DE charged that Texas had failed to address; 1)
enhancement of the state's two traditionally black institutions
(Prairie View A & M University and Texas Southern University),
including a) the development of academic programs that
promise to attract students of all races to those institutions
and b) specific additional commitments to insure a funding
level for those institutions comparable to that enjoyed by
similar white institutions? 2) identification and elimina
tion of educationally unnecessary program duplication on a
specific schedule, combined with allocation of new high-
demand, unduplicated programs to strengthen Prarie View and
Texas Southern; 3) adoption of numerical goals for recruitment
of black and Hispanic students at all institutions statewide
(only some of which had proposed such goals as of January
1981); 4) adoption of specific statewide plans for increasing
both the number and proportion of black and Hispanic employees
throughout the state's public higher education system; 5) an
increase in the numbers of black and Hispanic persons appointed
to the governing boards of Texas' traditionally white institu
tions; and 6) the funding of Texas' Plan, complete with specific
commitments by state and higher education officials and
agencies who have the power to make and implement such
- 12 -
commitments. All of these actions are required by the Criteria;
none had been done as of January 15, 1981; and none has been
9/done as of this date.—
DELAWARE
In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently
10/dated January 15, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director
Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) directed submission of a plan for
desegregation of the traditionally white University of Delaware
(UD) and the traditionally black Delaware State College (DSC).
However, Mr. Dodds did not require the state to specifically
address the problems of desegregation within Delaware's
Community College System, claiming (p. 6) that the community
colleges were exempt from coverage in part "[bjecause the
schools in the Delaware Community College System were not
established as part of the State's former de jure system."
Such reasoning is entirely specious, and dangerously so.
State-supported systems of higher education have expanded
by leaps and bounds since the days of de jure segregation; if
every campus opened since the de jure era were exempted from
Title VI and the Criteria, the decisions of this Court and the
V Additionally, Texas' January 1981 proposal was totally
silent with respect to desegregation of the state's numerous
junior and community colleges. By not including the two-year
institutions, DE has not required the statewide plan demanded
by the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and
this Court in this case.
10/ Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, it is our under
standing that the letter was mailed on January 15, 1981.
- 13 -
Court of Appeals in this case would lose all meaning.
The failure to address the Delaware system of public
higher education on a statewide basis seriously undermines the
effort to desegregate UD and DSC. For example, plaintiffs
alleged in their objections to the Delaware plan, filed on
September 28, 1981, that there is duplication of programs
between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Community
College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and the traditionally
black DSC (also located in Dover). Secretary Bell did not
deny this claim in his response to plaintiffs' objections.
(DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). With DTCC in Dover
operating at a 78.3% white enrollment in 1980, and DSC still
12/63% black (74.6% black in full-time enrollment), any
educationally unnecessary duplication of programs could be
fatal to the effort to attract white students from the area
to DSC.
Sim.ilarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time
when UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an
13/undergraduate enrollment of only 3.2% black.— Yet the inter
relationship of DTCC Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware
11/
11/ Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account
of the effect that remedial measures applied to one institu
tion will have on other institutions (two-year and four-year)
sharing the same service area," he added that the community
colleges "should have a relatively minor role in a statewide
plan" and directed that they be discussed only to the extent
necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of January 15,
1981, to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities,
taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17,
1981, which focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and
virtually ignores the community colleges.
12/ Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept.
28, 1981).
13/ Ibid.
- 14
Plan. With the population of Wilmington at 46% black (see plain
tiffs' objections to the Delaware plan, p.1), the inability of
UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly be addressed in.a
comprehensive fashion without taking into account the existence
1 4/of a 30.5% black community college in the same region.— None
theless, the current Administration of DE persists in allowing
Delaware to operate its higher education system under this pal
pably deficient Plan.
MISSOURI
In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January
15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region
VII) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of only
three of Missouri's 28 institutions of public higher education:
the University of Missouri at Columbia (the state's flagship
institution), the University of Missouri at Rolla (the state
engineering school), and Southeast Missouri State University
(one of nine State campuses serving regional and commuter
service areas).
As noted in-plaintiffs' objections, filed with DE on
August 13, 1981, enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter
itself (Table I) establish the inadequacy of DE's failure to
require a statewide plan. These 1978 data reveal, for
example, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the
two four-year institutions in St. Louis: the University of
Missouri at St. Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe
14/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a
smaller DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at
Stanton, has a black enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests
the emergence of dualism within the DTCC system itself, and
belies Mr. Dodds' assertion (p. 6) that "no community college
campus is racially identifiable."
- 15
College, which traces its roots to the traditionally black
Stowe Teachers College of the de jure era, remains 75.1%
black. Similarly, there are significant disparities in the
black enrollment rates at the various community colleges
within the Kansas City and St. Louis regions: the four
Kansas City area community colleges range from 0.9% black at
Maplewoods to 66% black at Pioneer, and the three St. Louis
area community colleges range from 3.7% at Meramec to 54% at
Forest Park.
Plaintiffs' objections to DE also cited a recent report,
prepared by the Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which
further demonstrates the need for statewide planning addressing
the problems of the St. Louis and Kansas City areas as well as
the three institutions for which DE required a Plan. The
Commission's February 1980 report. Graduates from the University
of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and Colleges in May
and June 1979, reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's degrees
granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the
spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while
the 1978 black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr.
High's letter is 12.4%, there appear to be serious retention
15/and promotion problems for blacks at that institution.—
15/ The Criteria, § II E, require the State to take all
steps to reduce any disparity in retention rates between
black and white students. Retention is clearly a problem
not confined to one institution in Missouri. The University
of Missouri-Columbia "acknowledged the fact that the area
requiring priority attention is retention ... based on data
accumulated between fall, 1978 to fall, 1980, the total
fulltime undergraduate retention rate for black students was
57 percent compared to 78 percent for whites." (University of
Missouri-Columbia, Plan for Continuing the Achievement of
Equal Opportunity for Students and Faculty, Part One, p. 30.)
Yet DE approved a Plan without measures for addressing this
serious problem and has not required a statewide approach
to retention.
- 16 -
Given the fact that the City of St. Louis is 45.6% black
according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's
desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect.
According to the Commission, the University of Missouri at
Kansas City granted only 5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to
blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black enrollment rate stated
in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4% black according to
the 1980 census.
Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of
St. Louis and Kansas City, the absence of a statewide plan
could undermine the state's efforts to achieve desegregation
on the three campuses cited by DE as requiring remedial
action. For example, the 96.7% white University of Missouri
at Columbia is near Moberly College, which at 11% black
enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of
St^ Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A com
prehensive statewide plan would seek to benefit from the
presence of a two-year institution that appears to be progress
ing toward integration in the region of a substantial^ly
segregated university,‘by relying upon the two-year school as
a "feeder" institution to help integrate the nearby university.
Additionally, there are two and four-year institutions of
public higher education in the general vicinity of the other
universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE
not only ignores the serious problems existing in the St.
Louis and Kansas City regions, but will also hinder progress
even at the three institutions which were declared in violation
of Title VI in January of 1981.
17 -
WEST VIRGINIA
In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently
16/dated January 6, 1981,— DE Regional Civil Rights Director
Dodds directed submission of a plan limited to only one of
that state's sixteen institutions of public higher educa
tion: the traditionally white West Virginia University (WVU).
In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr. Dodds conceded
that thirteen other state-supported institutions of higher
education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their
faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West
Virginia to submit a statewide plan.
The Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each
state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the
number and proportion of black employees, academic and non-
academic, throughout the system — " The thirteen institutions
cited by Mr. Dodds constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher
17/educational system in terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to
ignore the problem. DE merely announced in footnote 3 of Mr.
Dodds' letter that it would turn .the matter of employment dis
crimination over to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross abdication of re
sponsibility which is totally at odds with the Criteria and
with DE's obligations before this Court. Both the Court of
Appeals and this Court have expressly held that progress in
16/ Plaintiffs' copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of
June 22, 1981, to counsel for plaintiffs, rejecting plaintiffs'
objections, states that the letter was dated January 6, 1981.
17/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics
were not provided.
- 1i
desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions
is crucial to the overall progress of desegregation (see pp.
2-3, above).
The Plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in
response to Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to WVU. No
statewide remedial effort is proposed, and indeed the sub
mission provides no data concerning the state's 15 other
public institutions of higher education. Concerning the
employment of blacks which DE has noted as a problem at the
non-WVU institutions, affirmative action at WVU will have a
major impact upon those other schools. Since WVU's 1978
enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7% of the statewide total
(see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is the very heart of
the state's system. A genuine effort by WVU to attract
black students and faculty would invariably draw blacks from
the other institutions. Accordingly, the need for a statewide
and state-funded program remains critical.
III. The "Fir^t Tier" Adams States
Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of
April 1, 1977, paragraph four (430 F. Supp. at 121), early in
1978 defendants approved the plans of several of the states
covered by that Order. And Virginia's plan was approved in
January of 1979. However, on the basis of plaintiffs' review
of reports filed by those states with the Office for Civil
Rights, it is apparent that there is widespread noncompli
ance with the plans that were approved. The Criteria ex
plicitly spell out what defendants must do in that eventuality;
- 19 -
OCR shall review such [annual] narrative
reports. If good cause for the failure
to meet interim goals is not demonstrated,
OCR may impose more stringent require
ments, including advance approval by OCR
of desegregation methods, in order to
assure achievement of the goals in the
plan. In the alternative, the Depart
ment may initiate enforcement proceedings
under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964, if compliance with Title VI
cannot be achieved by voluntary means.
43 Fed. Reg. at 6663.
As we shall demonstrate below, defendants have totally
ignored their responsibilities under this provision of the
Criteria. Despite substantial evidence of noncompliance with
state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed
more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceed
ings against the "first tier" Adams states.
ARKANSAS
Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded programs
to assure effective implementation of the Criteria's key
requirements for desegregation of state systems of higher
education. Consequently, Arkansas has not only failed
to meet the goals of the Plan accepted by defendants in 1978,
but is actually achieving less in virtually every category
than was true at the time the Plan was submitted. Even
though Arkansas' system of public higher education remains as
segregated as ever, DE has failed to require the statewide
remedial measures mandated by the Criteria.
Arkansas adopted the Criteria's required college-going
parity among black and white high school graduates, and
further promised in its Plan to "implement corrective measures'
to address any disparities (Plan, p. 55). However, the
racial disparity actually increased from 5.7 percentage points
- 20 -
in 1977-78 to 9.1 in 1980-81, and black enrollment in
postsecondary institutions statewide decreased from 16.9% in
11/1975 to 15.7% in 1980-81. Indeed the decline in some
institutions such as Henderson State University, whose black
enrollment dropped from 30.3% to 19.5% within four years, was
. 20/drastic. d e 's 1980 evaluation letter noted the problem
and requested information on proposed corrective measures. Yet
Arkansas has implemented no corrective measures specifically
targeted to blacks, and confronted with this lack of initiative,
DE has failed to impose more stringent requirements.
Concerning the State's traditionally white 4-year institu
tions, the Arkansas Plan committed the State to reduce by 50%
by 1982-83 the racial disparity in the proportion of black and
white enrollees in these institutions. But the racial disparity
in first time students in these institutions actually increased
11/from 11.1 percentage points in 1977-78 to 14.1 in 1980-81.
Nonetheless, Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded
program for the special recruitment of black students into
the higher education system in general, and into the tradi
tionally white institutions in particular; and DE has not
required any such programs.
The Criteria require promotion of opportunities for blacks
to transfer from two-year institutions to the Junior class of
four-year institutions. Yet Arkansas' latest annual desegrega-
11/
18/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall
1981) Table 4, p. 6.
19/ Id. at Table 5, p. 7.
20/ Ibid.
21/ Id. at Table 4, p. 6.
- 21 -
tion report admits a growing racial disparity in the proportion
of students who complete their studies at the two-year colleges
and receive associate degrees. The same report documents an
alarming decrease in the proportion of black students who
graduated from two-year colleges and entered four-year institu-
22/tions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1% in 1979-80.— The State's
report of the previous year identified this problem and conceded
that while "[S]ome policies have been developed [to combat it]
. . . they are not formal in nature and they are not enforced
23/by all institutions." Yet DE has taken no action to require
Arkansas to adopt a statewide program to address this serious
problem.
Arkansas' performance has been equally dismal in the
enrollment of blacks in graduate and professional programs.
The Criteria (II C) require the goal of parity in the propor
tion of black and white baccalaureate graduates enrolling in
the state's graduate and professional schools. Arkansas
acknowledged in its 1980 Annual Report that the disparity was
16 percentage points, and that only "limited progress" has-been
made in reducing disparities overall as well as in those pro
grams, where blacks have traditionally been underrepresented.
In fact, the state had only four more fulltime black graduate
students in 1980 than in 1977 and the black percentage in
25/graduate enrollment declined.—
24/
22/ Id. at Table 9, p. 11.
23/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall
1980) , p. 14.
2±/ at 16.
25/ Higher Education General Information Survey (hereinafter
"HEGIS") Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report on Institutions
of Higher Education. Source: Arkansas submission on OE 2300-2.3
for 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for 1980.
- 22 -
By Arkansas' own admission, desegregation of staff posi-
26/tions IS the area in which "progress has been slowest."—
The Criteria require Arkansas to achieve a black proportion in
positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage
of black recipients of master's degrees. Blacks were 10.3% of
master's recipients in 1978-79, but constituted only 5.3% of
administrative and 4.7% of faculty new hires in 1979-80 at the
27/traditionally white institutions. Although black recipi
ents of master's degrees declined to 8.2% in 1979-80, 13 of the
18 predominantly white institutions failed to meet even this
lesser goal for administrators and''13 failed it for faculty.
Seven of the nine two-year institutions had no black administra-
. . 28/ tors at all in positions not requiring the doctorate.— For
positions requiring the doctorate, 16 of the 18 predominantly
white institutions did not meet a modest 2.2% goal for black
faculty and 15 did not meet that goal for administrators in
2 9/1980-81.— Between 1977 and 1980 the percentage of blacks in
administrative and professional non-faculty positions at pre-
30/dominantly white four-year institutions, declined.
26/ 1980 Annual Report at 17.
27/ Letter from Arkansas Director of Higher Education T.
Michael Elliott to DE Regional Director Taylor D. August
(Region VI), February 3, 1981, p. 9.
28/ 1981 Annual Report at Table 11, p. 13.
29/ Id. at Table 12, p. 14.
30/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for 1977
and 1980 submitted by Arkansas. DE's evaluation letter merely
noted Arkansas' failure to meet the employment goals in its
Plan but did not assess the effectiveness of the State's
implementing measures because they "were not approved by OCR
until May 1979" (TAB B, p. 6) — fully 15 months after defen
dants' approval of the Plan. DE compounded its failure to
insist upon measures prior to Plan approval by not imposing
more stringent requirements when the delayed measures were
clearly not working.
- 23 -
with Arkansas regressing on practically every front, the
need for a vigorous statewide desegregation program is greater
than ever before. Yet DE has done nothing to force Arkansas
into compliance with the goals of that state's own Plan and to
bring about adherence to the Criteria. The holdings of the
Court of Appeals and this Court in this case, the Criteria
promulgated pursuant to those holdings, and the Plan submitted
by Arkansas pursuant to those Criteria, are all rendered
meaningless by DE's inaction.
VIRGINIA
With the acquiescence of DE, Virginia has followed a
fragmented, institution-by-institution approach to desegregation
rather than a statewide program. The results since approval of
the Virginia Plan three years ago have been disastrous.
Virginia has no statewide and state-funded programs for
the recruitment.and retention of black students into under
graduate, graduate and professional programs, as required
by the Criteria. DB expressed concern that Virginia had
regressed in compliance with the Criteria's requirement for
parity in college-going rates:
According to the Commonwealth's August 1979 Report,
the student enrollment data for 1978 indicate a
disparity of 7.6% between the proportion of white
and black high school graduates who entered Virginia's
two-year and four-year state-supported institutions.
This represents an increased disparity from the time
the Plan was accepted (4.6% for academic year 1976-77).
Of particular concern is the decline in freshman within-
state black students enrollment from 5,294 in 1977 to
4,292 in 1978. During this same period, the percentage
of white student enrollment (freshmen, within-state)
decreased by less than 1%. 31/
31/ Letter from D.E. Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region
III, to Virginia Secretary of Education, J. Wade Gilley, Nov.
28, 1980, TAB B, p. 12).
24 -
Although DE compared the 18.9% decline in one year in black
within-state freshmen to the 1% white decrease, it did not
translate its concern into a requirement for remedial action.
Virginia reported the following year that the college-going
32/rate disparity had risen even higher to 8.7 percentage points.—
The proportion of black fulltime undergraduates that was 16.3%
33/in 1977 remained precisely 16.3% in 1980.—
To promote desegregation of the traditionally white four-
year institutions, the Criteria require substantial movement
toward parity in the entrance rates of black and white high
school graduates and transfer students. However, Virginia's
predominantly white institutions are not achieving a black
proportion in enrollment sufficient to ensure that the Cri
teria's minimum requirements and the Plan's desegregation goals
for 1982 will be met. The black/white disparity of 15.3% per
centage points in first-time enrollees at these institutions
in 1980 was an insignificant change from 1978. Eleven of the
13 traditionally white four-year institutions did not meet their
i980 goals for first-time black enrollees and most of these did
not fully utilize the other-race scholarships provided by the
34/Commonwealth. Given this poor rate of progress that resulted
from reliance upon institutional initiatives, DE cited Virginia's
failure "to assess the effectiveness of institutional recruitment
the Plan" submitted by the Commonwealth in 1978. 35/ Nonetheless,
32/ State Council of Higher Education for Virginia, Annual
Report (Aug. 31, 1981), p. 27.
33/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Virginia submission on OE 2300-2.3 for Fall
1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
34/ 1981 Annual Report at 37, 40 and 13.
35/ Letter from DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region
III) to Virginia Secretary of Education J. Wade Gilley, Nov.
17, 1981, Attachment A p. 14-15.
-25 -
DE has taken no action to bring Virginia into compliance with
the Criteria's requirement of progress toward parity.
Responsive to the Court of Appeals' special concern to
increase the pool of black professionals, the Criteria set the
goal of parity in the proportion of black and white state
residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enroll in
graduate programs. In Virginia black fulltime graduate enroll
ment statewide slipped from 5.1% in 1977 to 4.9% in 1980,
largely due to an almost 56% decline in black graduate enroll-
Wment at one of the traditionally black universities. The pro-
,portion of blacks enrolled in professional programs was stagnant
between 1977-1980 and no blacks were among the 64 students to
enroll in Virginia Polytechnic Institute's first class in
. . 37/veterinary medicine.— in November 1981 OCR noted the
continuing black/white disparities in post-baccalaureate
enrollments and the absence of special recruitment efforts
targeted to blacks for graduate and professional study at 7 of
the 10 insitutions offering graduate or professional programs.
Yet DE has failed to require any comprehensive statewide
program to recruit, and, if necessary, provide financial
assistance for black graduate and professional students in
order to implement the Criteria's requirement for parity "in
the immediate future" in the proportion of black and white
state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enter
graduate or professional programs in the state system (43 Fed.
Reg. at 6662 ) .
38/
36/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Opcit.
37/ Ibid.
38/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment at 15.
- 26 -
Even at those institutions where some progress in black
enrollment has been made, the alarming disparity in graduation
rates between white and black students threatens to wipe out
any meaningful progress. According to a study commissioned by
the Commonwealth, the graduation rate of whites statewide
exceeds that of blacks by an astonishing 27.4 percentage
points. DE reprimanded Virginia for not reporting whether
senior institutions have adopted measures to address this
disparity, as well as attrition in graduate and professional
programs, but did not require any statewide approach to this
39/serious problem.
Nowhere has Virginia's performance relative to its Plan
been more disappointing than in the effort to desegregate the
Commonwealth's two traditionally black four-year institutions,
Virginia State University and Norfolk State University.
Indeed, Virginia State's white undergraduate headcount actually
40/decreased from 190 in 1978 to 151 in 1980. qe has charged
the Commonwealth with failure to "explore recruitment techni
ques and other ways to increase the proportion of white stu-
dents attending the traditionally black institutions, but
has taken no action against the state for that failure. Simi
larly, Virginia's failure to meet the Plan's commitments for
enhancement of facilities at the traditionally black schools,
especially the promise of a four-year School of Engineering
Technology and a Continuing Education Center on Virginia State's |
42/campus, has been noted by DE but has not been corrected.
39/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16, 17.
40/ 1981 Annual Report at 30.
W Id. at 2.
41/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16.
- 27 -
Finally, Virginia's performance in the effort to dese
gregate faculty, administrative and professional non-faculty
staff has been nothing short of dismal. The percentage of
blacks employed fulltime in administrative positions at the
traditionally white four-year institutions was 4.81% in 1977;
43/It was still 4.81% in 1980. The percentage of blacks in
professional non-faculty positions at these institutions was
44/8.95% in 1977; by 1980 it had dropped to 7.66%.— Despite
small gains in the percentage of blacks on faculty, most
institutions have not met the goals upon which the Plan was
accepted and show no signs of meeting those goals in the
̂ 45/future. When asked by DE for a statewide report on
employment in 1981, Virginia simply refused to comply;
An aggregation of these goals to assess
statewide progress was not deemed ap
propriate due to the initial understand
ing between the federal and state officials
involved that objectives were to be set
on an institution by institution, and
department by department basis.
Letter of Secretary Gilley to DE Regional Director Dodds, Dec.
31, 1981, p. 5. Virginia still has no statewide and state-
funded program for recruitment of black faculty/ administrators
and professional staff, and DE has required none.
GEORGIA
The state of Georgia, like Arkansas and Virginia, has
regressed with respect to virtually all significant indicia of
desegregation since approval of its Plan in 1979. Georgia has
43/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall
1977 and Fall 1980 submitted by Virginia.
44/ M.
45/ 1981 Annual Report, Vol. IV, Employment Assessment.
- 28 -
admitted as much in its reports, and DE specifically cited
46/many areas of deficiency in its 1980 evaluation.— Nonethe
less, in the last seventeen months DE has not required Georgia
to adopt more stringent measures and has taken no formal action
to achieve compliance.
In the 1980 letter, DE concluded that Georgia had made
"no real assessment of its progress in meeting the requirement
of Section II [Desegregation of Student Enrollment] of the
. »47/Criteria. in the Georgia Plan (p. 167), the Board of
Regents had endorsed the "objective of proportionate first year
enrollments in public institutions of higher education." Yet
in its 1981 Annual Report, Georgia admitted that there had been
only "a very modest decline" in the racial disparity in college
going rates statewide, from 25.2 percentage points in 1977 to
22.8 in 1980, and that "most institutions have consistently
fallen below their projections, some disproportionately below"
(p. 6). According to the report (Table II-A-3), there were
1,366 fewer blacks enrolled in the System in 1980 than in 1977,
a decline of 6.7%; and black enrollment was 27.4% less than the
Plan's projection for 1980. None of the universities met its
1980 black enrollment goal and only one junior college exceeded
its goal. The 22.7% decrease in black enrollment at the
traditionally black institutions was not compensated by
increases elsewhere in the System.
Nor is Georgia achieving parity in the enrollment and
retention of black students. According to the 1981 Annual
46/ Letter from DE Regional Director William H. Thomas (Region
IV) to Georgia University System Chancellor Vernon Crawford.
Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, we believe that the letter
was sent in November or December of 1980.
47/ Ibid, TAB, p. 18.
- 29
Report (p. 94), black recipients of bachelor's degrees in 1980
were 18.9% of black freshman enrollment in 1976; the comparable
figure for nonblacks was 37.8%.
In the 1981 Annual Report Georgia also conceded that
black graduate enrollment had "consistently decreased" since
1977; indeed, black enrollment in 1980 was 22.2% less than in
1977 (pp. 13-14). During this same period, black recipients
of master's degrees declined almost 32% — from 796 in 1976-77
to 542 in 1979-80.
The pattern is the same in the area of employment where
Georgia has not made progress. Black administrators statewide
decreased from 9.4% in 1977 to 8.9% in 1980; black faculty
48/decreased from 6.7% in 1977 to 6.6% in 1980.— Black professional
non-faculty personnel remained constant at 10.0% between 1977-80,
but only by virtue of the hiring of more blacks at the tradi
tionally black institutions; at the tradi tionally white
schools, blacks in this category decreased from 7.1% in 1977 to
49/6.9% in 1980.—
DE's 1980 evaluation letter commented on the lack of
progress in employment and the inadequacy of the state's
institution-by-institution approach. DE observed that all
institutions had not revised their affirmative action plans
and that most of the plans that had been received were inade
quate under "the Adams-guidelines" (i.e. , the Criteria); DE
criticized the state for providing "no information regarding
48/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) sub
mitted by Georgia for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980.
49/ Ibid.
- 30 -
progress in implementing those measures to be taken to aid in
50/the achievement of employment goals."— Nonetheless, DE
has taken no steps to require Georgia to remedy the situation.
Under the Criteria, DE's obligation to impose a plan
. ̂ . . 5 1 /with more stringent requirements— or to initiate enforce
ment proceedings against Georgia is clear. 43 Fed. Reg. at
6663. If these provisions are to have any meaning at all, DE
cannot stand idly by as the state of Georgia slips backward
toward a more segregated system of public higher education.
The failure of DE to take action in Georgia is yet one more
example of the wholesale abandonment of the Criteria by
defendants.
OKLAHOMA
It has been more than thirty years since the Supreme Court
ruled unconstitutional racial segregation in Oklahoma's graduate
and professional schools. Sipuel v. Board of Regents, 332 U.S.
631 (1948); McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S. 637
(1950). In 1978 HEW determined that a desegregation plan
submitted by Oklahoma conformed to the Criteria and was there
fore acceptable.
50/ Letter of Regional Director Thomas to Chancellor Crawford,
p.23.
51/ Although plaintiffs here complain of DE's failure to secure
compliance with Georgia's modest Plan, we have consistently
taken the position that the Plan itself is inadequate, fails
to comply the requirements of the Criteria, and should not
have been approved in the first place. The Plan is especially
weak in its failure to eliminate program duplication and to
strengthen the state's traditionally black institutions. See
letter of plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Califano, February
9, 1979.
- 31 -
However, in 1980 defendants transmitted an evaluation
52/letter to Oklahoma which identified major areas in which
the state was not meeting the commitments and goals in its Plan
and was actually regressing in the desegregaton of its system
statewide. DE requested explanations but did not impose more
stringent requirements. Nor has it done so in the succeeding
two years.
In its Plan (p. 19) Oklahoma had agreed to a "five-year
aggregate goal of parity" in the proportionate enrollment of
black and white first-time entering undergraduates. But
in their 1980 letter, defendants found a disparity of 4.9
percentage points in 1978 and concluded that the state was not
progressing toward a parity goal. The college-going rate
disparity actually increased to 7.2 percentage points in 1980
(1981 Annual Report, TABLE TWO, p. 8). By 1980 fewer black
students were enrolled statewide relative to three years
earlier (See Table XIV attached infra).
The Plan (p. 20) also committed Oklahoma "to completely
eliminate the disparity between the proportion of black and
white first-time entering freshmen and transfer students at
its traditionally white four-year institutions by 1982-83."
In 1980, the traditionally white institutions failed as a
group to meet the goals for black Oklahoma first-time fresh
men and transfers. Seven of these 11 institutions did
not achieve their goals; and the University of Oklahoma and
Oklahoma State University, the two largest white institutions
52/ Letter from Taylor D. August, Regional Civil Rights
Director, Region IV, U.S. Department of Education, to Dr. E. T.
Dunlap, Chancellor, Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education,
November or December 1980. Plaintiffs' copy is undated.
- 32 -
on which the Plan placed major reliance for achieving parity,
were substantially below their goals (1981 Annual Report, TABLE
FIVE, p. 12).
Concerning black enrollment in graduate programs which
DE's letter identified as "a major problem area," Oklahoma had
failed to reach the Plan's goal in 1980 (TAB B, pp. 10-11).
There were fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977
(see Table XIV infra). Although the Plan had projected 37
black professional students from Oklahoma by 1980 (see II C of
the Criteria), fewer than half of the 35 blacks then enrolled
were residents of the State. Yet Oklahoma has not instituted,
and defendants have not required, any new statewide measures to
address these problem areas.
Oklahoma's Plan had committed the State "to an absolute
reduction of any disparity between the population of black and
white students graduating with baccalaureate, master's and
doctor's degrees" (Plan, p. 25). However, in their 1981 Annual
Report (p. 13) the Regents admitted:
In 1979-80, not only was the doctoral
degree goal not met, but the Black/White
ratio of doctoral degrees conferred in
creased by almost 300 percent over the
previous year (i.e. from 1:13.6 to 1:37.6)
... . The master's degrees conferred goal
was not met this year... . In actuality
428 bachelor's degrees were granted to
Black students. This was 197 degrees or
32 percent less than the number needed to
meet the ratio goal.
Although Oklahoma's failure to meet the graduation goals indi
cates a problem concerning the retention of black students, the
state has no statewide and state-funded retention program, and
defendants have not required one.
In conformity with 1( III A of the Criteria, Oklahoma
agreed to achieve a proportion of blacks in positions not
requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black
- 33 -
recipients of master's degrees and to set goals for positions
requiring the doctorate that conform to black availability for
these positions. However, betwen 1977 and 1980 the number of
blacks in such administrative and faculty positions statewide
did not increase. Although the number and percent of black
tenured faculty grew, that was due largely to an increase at
the traditionally black college. Moreover, the decrease
statewide in black faculty "nontenured but on track" during
this period reduced the pool for potentially tenured black
faculty. There was also a sharp decrease of blacks in "pro
fessional nonfaculty" positions (See Table XIV infra).
The number of black academic employees in 1980-81 was far
short of the stated goals. For administrative, faculty, pro
fessional and teaching/research positions requiring the doctorate,
the traditionally white institutions had 29.4 fulltime equivalent
(FTE) blacks (compared to the promised 43.4); for the positions
in those categories requiring the master's degree, there were
116.4 FTE blacks (compared to the promised 137.8); for academic
positions requiring less than a master's, the 87.5 FTE blacks
did not reach the goal of 91.4. (1981 Annual Report, p. 41)
Although Oklahoma fell short of the Plan's goals by almost
40 black academic staff members in its predominantly white
institutions statewide in 1980, the defendants have not required
more effective measures to implement the goals in the Plan and
53/the Criteria. For Oklahoma, as for the other states, defen
dants have simply refused to enforce the Criteria.
53/ DE's 1980 evaluation letter also criticized Oklahoma's
delay "in initiating several critical actions related to
strengthening the academic program at Langston [University,
the State's traditionally black institution,] and implementing
its new mission" (TAB A, p. 1). Because the promised corrective
steps involving Langston are still in process, we will reserve
any objections until the completion of that process.
- 34 -
FLORIDA
In a letter of findings to Florida Commissioner of Edu
cation Ralph D. Turlington, dated January 15, 1981, Assistant :
Secretary Brown stated (p. 2):
Florida has not made satisfactory pro
gress in implementing several ... pro
visions of the Plan [approved by DE in
1978]. Moreover, vestiges of the State's
formerly segregated public higher educa
tion system persist and in some respects
the system has become more segregated....
... Florida has not made satisfactory
progress toward dismantling its formerly
dual system of public higher education.
Noting that the specific problems identified in the letter and
attachments are "substantial" and that "issues central to the
success of the Plan have not been resolved over a protracted
period of time," the letter warned (pp.4-5) that enforcement
proceedings would commence "unless Florida corrects the defi
ciencies identified herein within 45 days from the date of this
letter."
Florida responded with a series of submissions which did
not even begin to address in any comprehensive fashion the
numerous deficiencies identified by defendants on January
15, 1981. DE itself later admitted that Florida "did not
respond in full to each of the requests made in our January 15
letter."54/ Nonetheless, in an astonishing about-face, the
new Administration declared on April 20, 1981, that Florida had
55/made an acceptable response" to the January 15th letter.
Commissioner Turlington then openly boasted that "[t]here's not a
54/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel,
August 21,1981.
55/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, Deputy Assistant Secretary,
to Commissioner Turlington, April 20, 1981.
- 35 -
thing that's new" in the submissions filed in response to DE's
K 56/charges.—
Defendants' determination to back down from the strong
language of the January 1981 letter of findings is one of the
most vivid and most powerful illustrations of this Admini
stration's disregard for the Criteria. Florida has not met
the requirements of the Criteria and shows no sign of meeting
them in the future, yet DE refuses to take corrective measures.
For example, the January 15th letter noted that the dis
parity between the proportion of white and black high school
graduates entering Florida's public colleges and universities
increased alarmingly between 1977-78 and 1978-79, from 9.85% to
15.47% (Attachment B, p.11); Florida was required to describe
specific additional measures to combat this problem (Attachment
A, p.1). Nonetheless, DE withdrew this requirement and instead
accepted Florida's general promises to improve- recruitment
efforts. Plaintiffs objected to the inadequacy of Florida's
response, noting the substantial decline of black first-time
freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 in 1980.—
Yet DE, while admitting that Florida's response does "not
necessarily [require] actions that are statewide in scope,"
58/refused to take any further action.— ,
The Criteria require states "to expand mobility between
two year and four year institutions as a means of meeting the
goals set forth in these criteria," 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662.
56/ The Tampa Tribune, April 21, 1981.
57/ Letter of Plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Bell, June 11,
1981, Appendix One, p.2.
58/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel,
Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment p.1.
- 36 -
Defendants' general failure to secure statewide approaches to
desegregation that effectively involve the public community
college is especially critical in Florida because of the nature
of the State's postsecondary system. Florida expects fully
80% of the students entering public postsecondary education to
enroll initially in one of its 28 community colleges. Five of
its 9 senior institutions provide only upper division and
graduate programs. Any decrease in black enrollment in, or
impediments to their upward mobility from, community colleges
must merit special remedial action. Yet the racial disparity
in the college-going rate into the Community cibllege System was
59/actually higher in 1980 than in 1977.— Also, between
1977 and 1980 enrollment of blacks in the community colleges,
decreased 19.2%, with the largest institution registering a
staggering loss of 42.9% of its black enrollment ;— ^and
during this period black recipients of associate degrees (i.e. ,
those qualifying for admission to the universities as juniors)
61/declined 6.7%. Thus, DE's refusal to require actions
from Florida that are statewide in scope, impacting, throughout
the Community College System, effectively undermines the
potential for any meaningful desegregation in Florida.
Similarly, Florida has failed to make any commitment of
state funds to promote enrollment of a larger number of blacks
in the upper division of predominantly white four-year uni
versities. Between 1977-78 and 1978-79 the percentage of
59/ See Equal Access-Equal Opportunity Data for Florida
Community Colleges, Parity Analysis Tables (1979 and 1982
Editions).
60/ Id. at Opening Fall Enrollment College Level Headcount
Tables.
61/ Id. at Associate Degrees Earned Tables.
- 37 -
blacks entering the upper division fell from 8.68% to 8.19%
(Letter of January 15, 1981, Attachment B, p. 12), and DE
specifically required additional measures to reverse this
trend (î . at Attachment A, p.2). Yet DE subsequently accepted
Florida submissions that lacked any statewide and state-funded
programs to increase black enrollment.
The latest available data establish that in 1980 blacks
enrolled as undergraduates in Florida at lesser rates than in
1977. Within the state university system, blacks constituted
11.5% of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 12.3% in 1977;
and within the primarily white universities, blacks were 6.1%
62/of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 6.3% in 1977.—
DE's January 15 letter to Florida revealed inadequate
black enrollment in graduate and professional programs (Attach
ment B, p. 13). There were 298 fewer black graduate students
in 1980 than in 1977, a decrease of 26.7%; and there were
fewer blacks enrolled in professional programs at the pre
dominantly white universities in 1980 than in 1977. The
drastic reduction in the number .of black recipients of advanced
degrees is therefore not surprising: 170 fewer blacks were
awarded master's degrees in 1980 than in 1977, and the 26
blacks who received doctorates in 1980 were one-third fewer
than their counterparts in 1 977.— '̂ Nonetheless, Florida
has not committed itself to any new statewide measures and DE
has not required any. The Court of Appeals' plea for a
62/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Source: Florida submission on OE Form
2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
63/ HEGIS Degrees and Other Formal Awards Conferred. Florida
submissions on NCES Form 2300-2.1A for 1976-77 and 1979-80.
When plaintiffs called the latest data to DE's attention,
including a substantial decrease in number of graduate and
professional degrees awarded to black students, DE responded
merely that the data would be considered "in our ongoing
monitoring of Florida's plan implementation." Thomas letter of
Aug. 19, 1981, Attachment p. 1.
- 38 -
substantial increase in black professionals has been permitted
to fall on deaf ears in Florida.
According to the January 15 letter, overall white enroll
ment at the traditionally black Florida A & M University (FAMU)
had fallen by 1979-80 to 8.94% — the lowest percentage since ■
1975. (Attachment B, p.14). The latest data suggest that this
trend is continuing; the 189 white full-time undergraduates at
FAMU in the fall of 1980 were only 4.2% of total enrollment,
a substantial decrease from the 6.9% white enrollment of three
64/
years earlier. Furthermore, plans to enhance FAMU and
eliminate duplicative programs at other universities have not
gone forward; indeed, the only efforts to reduce duplication
thus far have eliminated far more programs at the predominantly
black FAMU than at the predominantly white institutions, with
the result that FAMU is today even weaker than before. (January
15 letter. Attachment B, pp.3-9). DE initially required
numerous specific remedial steps (Attachment A, pp.4-5), yet
virtually none of them has been carried out. And DE admitted
in response to plaintiffs' objections, that with respect to
FAMU "specific strategies" would not be "identified and
implemented" until October 1, 1981 — nearly six months after
. 65/DE's acceptance of Florida's response. Plaintiffs are
still waiting.
The January 15 letter charged (p.3) that Florida's
traditionally white institutions have made "little or no
progress" in desegregation of faculty, noting that continued
lack of progress in this area "perpetuate[s] the prior racial
64/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Florida submissions on OE Form 2300-2.3 for
Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
65/ Thomas letter of Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment, p. 2.
- 39 -
identity of the schools." Again, specific commitments were
requested (Attachment A, p.7); again, none was forthcoming.
The latest data reveal that in 1980 blacks constituted 6.2% of
all faculty within Florida's State University System, as opposed
to 6.3% in 1977; at the primarily white institutions the per
centage of black faculty increased only marginally during this
67/period, from 3.0% to 3.1%.—
In sum, Florida's system of public higher education is
today at least as segregated, if not more so, than it was when
Florida's Plan was accepted in 1978. DE identified the
components of the problem in a thorough and detailed analysis
in January of 1981, and required numerous specific actions
mandated by the Criteria. Although these actions were not
forthcoming, the current leadership of DE has failed to
take any meaningful steps to follow through on the January
1981 initiative. That initiative and the Criteria under which
it was required have been abandoned.
PENNSYLVANIA
Defendants' conduct with respect to Pennsylvania bears
many similarities to their abdication of responsibility in
Florida. DE is diluting and retreating from a strong letter
of findings issued against the Commonwealth in January
1981. As a result, there is at present no statewide program
66/
66/ DE apparently decided to accept individual institutional
plans approved by OFCCP in lieu of the statewide program
required by the Criteria. Yet according to Florida's 1981
Annual Report, plans have not yet been approved for all
of the state's universities; and no information has been
provided as to whether the plans that have been approved
conform to the Criteria.
67/ Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977
and Fall 1980 submitted to Florida.
- 40
to eliminate the vestiges of de jure segregation in Pennsylvania.
By letter to Pennsylvania Governor Richard L. Thornburgh,
dated January 16, 1981, DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds
(Region III) advised the Commonwealth that its 1974 desegre
gation Plan had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964. The letter charged (p.3) that
the 1974 Plan had been unsuccessful not only because Pennsylvania
had failed to implement it, but also because the Plan itself
had been too limited and had not required participation by "all
the institutions needed for a complete remedy."
The last of these findings was especially significant.
The 1974 Plan had not included four "state-related" universities
(The University of Pittsburgh and Pennsylvania State, Temple
and Lincoln Universities) which are subject to substantial
control by the Commonwealth both financially and administra
tively. These universities enroll more students than the
state-owned schools, and, with the exception of Lincoln (a
traditionally black institution), provide most of the graduate
programs and all of the professional study opportunities in the
Commonwealth's system. The 1974 Plan had also exempted all of
Pennsylvania's 14 community colleges from coverage. DE con
cluded in its January 1981 letter that inclusion of these
institutions in a new Plan is "needed for a complete remedy"
(p.3), because "[i]n order to desegregate the system effec
tively the interrelationships among the various institutions
over which the State has control must be taken into account"
(p.8).
As required by this Court's Order of December 29, 1977, in
this case, DE advised the Commonwealth in its January 16, 1981,
letter of findings (p.10) that the new Plan was to be submitted
41
within 60 days and that 60 days after that (i.e., within 120
days of January 16th) defendants would have to "either accept
the plan or initiate enforcement proceedings." However, the
current Administration has made a mockery of this timetable.
Defendants did not receive any formal response from the
Commonwealth until May 27, 1981 — after the full 120 days had
passed — and that response merely promised a supplemental
plan with 60 days. DE acquiesced in this defiance and even
granted several additional extensions before the supplemental
plan was submitted on September 30, 1981.
On December 18, 1981, Regional Director Dodds sent a
letter and an 18-page staff evaluation to Pennsylvania Secretary
of-Education Robert Scanlon. In the letter DE advised the
Commonwealth that its new Plan was "incomplete in major areas"
and that modifications would be necessary. Nonetheless,
defendants did not initiate enforcement proceedings but instead
merely asked for yet another submission from the Commonwealth.
And while the 18-page evaluation discussed in detail numerous
deficiencies of the new Plan, it was totally silent concerning
Pennsylvania's failure to include the four state-related
universities and the 14 community colleges. The critical issue
of limited scope, which had been so central to the January 1981
letter of findings, was merely left for further "discussion"
6 8/between defendants and the Commonwealth.—
On February 15, 1982, Pennsylvania submitted an "addendum"
to its September 1981 supplemental plan. Since the Commonwealth
had not been required by the December 1981 evaluation to in
clude the state-related universities and the community colleges
68/ Letter of Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon,
Dec. 18, 1981, p.1.
- 4 2 -
in this latest response, it did not do so. By letter from
Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, dated March 18,
1982, DE did reject one component of Pennsylvania's February
1982 submission: an exceedingly inadequate proposal for the
enhancement of Cheyney State College, the Commonwealth's state-
owned traditionally black institution. However, as to all
other aspects of the "addendum," the letter merely states (p.1)
that DE's review has not been completed and that further corre-
69/spondence will be forthcoming.—
Today, 16 months after the January 1981 letter of findings,
and one year after DE was required by order of this Court
either to accept a new plan or initiate enforcement proceedings,
Pennsylvania still lacks a statewide desegregation plan that
complies with the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of
Appeals and this Court.
69/ DE's January 1981 letter of findings noted (p.8) that
Cheyney State College is in the same service area (the Phila
delphia region) as Temple, two Penn State campuses, and
several community colleges. Lincoln University is also in
this service area. Thus, it is futile to address the problems
of Cheyney State in the absence of a comprehensive statewide
plan.
- 4 3 -
IV. Conclusion
Defendants' flagrant disregard for the Criteria
has been amply demonstrated above. Further relief from this
Court is urgently needed to require defendants to i) implement
the desegregation guidelines and timetables mandated by the
Criteria and the orders in this case, and ii) initiate enforce
ment proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states
which are defiant or perenially recalcitrant. Defendants'
blatant refusal to comply with the Criteria and the decisions
in this case must be ended once and for all if the vestiges of
de jure segregation are to be at long last eliminated — "root
and branch" — from America's public colleges and universities.
Respectfully submitted.
Jack Greenberg
James M. Nabrit, III
Joel Berger
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
Tel. (212) 586-8397
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
John Silard
Elliott C. Lichtman
1001 Connecticut Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
Tel. (202) 331-1795
Attorneys for Plaintiffs
- 44
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A
($653 -MOTICSS
n iim d to z t h e Tslu jiU an an d tsc iu sia n
oi Is-iclnd In com e o n In com e an d p ov
erty siailsU ca.-
T lie s tu d y 'Ir s t revlenred deflnitlotia.
o< In com e th a t h a v e te e n tu e d In th e
e co n o m ic lite ra tu re and fo u n d th a t
m oa t In c lu d e . m a n y ty pes o f I n - ^ d
In com e, p r iv a te as tveU as so v e m m e n -
tal. T h e n e x t o b je c t iv e vras v aiu iu g th e
In com e to th e rec ip ien t. W h e n In com e
Is re ce iv ed In m o n e y , re c ip ie n t fam ilies
a re fr e e , to p u rch a se ;o o d s th e y desire
a t m a rh et pr ices . H ow ever, w h en
In com e Is rece iv ed In-kind, particu iar iy
w h en p r ice su bsid ies o r con s tra in ts on
a m ou n ts are Involved , th e re is no
m a rk et to w h ic h one. ca n turn f o r a
v alu e . T h e stu d y th u s ev a lu a ted sever
a l v a lu a tion possib liU es. pr im a rily
v alu ation , a t g overn m en t o r e m p lo y e r
c o s t and ca sh eq u iv a ien t o r u tility
term s (d e fin e d as th e m o n e y th a t
w ou ld lea v e a rec ip ie n t as w e ll -o ff as
th e In-kind In com e). T h e stu d y fo u n d
th a t n o v a iu stla n . a lte rn a tiv e Is fu lly
con s is ten t w ith m o n e y Incom e, fu r th e r
resu lts show - th a t g overn m en t o r em
p lo y e r co s t m ay b ear Uttie re latlors fa lp
t o r e a p le n t values.
P recise, m a th em a tica l fo rm u la s w ere
derived f o r ca sh e q u iv a len t values and
a p p ro x im a tio n s to ca sh equ iva len t
values, w ere d ev e lop ed . F in a lly , using
re ce n tly ava ilable d a ta fr o m th e 1312-
73 . C on su m er E x p e n d itu re Su rvey ,
va lu es w ere est im a ted fo r fo o d stam ps,
lo w -re n t p u b lic h ou sin g , M ed ica id and
em p loy er-p rov id ed h e a lth Insurance
using ..various valu a tion a ltem atives..
W h i le th ese estim ates are e x trem ely
c r u d e .. . th e y do sh ow th a t in -k lnd
In com e ca n . In som e cases, p rov id e s i-
.zeab ie add ition s to m on ey In com e bu t
a lso th a t va lu es t o th e re c ip ie n t ca n b e
. fa r b e low g o v e n u n e n t a n d e m p lo y e r
co s ts .
A c o p y o f th is re p o rt w ill he filed
and a va ila b le as s o o n as possib le , from
•the N a tion a l T e ch n ica l In fo rm a tio n
. S erv lcs , TI.E. D ep a rtm en t o f C om - -
m erce , S p r in g fie ld , Vx, 22151
D a te d ! F ebru ary 10, 1973, . -
. . .; H a ra y Aa b o s ,
A ssis ta n t S e e v e tc ry /o r
. ; PTannirt ̂a n d SvaluatiOTU
CFR D oc. 7S-U4T FBed 1-14-18; 3: IS ami
C4iTo-ni • 'V̂ .1'
»svw*D aiTtsTA svtdrriNO -me in«*gDi.
ENTS O f ACCS?TA8t£ M ANS TO 0E5ESSS-
- OATS TTAT* STST8WS O f fU 8 llC HIGH**
EDOCATiON . ■
̂ In la te 1369 and "early 1970, th e D e
p a rtm e n t. o f H ea lth . E d u ca tion , and
' W elfa re - (H S W l n o tifie d Icn sta tes
th a t th ey - h ad n o t d ism a n tled th e ir
statew ide- du al sy stem s o f pu b lic
h ig h e r edu ca tion . T h e letters sen t by
H E W a t th a t tim e adivsed ea ch sta te
o f Its fa i lu r e to a d o p t m ea su res n e ce s
sary to o v ercom e th e e ffe c ts o f past
seg reg a tion and n otU led th e sta tes o f
th e ir o b lig a tio n to file a sta tew ide
p la n fo r th e deseg reg a tion o f their-
p u b llc sy stem s o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion .
F o r th e past seven- years th e C ou rt
rev iew ed HETWs e f fo r t s to desegreg ate
th e se sy stem s o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion . In
1977, th is C ou rt, fo u n d th a t th e D e
p a rtm en t's e f f o r t h a d n o t b een ade
qu ate a n d o rd e re d th e D e p a rtm e n t to
req u ire s ix o f th e orig in a l ten sta tes to
su b m it n ew d esegreg ation p lan s a n d to
sec sp e c ific sta n da rd s f o r th o se plans.
T h e C ou rt fo u n d th a t " s p e c if ic com
m itm en ts (w ere ) n ecessa ry fo r a w ork
a b le h ig h e r ed u ca tio n desegreg ation
p la n . . . co n ce rn in g a dm ission , re
cru itm en t a n d re te n tio n o f stu d en ts,
c o n ce rn in g th e p la ce m e n t and d u p lica
tion o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s a m on g insti
tu tion s , th e ro le and th e e n h a n cem en t
o f black, in stitu tion s, and co n c s m in g
ch a n g es in t h e ra cia l c o m p o s itio n o f
th e fa cu lt ie s in volved . ..
S p e c ifica lly , th is C o u r t e n tered a
S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd e r on A p ril
1- 1977 d irectin g th e D e p a rtm e n t to
tran sm it to th e six sta tes o f .-Arkansas..
F lor id a . G eorg ia , N o r th .. C aro lin a .
O k la h om a , and V irg in ia as w ell as th e
C ou rt and th e p ia n t li fs cr ite r ia sp ec i
fy in g th e in gred ien ts o f a ccep ta b le de
seg reg a tion p la n s fo r th e ir in stitu tion s
o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion . A cco rd in g
ly . on J u ly 3i 1977, th e D e p a rtm e n t
pu b lish ed cr ite r ia w h ic h w e re am en d
ed o n e m o n th la te r to ta k e in to a c
co u n t sug g estion s o f fe r e d b y som e o f
tfa esta ta a .
T h e C ou rt fu r th e r d ire c te d " th a t
■ H E W req u ire e a ch sta te t o subm it,
w ith in SO days o f re ce ip t o f th e cr ite
ria . a rev ised d eseg reg a tion p la n and
to a cce p t o r r e je c t su ch plans w ith in
120' days th e re a fte r . In S ep tem b er
137T, in respon se to , SETT’ S req u est,
th e s ix sta tes su b m itted desegreg ation
plans. .-U ter m o n th s o f in ten sive n e g o
tia t ion s . th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n ou n ced
o n F e b ru a ry 2, 1973, th a t it w as ac
cep tin g th e p la n s o f .Arkansas. F lor ida ,
and O k la h o m a . and n o t a ccep tin g
plans su b m itted b y G eorg ia , N o r th
C arolina , and V irg in ia . C n th e sam e
date , th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n o u n ce d th at
it w ou ld p u b lish in th e F zsrsA i. H s c is -
Txa, revised cr ite r ia w h ich a re su bstan
tia lly sim ilar to th e cr ite r ia pu b lish ed
In J u ly . •»,
■Where H E W h a s fo u n d t h a t a s ta te
has n o t e lim in a ted th e rem a in in g ves
tig es o f . seg reg a tion In Its fo rm e rly
d u a l system o f p u b lic h ig h e r edu ca
tion,. and is,, th e re fo re , in v io la tion o f
T it le Tl o f th e C ivil H lg h ts A c t o f
1364. it is req u ired firs t to a ttem p t to
secu re com p lia n ce b y v o lu n ta ry
m eans. ’W h en , th o se e f fo r t s fa il . H E W
Is requ ired I c seek e n fo rce m e n t eith er-
adm in istratlveiy o r th ro u g h th e
cou rts . 42 D .S .C , 206-U 43 C F R 2000<±-
1. 45 aO .T fdX l). 30.3. T h e se re -'
v ised cr ite r ia are issued to assist su ch ;
sta tes !h th e p re p a ra tio n o f desegrega- -
t ion p la n s as p a rt o f th e p rocess o f so-
cur in g vo lu n ta ry com p lia n ce .
H E W or ig in a lly d e v e lo p e d th e crite
r ia m in d fu l o f th e in stru ction s, o f the
C ou rt th a t th ey co m p ly w ith consU tu-
tlorm l sta n da rd s and T it le VT. con form
w ith sou n d ed u ca tion a l p ractices, and
take in to a cco u n t th e u n iqu e im por
ta n ce o f b la ck co lleg es . E a sed o n its
e x p er ien ce In a p p ly in g th e c r ite r ia to
six. sta te system s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion
o v e r t h e past m o n th s . H E W h a s deter
m in ed th a t th e cr ite r ia prov ide sp ecif
ic an d e ffe c t iv e g u id an ce to th e states
and a t th e sam e tim e, are su ffic ie n tly
f le x ib le to p ro v id e fo r circu m stan ces
w h ich m a y v a ry fr o m s la te to state.
P axascsij;
I . H T S T O R T o r L IO A I. PSOC3tS35IhC3
T h e cr ite r ia sec fo r th b e lo w in itia lly
w ere d e v e lo p e d by th e D ep a rtm en t o f '
H ea lth . E d u ca tion , an d W elfa re
(H E W ) pu rsu a n t to th e sp e c ific d ireo--
t lo n o f the U n ited S ta tes D istr ic t
C ou r t fo r th e D istr ic t o f C lolum bia In
Adams V. Califano, C iv i l . A c t io n N o,
3095-70 , S e co n d Supp iem e.oca l O rd er
(D .D .C . A p r il I . 1977). T h e C ou rt 's
O rd e r a rose fro m a law suit in itia ted in
1970 to requ ire H E W to m k e a ctio n to
e n fo r ce th e prov is ion s o f T it le V I o f
th e CiVU R ig h ts .-Vet o f 1964.'
In 1969. th e O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts
(O C R ) d e term in ed th a t ten S ta te s '
w ere co n tin u in g to op e ra te seg reg a ted
h ig h e r ed u ca tio n system s in 'r io latlon
o f T it le V I o f th e 1984 C .’rtl R ig h ts
A ct. .A lthou gh th e S ta tes w ere n o tif ie d
o f th is fin d in g and w ere req u ested to
su b m it co r re c tiv e p lans, n o a dm in istra
tive e n fo rce m e n t a ct ion s w ere taken
w h en th e S ta tes fa iled to su b m it plans
or su b m itted p lan s -unacceptable to
H E W . In F eb ru a ry 1973, th e AdaTos
lit ig a tio n resu lted In a ru lin g req u irin g
th a t H E W take a p p ro p r ia te e n fo r ce
m en t a ction . A d am s v. P.ichardson, 356
P. S u pp . 92 (D .D .C , 1973). T h a t ru lin g
was u n a n im ou s ly a ffirm e d by th e fu ll
U n ited S ta tes C ou rt o f A p pea ls fo r th e
D is tr ic t o f C o lu m bia C ircu it, althoug.h
the C ou rt o f -Appeals m od ifie d th e D is
tr ict C ou rt 's o rd e r and d irected H E W
to a ttem p t to secu re a ccep ta b le deseg
reg a tion plans fro m th e ten S ta tes
b e fo re co m m e n c in g e n fo r ce m e n t p ro
ceed in gs. Adams V. XicAardsan. 430 F .
2d U 5 9 (D .C . C ir. 1973).
'T id e V7 o f the C.-vtl Rights Aat of 19«4
proTides: "N o person in the United SlAies ,
snail, on the zrounxia at race, color, or nj-
tionai origin, be eacluded from partlcioation
In. be dented the beneiiU o(. or be subjected
to discrimination under any orreram or sc-
tlvltT receiving Federai (Ii'.anctaJ aeaLstanev.,
42 U.3.C. raood.
'Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Ihulsiana,
Maryland, Misstssippi, Nort.h Carolina.
Okiaaoma, Fennsylvania, and '/'u-ginla.
FEDEKAl lEGUTEk. VOU ■«, NO. 32— W SSN ISD Ar, FEStUAgY JJ. W S
MOT1C2S 6639
'■.In. 1974. H E W a ccen ted desegresa -
,'£ lon : plana fro m e ig h t o f t h e 't e n
- SUtea.* H eporta c o v e n n g th e t o t y ea r
. -'o f Imp le m e n ta tio n w ere su h m ltted to
.:3 E W In I97S. S u baep u en tly . th e p la ln -
ttffs in th e /Jdam a caae so u g h t fu r t h e r
■•"relief and o n April. U 1977, th e C ou rt
■,;mied th a t th e 1974 plana d id n ot
- c o in o ly w ith th e cr ite r ia prev iou s ly an-
vVnounced b y H E W and th a t as im ple*
aiented. th e plana h ad fa iled to a ch ieve
r, s ign ifica n t p rog ress tow ard h ig h e r
^ edu ca tion ' d esegreg a tion . B ased on
- th ese- fin d in g s, the. C o u r t o rd ered
•HEW. to d ev e lop a n d Issue w ith in 90.
' days sp e c ific cr ite r ia to g u id e th e six
.3 ta tea ‘ in th e p rep a ra tion o f rev ised
;i. desegregation plana.
vi'n . LZSAL AMO EDOCanOMAI. ?W M :c l? tI3 -
■ 'i . .De fu r e sep rep o flon
_ T h e se cr ite r ia w ill b e a p p lied to a
■ state w h ich fo r m e r ly op e ra te d a du al
system o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tio n
- u n d er sta te law . If hhe O f f i c e fo r C ivil
•R igh ts determ in es td ter In vestigation
. th at t h e s ta te has fa iled to rem ov e th e
■ vestiges o f racia l s eg reg a tion In Its
system in v io la tion o f T it le ' ' f l . ..
B . A/Jirmative itUy £o take effective
, steps ta eiimisiate d e jvre seprega-
_'C.> ( io n .... . .
W h e r e th e re has- b e e n past d e Jure
. seg reg a tion , sta tes are req u ired to ta k e
a ffirm a tiv e rem ed ia l step s and to
a ch ieve resu lts In overc.om ln g th e ef -
• fe e ls o f p r io r d lscrira ln atlon . H E W ’ s
■ reg u la tion Im plem en tin g T it le VT p ro-
vldea th a t ■
la sdmlalnterlng a program, rwardlng vtUch-
- the recipient has prcTiously Olscrtmiaated
aeamat penona on the ground of race • • •.
the rectoient om it take alhrmattv* letloo
' to orcreom e the effects of prior dlacrtmlna-
tlon. 4S CTR eoJtbkSX ll.
T h e 14th A m en d m en t a lso rn.na f o r
m ore th a n m ere a b a n d on m en t o f d is-
A n im ln atlon th ro u g h l.be sta te 's ad op
tion o f passive o r n eu tra l po lic ies . T h e
U n ited S ta tes S u p re m e C ou rt has h e ld
th a t p u b lic sch o o l o ff ic ia ls h a ve “ t h e
a ffirm a tiv e d u ty to take w h atever
steps m ig h t b e n ecessa ry to co n v e r t to
a u n ita ry system In w h ich d lscrim ina -
■ Louisiana refused td submit a plan and'
was referred to the Deoaronent of fusdee;
which filed a lawstut. ( United Elates v. L ou-’
tiioTuX Civil Action Mo. 74-es IM.D. La.) tn
January 1974. The plan submitted by Mls- ̂
. slsalpol was deemed unacceptable by HEW-
and th e matter was referred to the Depart-;
men! o f Justice, which filed a lawsuit, Ayers ̂
and United States r. .riruVv O vil Actlo'c Ko.
D.C. TS-a-iC (NJ3, Miss.). In March 1973.
•The April i. 1977, Order excludes ?enn-
sylTanla.<by agreement o f the parties to the
Adonu lawsuit) and Maryland, which com
menced a separate injunctive ssilt against
HSW 'i enforcem ent proceedings now pend-
log in. the United States Court of Appeals
for -010 Peurth C rcu lt Llfondcf v. MS'V, No.
TS-1494), as well as Louisiana and Mlssissip-
t lon w o u ld b e e lim in a ted r o o t , and
b r a n ch ." Green v. • County S ch oo l
B o a rd a/ New Kent County. 391 0 .3 .
430, 437-38 (1968 ).
T h e a ffirm a tiv e d u ty to d esegreg ate
a p p lies w ith equ al fo r c e to h ig h e r edu
c a t io n - Norris V. S fa fe , Council a/
Jiigiier Sducation,' 327 F . S u p p . 1388
(S -D-. V a . 1371), tiff’d, per curiam, 404
U .S . 907 (1371): Lee v. H a e m County
Board of Sducation, 287 F . S u pp . 438
( J t D . A la . 19675, a fT d 369 U .S . 21S
(1967 ); Geier v; Dunn, 337 F . S u p p . 573
(M -D . T e n n . 1972). - id d lt lo n a lly , t h e
S u p rem e C ou rt has m a de It c le a r th a t
d esegreg ation p la n s a re n o t a d eq u ate
u n less th e y are e ffe ct iv e . See Green v.
County Sctuysl Board of New Kent
County, supra;. Swann v. Oiariotte-
ilecJUenburg Board of Sducation. 402.
U .3 . 1 .(19 7 1 )..
C on s isten t w ith ' t h e req u irem en ts o f
U t l e 'VT th e se cr ite r ia se t fo r th th e
e lem en ts o f . a deseg reg a tion p la n
w h ich w ou ld e lim in a te th e e ffe c t s o f
past d iscrim in a tion .
C. Statewide approach " *;
T h e C ourt: o f .Appeals In Its en b a n c
o p in io n In Adams d ire c te d H E W to un
dertak e a sta tew ide a p p r o a c h and
noted, th e ser iou s p ro b le m crea ted by
th e la ck o f v ia b le sta tew id e co o r d in a t
e d p la n n in g in h ig h e r e d u c a t io n ;.
The problem, o f thtegraflng higher educa
tion. must b e dealt with on a statewide
rather than a sc.naol-by-echool basis. '*
" I t Is Imnortantita note that we are aot
here rltsnivrtng dlscrimlnatary admlsslan
policies o f individual ihstitutlona. T o the
extent that auch practices ire discovered.
Immediate corrective i ctiog la required, but
we do aoc understand HEW to dispute that
point. This conuovetay concerns the more
com plex problem of systemwide racial Im
balance; Adams 7. Riehardaon, ntprd, 430 P.
2d at 11&4-U66 (footnote in original).
T h e D e p a rtm e n t h a s fo l lo w e d th is ap-.
p r o a c h s in ce 1969 b eca u se w e be lieve
sta tew ide p la n n in g Is con s is ten t w ith
sou n d edu ca tion a l p o licy . T h u s , these
cr iter ia re q u ire n o t o n ly th a t ea ch In
s titu tion . pu rsu e n on d lsc rim in a tory
s tu d en t a dm ission and fa cu lty and
s t a f f e m p lo y m e n t . p ractices , b u t also
that, th e s ta te sy stem as a w h o le devel-
o p a com p reh en s iv e a n d coord in a ted
sta tew ide desegreg ation p la n em b od y
in g th ose sp e c ific a ffirm a tiv e , rem ed ia l
step s w h ich w ill p r o v e e f fe c t iv e In
a ch iev in g s ig n ifica n t p ro g re ss tow ard
th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re
o f th e du al system an d w h ic h address
th e p ro b le m o f "sy stem w id e racial Im
b a la n ce ." . rt.
D . Speeifirity^-^ais and timetables "
T h e D is tr ic t C ou rt In Adams can-
e lu ded th a t th e p la n s p rev iou sly
a d op ted by th e sta tes h a d fa iled to
a ch iev e a dequ ate d esegreg a tion b ro -
gress and la ck ed sp e c ific com m itm en ts
f o r ch a n g e as co n ce rn s th e desegrega^
t lo n o f stu d en t b od ies a n d fa cu lties .
e n h a n ce m e n t o f tra d it io n a lly b la ck In
s t itu tion s, an d d esegreg ation o f th e
g overn in g b oards in h ig h e r ed u ca tion
sy stem s. _____
T h e D is tr ic t C ou r t d irected H E W to
p rep a re o n te r ia w h ich w ou ld id en tify
fo r th e sta tes th e sp e c ific e lem en ts to
b e in c lu d ed in th e ir revised desegreg a
tion . plans. -As t h e D is tr ic t C o u r t
s ta ted In respon se to p la in t iffs ' o ra l ar
g u m en t o n Jan u a ry 17, 1977:
■What I do want them to do though Is be
under the- comoluslon of a court order to
suOmit to the states certain rpeciAc require-
.ments which the states must respond to and
they should be given a timetable (or com
municating with the statea and the states
should be given some kind o f timetable
within which to make response. (Transcripc.
January nth ruling; emphasis supplied.)
, In Geier v , Blanton, 427 F . S u pp . 344
(M T3. T e n n . 1977), th e C ou rt q u oted
Its O rd e r o f D e ce m b e r 23, 1969, ex
pressin g Its d issa tis fa ction w ith a sta te
su b m itted d esegreg a tion p la n In th at
th e p la n as su b m itted “ lack s s p e c ific
ity ; In th a t th e re is n o sh ow in g o f
fu n d s to b e e x p en d ed , n o s ta te m e n t o f
th e n u m b er o f stu d en ts to be Involved,
and m ost Im porta n tly , n o tim e sch e d
u les f o r e ith e r th e im p lem en ta tion o f
th e p r o je c ts o r th e a ch ie v e m e n t o f any
g oa ls .'' 427 F . S u pp . at 346,
- T h e S u p re m e C ou rt h a s m a in ta in ed
th a t in a system w ith a h is tory o f seg
re g a tio n th ere la a n eed lo r rem ed ia l
cr ite r ia o f su ffic ie n t sp e c ific ity to
assure co m p lia n ce w ith th e law . S ee
Swann, su p ra at 25-28 .
In k eep in g w ith Lhe C o u r t 's v iew
th a t th e D e p a rtm e n t shou ld , subm it
sp e c ific req u irem en ts to th e sta tes, n u -
m erioa i g oa ls an d tim eta b les are sec
fo r th ta th e cr ite r ia . T h e goa ls are es
ta b lish ed as Indices by. whic.h to ' m ea
sure- prog ress tow ard th e o b je c t iv e o f
e lim in a tin g th e e ffe cts o f u n co n stitu
t ion a l d e Jure racia l seg reg a tion and o f
p rov id in g equal ed u ca tion a l o p p o rtu n i
ty fo r all citizen s o f th ese sta tes. T h e y
are benc.hm arSs and prov ide th e states
th e c le a r and sp e c ific g u id an ce ca lled
fo r b y th e C ou rt.
T h e se goals are n o t q u otas . T h e D e
p a rtm en t la op p o se d ta a rb itrary
qu otas . F ailu xe to a ch iev e a goal is n o t
s u ffic ie n t ev id en ce , sta n d in g a lon e , ta
esta b lish a vto ia tion o f T it le V I . In ad
d ition . th e O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts
u p o n a sh ow in g o f e x ce p tio n a l h a rd
sh ip o r sp ecia l c in rim ,stan ces by a
sta te , m a y m o d ify th e goa ls an d tim e
tables. N everth eless , th e sta tes axe
u n d e r a sta tu tory oh iig ation ta devise
and Im plem en t p lan s th a t a re e ffe c t iv e
In a ch iev in g th e deseg reg a tion o f the
system .
M oat Im porta n tly , u n d er th e s e cr ite
ria a n d th e goals th e y set. a ll appli-.
ca n ts m ust b e ab le ta co m p e te su ccess
fu lly . S ta tes ’ e ffo r t s u n d er th ese cr ite
ria n eed n o t and sh ou ld n ot lead to
low er in g a ca dem ic sta n da rd s. S ta tes
m ay n eed to In n ov ate ta seek in g ou t
FB3C3U1 1ES1S713. YO U « , NO. 22— W lO N SiO A r, ftB k U A lY 13, 1979
5650 NOTICSS
ta len ted stu d en ts w h o w ill on sflt 'rora
h ig h er edu ca tion . T h e y m ay n eed to
b roa d en d e fin it ion s o f p o ten tia l: to
d iscou n t th e e ffe c ts o f early d isadvan
tage o n th e d ev e lop m en t o f a cadem ic
co m p e te n ce ; an d to b roa d en th e tal
ents m ea su red In a dm issions tests. B u t
n e w an d d iffe re n t yardsticlcs fo r m ea
su rin g p o te n tia l are n o t lo w e r stan
dards. T h e y ca n be m o re valid, m ea
sures o f tru e p o ten tia l and ta lent,
talcen as a w h o le , th ese cr ite r ia seek to
p reserv e and p r o te ct a ca dem ic stan
dards o f ex ce llen ce .
3 . Special consideratiana In develop
ing criteria /or deaegregation in
higher education
A sta te sy stem o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion ,
as w ith an e lem en ta ry and secon da ry
s c h o o l d istr ict. Is h e ld to an a ffirm a
tiv e d u ty to tak e rem ed ia l a ct io n to
co r re c t past p ractices o f seg reg a tion
a n d d iscrim in a tion . H ow ever, the
n a tu re o f th e rem ed ia l a ction requ ired
o f a . h ig h e r ed u ca tion system w ill
d i f fe r fr o m th a t requ ired o f a lo ca l
e d u ca tion district.. T h e co u r t o f .-ip-
peals in Adama n o ted : .
. However, we are also mindful that deseg
regation problems in colleges and universi
ties differ widely from those- In elementary
and secondary schools, and that HHW ad
mittedly lacks esoerlence in dealing with
them .' • • As regrettable as these revelations
are, the stark truth is that HST.V must csre-
fuily assess the significance of a variety of
new factors aa It moves into an onsccus-
Comed area. ISO-?. Id at 1154.
In Narria 7. State Council of Higher
Education, 327 P . S u p p . 1368, 1373
( 3 D . V a . 1971, a f f d p er cu ria m , 404
T -B . 907 (1971)., th e co u r t h e ld ;
T h e means o f eliminating discrimination
In public schools necessarily differ from Us
elimination In colleges, but the state's duty
is as exacting.
. ii id !n San'dera v i EUington- 233 P .
S u p p . 937, 943 ( M D . T e n m 1968), the-
c o u r t sta ted ; .
•How in considering Uhe time element -for
presentation of a plan, I have thought of
the comoiexlttes o f the problem. I. recognize
that t.he simple remedies which might be
available to a county school board, where
there is Involved a compulsory system o f
education, a free system of education, and
assignment o f students, are not avallaole-
here. Colleges are not compulsory and er.
eryone can testify that they're not free.
H ig h er ed u ca tion d iffe rs fr o m e le
m e n ta ry , an d se co n d a ry ed u ca tion in
m a n y o th e r w ays. B esides b e in g v o lu n
ta ry ra th e r th a n co m p u lso ry , h ig h e r -
ed u ca tio n op era tes , o n a sta tew ide o r
reg ion a l basis, n o t lo ca l; th ere are no
"a tte n d a n ce zo n e s " In h ig h e r edu ca
tion ; h ig h e r ed u ca tion prog ra m s vary
fr o m In stitu tion to in stitu tion and are
n o t u n ifo rm ; stu d en ts are fre e to leave
th e sta te o r to a tten d private co lleg es ■
in pu rsu it o f a h lg.her edu cation .
F u rth erm ore , from sta te to sta te sig
n ifica n t d iffe re n ce s are to b e fo u n d
and m ust b e ta k en Into con s id era tion .
In som e states ' strong, cen tra lized
" s y s te m " e.kists In cluding fo u r y ear
and tw o y ear Institu tions; In oth ers ,
th e fo u r y e a r and tw o y ear in stitu tion s
rep ort to separate- b oards; In yet
oth ers , ea ch Ih stitu d o n o p era tes u n d er
its ow n In dep en den t b oard . W h ile
non e , o f ' th ese d iffe re n ce s relieves a
sta te o f Its ob lig a tion s u n d er T it le VT
o r Its co n s titu tio n a l duties, th e y m ust
b e tak en in to a cco u n t in fa sh io n in g an
a p p rop r ia te set o f cr iteria to b e a pp li
cable, to s ix sta tes.
A ccord ing ly ,.: .• w h ile ' desegreg ation
cases In voiv iag Individua l e lem en ta ry
and secon d a ry • sc h o o l d istr icts are a
g u id e to a sta te 's d u ty to take co r re c
tive a ction , th e y are n o t d b p o s lt lv e o f
th e p a rticu lar m eth od s to be design ed
fo r th e d ism a n tlin g o f a du al sy stem o f
h ig h e r edu ca tion , fo r th e desegrega
t io n o f a sta tew ide system , fo r th e re
m oval o f th e vestiges o f racia l segrega
t ion , and f o r th e co r re c tio n o f "sy s
tem w ide racia l im b a la n ce ." A s th e
cou rts Adama have n oted , th ese are
lindeed- "co m p ie x " ls su e s . T h e s e cr ite
r ia are des ig n ed sp e c ifica lly fo r th e
h igh er- ed u ca tion system s o f th ese six
states b ased on a ca re fu l con s id era tion
o f re lev an t sta tu tes and co u r t o p in ion s
and w ith du e co n s id era tion to th e
u n iqu e ch a ra cter is tics o f h ig h e r edu ca
tion.*
? . The unigue role a/'the traditionally
Hack collegea
• In k e e p in g ..w it i th e In stru ction s o f
t h e C ou rt, th e cr ite r ia recogn ize th e
u n iqu e im p orta n ce o f tra d ition a lly -
b la ck co lle g e s in m eetin g th e edu ca -
• t lon a l needs o f 'b la c k stu d en ts . M ore
th a n 80 p ercen t o f ail b la ck co lle g e
g radu ates have b een tra in ed a t ' b lack
co lleg es . In . th e m id -seventies, b lack
colleges-, con tin u e ! to graduate a lm ost
lo r ty p ercen t o f a il blacks, w h o re
c e iv e ' co lle g e degrees.
T h u s It Is w ith g o o d rea son th a t th e
C ou rt o f A p pea ls in Adama re cogn ized
Che n eed to take-in to a ccou n t " t h e sp e
cial problem s, o f b la ck coU egsa ."
Perhaps the most serloi« probieai In this
area Is the lack of state-wide platmlhg ta
provide more and better trained minority
group doetors, lawyers, engineers and other
profesalonais. A predicate for minority
access to quality post-graduate programs is
vlaOie, co-ordinated state-wide higher educa
tion policy that takes Into account the spe
cial problecds of minority students and o f
Black colleges—* *.* (Tthese Black Instltu-'
‘ For a useful dlscasslon o f these Issues see'
Mote. 'T h e Affirmative Duty T o Integrate-
Higher Sducatlon.. " 70 Yale iaso Journal
558 (1970).
'S ee Silas Blake.- Fubilc Policy and the
Higher Education ■ of Black ,Amencans_"
S taff Report, Subcommittee on Constltu-,
tlonsj Rlgnts of the. Committee on the Judl-'
clary, 94th Cong, id Sess. 1978,
' tfatlonal Center for Education Statistics.
Earned Degrees Survey. 1975-78.
tlons currently fulfill a crucial need and eiB
continue to play an Important role In Blaex
.hlgner educauon. 480 F. 30 at US4-U85. -
A ga in In 1977, th e D istr ic t Court, la
Its S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rder, p. 4.
q u oted th e above Language o f the
C ou rt o f ‘.Appeals and w en t on to state:
The process of desegregation most not
place a greater burden on Black Insutuclcss
or Black students' opportunity to .-eeelve a ■
quality public hlgner education. The deseg-.
.’Wgatton process should take Into account
the unequal status o f the Black colleges and
the real danger that desegregation wlU dl*
minish higher education opportunities for ■
Blacks. W ithout suggesting the answer to
this complex problem, it is the responslbll-
Ity o f HEW to devise criteria for higher edu- .
cation desegregation plans which will ‘ake
Into account the unioue imporrance cf
Black colleges and at the same time comply
with the Congresalonal mandate.
T h e D e p a rtm e n t does n o t take this
la n gu a ge to m ean th a t th e traditional
ly b la ck in stitu tion s are e.xem pt from
th e C on s titu tion o r th e requirem ents
o f T it le V7. T o th e con tra ry , tradition
a lly b la ck and tra d ition a lly w hite in
s t itu tion s are s u b je ct to th e sam e con-.-
s titu tlon a l and. con g ression a l m andate '
to p rov ide an ed u ca tion to a ll citizens
w ith ou t d iscrim in a tion or segregation .
W h ite and b la ck In stitu tion s are to
fu n c t io n as part o f a . u n itary system
fr e e o f th e vestiges o f state Im posed,
racial seg reg a tion . H ow ever, as the
C ou rt has in stru cted , th e tra n sition to
a u n itary system m ust n o t be a ccom
plish ed b y p la c 'jig a d isp roportion a te-
b u rd en u p on b lack stu den ts, faculty ,,
o r In stitu tion s or by red u cin g the edu
ca tion a l op p ortu n it ies cu rren tly avail
able to b lacks. .
T o a ch ieve th e ob je c t iv e s o f T it le VT.
p recise m eth od s w ill .need to be fa-,
sh io n e d fo r in stitu tion s w ith in a state,
eac.h a p p rop r ia te to th e task o f o v er
co m in g th e e ffe c ts o f p r io r d iscrim in a
tion in th e particu lar Instance. E ach
m etl.-ad w ill be e n fo rce d ■with equal
fo r ce and determ in a tion . E a ch m eth od
is design ed to a ch ieve th e sam e co n s ti
tu tion a l stan dard .
I I I . cow s 'P x rA T iorr y s o c s s s
In th e p rep a ra tion o f th e cr iteria
orig in a lly prom u lg a ted p u rsu an t to
co u r t in stru ction , th e D ep a rtm en t u n
dertook an exten sive con su lta tion pro
cess w ith in th e D e p a rtm e n t and w ith
Interested ou tside parties. In an e ffo r t
to assure th a t th ese cr iter ia w ere b o th
leg a lly and ed u ca tion a lly sou n d , a de
p a rtm en ta l task fo r c e was esta b lish ed
to g u id e th e ir dev e lop m en t. T h e task
fo r ce co m b in e d th e m u ltip le d isci-.
pUnes and varied e.xpertlse need ed to
reso lve th e co m p le x issues and edu ca
tio n a l po lic ies Involved in th is desegre
gation process . S erv in g on th e task
fo r ce w ere t.he G en era l. C oiinsoi. the
D ire cto r o f th e O ff ic e fo r C ivil B igh ts ,
th e .Assistant S ecre tary fo r E d u cation ,
th e '.C o m m iss io n e r o f E ducation ., and
FlDESAl g s s i m a . V O t. 43, .MO. 32— WEDHtSOAY, FSagUAgY 13, 1773
NOTICES 6651
th e A ssistan t S e cr e ta r y f o r PTanniny
and S v a iu a tion .
T h e D ep a rtm en t also em darited o n a
p rog ra m u{ op en d ia log u e an d con su l
ta tion w ith parties o t Interest. T h e
task fo r ce m em bers co n fe rr e d w ith
r e p re s e n u t lv e s o f th e six sta tes co l le c
t iv e ly a n d in d iv idu a lly . T h e rep resen
ta tives In clu ded co lle g e presiden ts,
ed u ca tio n o ff ic ia ls , and a ides to G o v e r
n ors . A sp ecia l m e e tin g was h e ld w ith
stu d en ts w h o a tten d t h e p u b lic co l
leg es In th e six sta tes and rep resen ta
tives o f sev era l n a tion a l s tu d en t o rg a
nizational P o u r m eetin g s w ere h e ld
w ith o ff ic ia ls o f th e a m icu s cu ria e . N a
tio n a l A ssocia tion fo r S o u a l O p p ortu
n ity In H ig h e r E d u ca tion , an associ
a tion o f th e presiden ts o f UQ p re d o m i
n a n tly b la de co lle g e s an d u n iversities,
b o th sta te su p p o r te d a n d private. T w o
pan els o f n a tion a lly recog n ized edu ca
tors m et fo r h a lf da y session s to advise
th e D ep a rtm en t.
P lh a lly . p ia in U ffs ' rep resen ta tives
d e v oted m a n y h ou rs to rev iew in g and
co m m e n tin g o n d ra fts o f th e en teria .
T h e y a lso con v en ed a m eetin g f o r th e
D e p a rtm e n t w ith , 28 c itizen s fro m
th ese s ix sta tes w h o are m ost fa m ilia r
w ith th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegrega
t io n e ffo r t s In th e ir resp ectiv e sta tes.
T h e D ep a rtm en t assum es fu ll a n d
so le responsihU lty f o r th e co n te n t o f
th ese cr iteria . T h e co n su lta tio n s en u
m era ted a bove w ere e .xceedlng ly h e lp
fu l to th e D e p a rtm e n t In th e prepara
t ion o f th e se cr ite r ia , b u t th e se discus-,
s lon s d o n o t Im ply co n cu rre n ce In th e ■
cr ite r ia In w h o le o r In p a rt b y o th e r
pa rties .
H ig h er ed u ca tion a l sy stem s In th ese
and o th e r sta tes are u n d erg o in g d iff i
cu lt a d ju stm en ts cau sed b y fisca l a n d
d e m o g ra p h ic tren d s b e y o n d th e co n - ,
t ro l o f Individual sta tes. .A ccord ingly ,
th e cr iter ia d ev e lop ed fo r th e s ix
sta tes u n d er th e AdaTTts O rd e r , fo c u se d
o n deseg reg a tion e ffo r t s to b e u nder-
' ta k en w ith in th e n e x t fiv e years. S im i
larly , O C H wtU seelt p lans th a t con ta in
fiv e -y e a r goals fr o m o t h e r sta tes
w h ich are fo u n d to h a ve a d u ty to
elim in a te th e v estiges o f du a lity In
th e ir sy stem s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion .
-As ea ch sta te a tta in s th e goa ls set
fo r th In Its p lan , O C H w ill assess. In:
c o o p e ra tio n w ith th a t sta te ; th e pro
gress th e r e b y m ade In o rd e r to d e te r
m in e w h a t a d d ition a l steps,. If any. are
.'necessary to co m p le te th e desegrega
tion process . F urtherm ore^ O C H w ill
p er iod ica lly rev iew th ese cr ite r ia to
asstire th e ir a deq u acy In m eetin g o o n -
, stltu tlon a l req u irem en ts , th e ir consls-
■ te n cy w ith ru lin gs o f th e cou rts in
h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegreg ation , and
the m a n da te o f T it le TL
th.TTvrrrrs o r a Pt-u*
i, oisrsTaBLisTOrcTT or t h s s r a g ern a x
o r rm c p p a o s r s m i
•-Ah a ccep ta b le p la n sh a ll co m m it th e
state to th e goa l o f org a n iz in g an d op
era tin g th e system a n d 'n s tltu tlo n s o f
h ig h e r ed u ca tion in a m a n n er th a t
prom ises rea listica lly to o v e rco m e th e
e ffe c t s o f past d iscrim in a tion and to
d isestab lish th e d u a l sy stem , a n d
w h ich assures th a t s tu d en ts w ill be a t
tra cted to ea ch In stitu tion o n th e basts
o f ed u ca tion a l p rog ra m s and o p p o rtu
n ities u n in h ib ited , b y past p ra ctices o f
seg reg a tion .
T o a ch iev e th e d isesta b lish m en t o f
th e stru ctu re o f th e d u a l system , ea ch
p la n sha ll:
A . OeflTie-ihe m is s io n of each in s il f a -
l io n teifA in the state system on a Oasis
other than race.
E a ch m ission s ta tem en t sh a ll In
c lu d e a t a mlnlTnom-
1. T h e level, ra n g e an d s c o p e o f pro
gram s a n d degrees o ffe r e d ;
2. G eog ra p h ic , a rea served b y th e in
st itu tio n ; and
3. T h e p r o je c te d size o f th e stu d en t
b o d y and s ta ff, f o r ea ch y ea r o f th e
life o f th e p la n . ■
3 , Specify steps to- ie taken to
strengthen the role of traditionally
black institutions in the state system.
In su p p o r t o f th e s p e c ific step s re
qu ired b y L 3 . , th e p la n sh a ll Include;
1. C om m itm en ts th a t n ecessa ry im
p rov em en ts WtU b e m a de to p erm it th e
tra d ition a lly b la ck in stitu tion s to fu l
f i l l th e ir d e fin e d m ission . T h e se Im
prov em en ts WtU e.-ctend to p h y s ica l
p la n t an d eq-ulpm ent; q u a lity and
ra n g e o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s ; n u m b er
a n d q u a lity o f fa c u lty , s tu d en t, fa cu lty
and p ro fe ss io n a l s ta f f servtcss; stu d en t
fin an cia l assista n ce , and o t h e r fin a n
c ia l su p p ort;
2. C o m m itm en ts t h a t tra d it io n a lly
b la ck In stitu tion s ' wtU h a ve th e re
sou rces (In clu d in g th o se en u m era ted
in Item 1 a b ov e ), w h ich a re a t least
co m p a r a b le to th o se a t tra d it ion a lly
w h ite In stitu tion s h a v in g s im ila r m ls-
sion s.. . -
3. A n assessm ent o f th e p h y s ica l
p la n t at tra d it ion a lly b la ck Institu
tions; a n d . ;
A . A d e ta iled d isc rip tlon o f th e re
sou rces . e x p ressed In do lla rs an d in '
n u m b ers o f person n e l to b e assigned ,
w h ich th e sta te sy stem w iu prov ide
(a n d th e so u rce f o r su ch fu n d s) In
ord e r to tm piem en t th e step s sp e c ifie d
In 1 .3 . r e p o rte d by y e a r fo r th e life o f
th e s tep o r actl-vlty.
C . Commit the state to take specific-
steps to eiiminate educationally un~
necessary program duplication among
graditianaCy black and traditionally
white institutions in the same service
area.. r.,-,... ,
. T o th is en d ; th e p lan shaU Id en tify
ex istin g d eg ree p rog ra m s (o t h e r th an
co re cu rr icu la ) a m on g in stitu tion s
h a v in g Identica l o r ov erla p p in g service
areas and In d ica te sp eciflcaU y w ith re
sp ect to ea ch area w h at step s th e sta te
wlU take to e iim in a te su ch du plica tion ..
T h e e lim in a tion o f su ch p rog ra m du
p lica tion sh a ll be ca rr ied o u t con sis
te n t w ith th e o b je c t iv e o f s tre n g th e n
in g t h e tra d ition a lly b la ck coU egea,
D . Commit the state to give priority
consideration to placing any new un
dergraduate, graduate, or professional,
degree programs, courses of study etc.,
which may be proposed, at traditional
ly black institutions, consistent with
their missions.
S . Commit the state to withhold ap
proval of any changes in the operation
of the state system or of any institu
tions that may have the effect of
thwarting the achievement of its deseg
regation goals.
F . C o m m a the State to advise O C R
of proposed malar changes in the mis
sion or the character of any institu
tion within, the state system which
may directly or indirectly affect the
achievement of its desegregation goals,
prior to their formal adaption.
S u ch p rop o se d citan g es in clu de b u t
are n o t lim ited to; th e e sta b lish m en t
o r m a jo r ex p a n s ion o f p rog ra m s o f
s tu d y , o f dep artm en ts , o r In stitu tions;
th e a lte ra tio n o f tw o y ea r to fo u r y ear
In stitu tion s; th e con v e rs io n o f a p ri
v ate t o a p u b lic In stitu tion ; o r th e c los
in g o r m e rg e r o f In stitu tion s o r ca m
puses.
G . Specify timetables for segvential
implementation of the actions neces
sary to achieve these goals as soon as
passible but no later than tcithin five
years iby the close of the fifth full aca
demic year after the plan is accepted)
unless compelling fusiificatian far a
longer period far compliance is pro
vided to and accepted by the Depart
ment
T h e p la n . sh a ll ta ciu d e Interim
b en ch m a rk s tmd goals fr o m w h ich p ro
gress tow ard th ese o b je c t iv e s m a y be
m ea su red . T h e se t im eta b les and
b en ch m a rk s s h a ll b e a p p rop r ia te to
th e n a tu re o f th e a ction to be taken .
F o r ex a m p le , s tu d ie s -o f p h y s ica l p lan t
and resou rces com p a ra b ility sh ou ld b e
co m p le te d p r o m p t ly correctiv e a ction s
(In clu d in g ca p ita l co n s tru c tio n ) wtU re
qu ire lo n g e r Ume p er iod s .
H . Commit the state and all its in-
voived agencies and subdivisions to
specific measures for achievement of
the above objectives.
S u ch m easures m a y Include b u t are
n o t lim ited to e s ta b lish in g coop era tiv e
p rog ra m s co n s is ten t w ith In stitu tion a l
m ission s; rea ss ign in g sp ecified pro
gram s. cou rse o ffe r in g s , resou rces
a n d /o r se rv ices a m o n g in stitu tion s:
rea lig n in g th e la n d gra n t a ca dem ic
p rog ra m s so th a t research , ex p er im en t
and o th e r ed u ca tion a l services are re
d istr ib u ted o n a n on ra c la l basis: and
m erg in g in stitu tion s o r b ra n ch es
th e re o f , pa rticu la r ly w h e re Institu
tion s o r ca m pu ses h a ve th e sam e o r
ov e r la p p in g serv ices areas. T h e m ea
sures ■ taken p u rsu a n t to th is .section
sh ou ld be con s is ten t w ith t.he o b je c
tive o f s tre n g th e n in g th e tra d ition a lly
b la ck co lleg es . A de ta iled d escrip tion
HSBfSAi woiyrnt, vou. -o, ncj. m — wroNCOAr, f*s*ua»t is, wa
S662 NOTIC2S
o f th e se m easures n eed n o t b e su b m it
ted at th e tim e th e p la n Is filed , b u t
sh ou ld be file d as a su p p lem en ta ry
s ta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r
fo r review and com m e.nt by O C R . M ea-
s w e s th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le possib il
ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals listed above
w ill b e re je cted _by O C R . R ev ised m ea
sures w ill b e req u ired b e fo re th e p lan
ca n be a ccep ted .
n . D t s E o a iO A T io t t o r S T m i p r r ..
C fB O U S O P iT
A n a cce p ta b le p la n sh a ll co m m it th e
sta te to th e goal o f a ssu rin g th a t th e
sy stem as a w h o le and ea ch In stitu tion
w ith in th e sy stem p rov ide an equ al
e d u ca tion a l o p p o rtu n ity , are op e n an d
a ccessib le to a il s tu d e n ts and op era te
• w ith o u t reg a rd to race a n d o n a deseg
reg a ted basis.
T o a ch ieve th e desegreg ation o f stu
den t en ro llm en t, ea ch p lan shall;
.4_ A d o p t £Ae goal that for two gear
and /our year undergraduate pubiia
higher education institutione in the
state system, 'taken as a whale, the pro
portion of black high school graduates
throughout the state who enter such
institutions shall be at least eguai to
the proportion of white high school
graduates throughout the state who
■ enter such institutions.
B , (1 ) Adopt the goal that there shall
be an annual increase, to be specified
by each state system in the proportion
of black students in the traditionally
white four year undergraduate public
higher education institutions in the
state system taken as a whole and in
each such iTistitution; and
(25 Adopt Che objective of reducing
the disparity between the proportion
. of black high .school graduates and the
proportion of white high school gradu
ates entering' iraditionally white four
year and upper division undergrad
uate. public higher education institu
tions in the state system and adopt
the goal of reducing the disparity by at
least-fifty per_ cent by the final aca
demic year of'the plan. However, this
shall not reguire any state to increase
by that date black student admissions
by more than 150% above the admis
sions for the academic year preceding
the year in which the plan is reguested
bvHHW.' . ........................
‘ For the purposes o f this subsection, the
tern , entering Includes first-time transfers
from two year and ocher Institutions,
. •Thus, where the present entry by blach
students In four year traditionally white In
stitutions is at a rate at l.COO students per
year and a fully proportional rate would be
3.000 stisdencs per year, the state's goal
would be an entry rate o f 2.000 students per
year five years thereafter. A state where the
present entry Is at a rate o f only JOO stu
dents per year and full proponlonallty
would be 3.000 students per- year would not
by that date have to close half the gap (by a
rate o f UTSO per year) but only- achieve an
entry rate of 1.2S0 students, which Is 150%
over Its present rate- of 500.
C , A d o p f the goal that the proportion
of black state residents who graduate
from undergraduate institutions in >Jie
state system and. enter graduate study
or professional schools in the state
system shall be at least eguai to the
proportion of white state residents
who graduate from undergraduate in
stitutions in the state system and enter
such schools.
T h is goal (a n d 'In te r im b enchm arim
o r g oa ls) sh a ll b e s e p a r a t ^ sta ted fo r
ea ch m a jo r f ie ld o f g ra du a te and pro
fession a l stu d y . T o assure th a t, th is
goal ca n b e m et In th e Im m ediate
fu tu r e sp ecia l rec ru itm en t e ffo rts
sh o u ld be con s id ered at tra d ition a lly
b lade In stitu tion s, P a r ticu la r a tten tion
sh o u ld b e g iven to Increasing b la de
stu d en t e n ro llm en t and gra du a tion
‘ fr o m th ose tra d it ion a lly w h ite fo u r
y ea r u n d erg ra du a te In stitu tion s w h ich
serve as the feed er In stitu tions fo r th e
g radu ate and p ro fe ss io n a l . sch oo ls .
A ch ie v e m e n t o f th is g oa l is o f p a rticu
la r Im porta n ce In lig h t o f th e sp e c ific
c o n ce rn ex pressed b y th e C ou rt o f .Ap
pea ls In A dam s, In assessing progress
tow ard th is goal, O C R w ill give con s id
era tion to th e n u m b e r o f b la d ts fr o m
each state w h o en ro ll in g radu ate and
p ro fe ss io n a l sc h o o ls o u tsid e th e sta te
system .
D . Adept Che goal of increasing the
total proportion of white students at
tending traditionally black institu
tions.
In crea sed p a rtic ip a tion b y w h ite stu
d e n ts at tra d it ion a lly b la d i. Institu
t ion s m u st b e a pa rt o f th e p rocess o f
deseg reg a tion o f th e sta tew ide sy stem
o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion . H ow ev er, pu rsu
an t to th e a d m on ition o f th e cou rts In
Adams,. " T h e desegreg ation : p rocess
s h o u ld take Into a cco u n t th e u n eq u a l
sta tu s o f th e B la d t co lle g e s and th e
rea l da n g er th a t d esegreg a tion w ill di
m in ish h ig h e r ed u ca tion op p ortu n it ies
fo r B la ck s ." ClvU A c t io n N o. 3095-T0.
S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er at p. A.
T h e fo llo w in g steps are des ig n ed to
g u ard again st- th e . d im in u tion o f
h ig h e r ed u ca tion a l op p o rtu n it ie s fo r
b la ck stu den ts, to take in to a ccou n t
th e u n iq u e Im porta n ce o f tra d it ion a lly
b la ck co lleg es a n d to co m p ly w ith th e
m a n da te o f T it le ’ /T. B sta b llsh m en t o f
n u m erica l goals fo r th e e n ro llm en t o f
w h ite stu den ts at tra d it io n a lly b lack
In stitu tion s m ust be p reced ed b y an in
creas in g e n ro llm en t o f b la ck stu d en ts
in th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion sy stem and at
th e tra d it ion a lly w h ite In stitu tions, as
la req u ired b y S e ct io n II o f th ese cr ite
ria. I t m ust a lso b e p reced ed b y th e a c-
com p U sh m en t o f Specific step s to
stren g th en t h e ro le o f tra d it ion a lly
b la ck InsU tutlona, e lim in a te prog ra m
d u p lica tion . lo c a te n ew prog ra m s at
b la ck Institu tions.--and b y su ch o th e r
m easu res as are se t fo r th In S e ctio n L
O C R sh a ll a n n u ally review th e p ro
gress m ade by ea ch sta te In Increasing
p a rtic ip a tion by b la ck stu d en ts In
h ig h e r e d u ca tion and In th e d£sestab->-
llsn m en t o f th e du al s c h o o l system .
T w o years a fte r th e co m m en cem en t of
th e p lan , and co n s is ten t 'with su ch pro
gress, ea ch sta te system sh a h sp ecify
annual, n u m erica l goals fo r Increasing
th e p a rtic ip a tion o f w h ite stu d en ts at-
te n d in g th e tradition aU y b lack in stitu
tions.
H. Commit the state to take all rea
sonable steps to reduce any disparity
between the proportion of black and
white students completing and gradu
ating from the two year, four year and
graduate public institutions of higher
education, and establish interim goals;
to be specified by the state system for
achieving annual progress.
?. Commit the state to eepand mo-,
bility between two year and four year
institutiOTis as a means of meeting the
goals set forth in these criteria.
G . Specify numeric goals for [I. A, 3,
and C, and timetables for seguential
implementation of actions necessary
to achieve these goals as soon as possi
ble but not later than within five years
unless another date is specified in this
section.
H. Commit Che state and all its in
volved agencies and subdivisions to
specific measures to ac.h.ieve Uiese
goals.
S u ch m easu res m ay Include, b u t are
n o t lim ited to review ing, m o n ito r in g . '
and revising , as n ecessa ry , p roced u res
fo r s tu d en t recru itm en t, adm ission s,
c o m p e n sa to ry in stru ction , cou n selin g ,
fin a n cia l aid, and s ta ff and fa cu lty de
v e lo p m e n t prog ra m s. T h e d e ta h ed de
sc r ip tio n o f th ese m easures need n o t
b e su b m itted at th e tim e th e p lan is
filed , b u t sh o u ld be file d as a su p p le
m en ta ry sta tem en t w ith in 30 days
th e re a fte r fo r rev iew and co m m e n t by
O C R , M easures th a t o f f e r n o rea son
ab le p o ssib ility o f a ch iev in g th e nu
m erica l goals w ill be re je cte d by O C R .
R ev ised m easures wUl be requ ired
b e fo r e th e p la n ca n be a ccep ted .
m . DESEcaxoATiorr o r yACObrr. .u t ic x -isTXAmrr ST.irrs, .voNAC.ujEr.tic ?es-SONNEt, AND OOVSHNIhC 30AiU3S
-An a ccep ta b le p la n sh a h dam m it the
sta te system to th e goal o f in crea sin g
th e n u m b er and p r o p o r tio n o f b lack
em p loy ees , a ca dem ic a n d n on -a ca
d e m ic th ro u g h o u t th e sy stem a n d o f
Increasing rep resen ta tion o f b la ck c it i
zen s a m o n g a p p o in tiv e pos it ion s on
th e g ov ern in g h oards o f t-he sta te
sjjstem and o f tndlvtduaJ in stitu tion s.
T o a ch ieve th e d esegratlon o f fa cu l
ty . adm in istra tors , o th e r person n e l,
an d g o vern in g b oards, ea ch p la n sh ah :
A. Adopt the goal that the proportion
of black faculty and of administrators
at each institution and an the staffs of
each governing board, or any other
state higher education entity, in posi
tions not reguiring the doctoral degeee,
shall al least eguai the proportion of
black students graduating with mas-
R O S S A l t E h i S r a . V O L « , n o . 32— '.iVEDN SSPA r. F t S * U A * Y IS . 1971
NOTICES 6663
i m decrees in avpropriaie disci-
pane /Tom instU-ations 'mthin the
state tysiem, or ttie provortion af black
individuals vrith the recixiTed creden
tials far such positions in the relevant
labor market area, vshichever is great
er.
3 . Adopt the goat that the proportion
at ilac-k /acuity and af administrators
at each institution and on the staffs of
each governing board or any other
state higher education entity, in posi-.
tions requiring the doctoral degree,
shall Hi least ecual the proportion a/
black individstals istith the credentials
repuired for such positions in the rel
evant labor market area.
C. Adopt the goat that the proportion
0/ black non-academia personnel iby
jab category} at each institution and
on the staffs af each governing board
or any other state higher education
entity, shall at least epual the propor
tion af black persons in the relevant
labor market area.
■ D . Assure hereafter and 'until the
foregoing goals are met that far the
' tsaditionahy white institutions as a
whale, the proportion af blacks hired
to fill faculty and administrative va
cancies shall not be less than the pro--
portion af black individuals with the
credentials repuired far such positions
in the relevant labor market area.
2 . Specify numeric goals and timeta
bles for sepuential implementation of
the actions necessary to achieve these
objectives including interim bench- ,
marks from which progress toward the
objectives may be measured.
T h e se goals, t im e ta tle s , and b e n ch
m arks sh a ll b e e sta b lish ed In lig h t o f ,
and sh a ll sp e c ify , th e cu rre n t and pro
je c te d ra tes o f v acan cies In th e v ariou s
Job ca teg ories , p resen t an d p r o je c te d
la b or, m a rk et ava ila bility , and o th e r
re lev an t fa cto rs .
p . Commit the state system to take
specific measures la ahieve these objec
tives.
S u ch m easu res m a y In clu de, b u t are
n o t lim ited to em p lo y m e n t prog ra m s
prov id in g centrU Ized re cru itm en t, va
ca n cy and a p p lica n t listings ; tra n sfer
o p tion s; fa cu lty d ev e lop m en t pro
gram s p e rm ittin g release tim e fo r
’ b lack fa cu lty to a tta in th e term in a l .
degree; and th e In terch an g e o f facu lty-
on a te m p o ra ry o r p erm an en t basis
a m on g tra d it ion a lly w h ite and tra d l- ,
.tlonaU y b la ck In stitu tion s w ith in th e
. state sy stem . T h e d e ta iled d escrip tion
■ o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t b e su bm it-
. ted a t th e tim e th e p la n Is filed , bu t
. sh ou ld be- fi le d as a su p p lem en tary
^ s ta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r
•' fo r rev iew and co m m e n t b y O d . M ea-
--surea th a t oiler n o rea son a b le posslb ll-
■ Ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals listed a bov e
will b e re lu cte d by O C 3 . 'Revised m ea
sures w m b e req u ired b e fo r e th e p lan
can b e a ccep ted ,
G . Adapt the goal of increasing the
numbers of black persons appointed to
systemwide and institutional govern
ing boards and agencies so that these
boards may be more representative of
the racial population of the state or of
the area served.
.. IT. stra icissiow OT 7I-SHS a jm .- , MomsoBiao
,-i. AftCT HETW h a s d e term ln eh th a t a
sta ts has n o t e ilm in a tsd th e vestiges
o f desegreg ation in Its fo r m e r du al
system o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tio n , th e
sta te -sh a ll su b m it to O C R a desegreg a
t io n p la n f o r Its sy stem o f pu b lic
h ig h e r ed u ca tion to Im plem en t th e
fo r e g o in g criteria . . ,
, L T h e p la n sh a ll c o m m it th e sta te t o
substa n tia l prog ress tow ard e a ch o f
th e goals in th e firs t tw o years o f th e
p la n . - _
2. T h e p la n sh a ll b e s ign ed b y th e
g o v e rn o r and b y ea ch o f f ic ia l o r des ig
n a ted p erson rep resen tin g th e agen
cies, associa tion s, com m ission s, o ffice s ,
a n d /o r . in stitu tion s resp on sib le fo r
a d o p tin g th e system w id e a n d Insltu-;
t lo n a l goals describ ed th ere in . S u ch
p erson s o r en titles m u st b e a u th orised
u n d er sta te law to p e r fo rm aU a ction s
n ecessa ry to a ch ieve th ese g oals.
. 3. , T h e p la n sh a ll ce r t ify th a t
a ch ievem en t o f th e goa ls an d Interim
b en ch m a rk s sp e c ifie d th e re in has been
a d op ted as o ff ic ia l p o l ic y o f ea ch o f f i
cia l o r agen cy .
B . It !s r e co m m e n d e d th a t e a ch sta te
e sta b lish a b ira cia l c itizen s a d v is o ry /
m o n ito r in g co m m itte e to assist th e
sta te in m on itor in g - th e Im plem en ta
t io n o f th e p lan .
C. S a ch sta te sh a ll su b m it to O C B
b y .-iugust .13 o f ea ch y e a r a fte r a
p la n 's a ccep ta n ce , a co m p re h e n s iv e
n a rra tiv e assessm en t o f Its d esegreg a
t io n e ffo r ts In th e m o s t re ce n t aca
d e m ic -y e a r .-T h is n a rra tiv e assessm ent
sh a ll I n c lu d e ;. .
, 1. A d escr ip tio n o f th e s p e c ific m ea
sures w h ich h a ve b een ta k en to
a ch iev e th e o b je c t iv e s en u m era ted In
th e p la n an d In th e cr ite r ia ;
2. .A . d escr ip tio n o f th e resu lts
ach ieved , tn clu d ln g q u a n tita tive Indi
ces w h e re a p p rop r ia te o r req u ired ;
3. .-in analysis o f th e reason s w h y
a n y s tep s tak en prov ed Inadequ ate o r
In su ffic ien t; and .
•. 4. .A d escr ip tio n o f th e step s th e
sta te w ill take to a ch ieve prog ress and
to m a in ta in th e tim eta b les set fo r th in
th e plan .
- - D . O C R sh a ll rev iew su ch n a rra tiv e
rep orts . I f 'g o o d cause f o r th e fa ilu re
to m e e t . In terim goals Is n o t dem on -
s t r a c e d _ O C R m a y Im pose m o re str in
gent, req u irem en ts ,, in clu d in g a dvan ce
a pprov a l b y O C R o f d esegreg a tion
m e th o d s ,' In- o rd e r to assure a ch ieve
m en t o f th e goals o f th e plan . In th e
a ltern ative , th e D ep a rtm en t m a y in iti
a te e n fo rce m e n t proceed in g s u n d er
T it le 'VT o f th e ClvU R ig h ts A c t o f
1984, If oom pU an ce w ith T it le 'VT
ca n n o t b e a ch ieved b y voluntary ,
m eans.
S . E a ch p la n sh a ll p ro v id e th a t th e
sta te w in fu rn ish to O C R sta tistica l
re p o rts , assessm ents, and su ch o th e r
tn lo rm a tlo n as O C R m a y d eem n eces
sary fr o m tim e to tim e in o rd e r to de
term in e th e e ffe ct iv e n e ss o f th e sta te 's
e f fo r ts to a ch ieve th e goals describ ed
la th e se cr iteria . S u ch In form a tion
sh a ll in clu d e a n n u al s ta tis tica l r e p o rts
tn su b sta n tia lly th e sa m e fo r m a t used
p rev iou sly b y th e a ffe c te d sta tes pu r
su a n t to e a r lie r d eseg reg a tion plans.
S p e c if ic da tes fo r th e su b m ission o f
th e re p o rts w ill be esta b lish ed by
O C R . In th e ev en t th a t su b seq u en t de
v e lop m en ts ca ll fo r th e su b m ission o f
a d d ition a l data , su ch req u irem en ts
w ill be a n n o u n ce d a fte r co n s u lta tio n
w ith th e sta tes, an d th e sta tes and in
s t itu tio n s sh a ll h a ve s u ffic ie n t t im e to
d ev e lop th e sy stem n eed ed fo r th e
g a th e r in g o f a d d ition a l d ata . ...
V. DU’LJUTIOPrS
A s u sed in th ese cr ite r ia ;
: .A. ' ‘ D e p a r tm e n t" re fers to th e 'D'.S.
D e p a rtm e n t o f H ea lth . E d u ca tio n , and
W e lfa r e . In in stan ces w h ere th e ‘‘D e
p a rtm e n t '’ is to tak e certa in a ction s,
th e y m a y b e p e r fo rm e d b y th e O ff ic e
fo r C ivil R ig h ts o r th e D ire cto r . O ff ic e
fo r C lvii R igh ts , on b e h a lf o f th e D e
p a rtm en t.
3 . ‘‘ In s t itu tio n " m ean s a n y sch o o l,
co lleg e . Jun ior o r co m m u n ity co lleg e ,
u n iversity , p ro fess ion a l o r g radu ate
s c h o o l, ad-m inistered b y o r as an
a g e n cy o f th e sta te g o v e m m e n L F ou r
y e a r in stitu tion m eans a n y s c h o o l, c o l
leg e , o r u n iversity th a t o f fe r s a b a cca
la u reate o r g ra du a te degree . F o r th e
pu rp ose o f th ese cr iteria , ‘‘ In stitu tio n "
does n o t re fe r to p rivate s c h o o ls o r c o l
leges,
C. ‘ ‘ S ta te sy s te m " 'm e a n s th e aggre
g ate o f aU sta te p u b lic in stitu tion s o f
h ig h e r e d u ca tion w ith in the sta te,
w h e th e r o r n o t u n d er th e g ov ern a n ce
o f th e sam e sta te a g e n cy o r b oard .
D . " S tu d e n t " m ean s any p e rso n en
ro lle d in an In stru ction a l p rog ra m ,
w h e th e r fu ll-t im e or pa rt-tim e, su b je ct
to e x ce p tio n s to be sp e c ifie d by th e
O ff ic e F o r C ivil R ig h ts .
E. “ F a c u lty " m ean s all p e r s o r j em
p lo y e d b y an in stitu tion as fu ll-t im e
ih s t r jc t lo n a i person n e l.
F . "L a b o r m a rk et area” m ean s th e
g eog ra p h ica l area in w h ich an in stitu
tion o r ca m p u s tra d it ion a lly recru its
o r draw s a pp lican ts possess in g th e req
u isite cred en tia ls fo r v acan cies In fa c
u lty , a dm in istrative , o r n on -a ca d em ic
p erson n e l pos ition s.
G . "G o v e r rJ n g b o a r d " m ean s th a t
a p p o in te d or e lected b ody , w h e th e r o r
n o t resp on sib le to th e g o v e rn o r o f a
sta te o r to th e sta te ieg lslaru re, w h ich
Is ch a rg e d u n d er sta te law w ith th e ul
tim a te resp on s ib ility fo r th e adm in is
tra tion and o p era tion o f In stitu tions
w ith in th e sta te sy stem o f p u b lic
h ig h e r edu ca tion . .A "g o v e r n in g b o a rd "
'm a y be resp on sib le fo r th e entire
FlBSSA i JIG O TIS . V O L 43, NO. W — WtDNSSOAY, fE3*U A *Y 13, 1973
6664 jw n c s s
system . Tor i s in g le ca m pu s -or in stitu
tion t iie reo f. o r lo r a, sp e c ifie d grou p
o f cam puses o r in sU tu tlon s -
D ated : P ebru ary Z 1975. ' " .
- . , D avto S . T a t h .
nirecior. O /f lc e for Civil RitihLs.'
' [ ? R D o t 7S-MJSI Filed J-14-78: atiS mU
1 4 2 1 0 -0 1 ]
OEPASTTMENT OF HOUSING AND
. ^ . URBAN DEVELOPMENT
I ' ' ‘ .O ffice ^ 11i# Secr elq r y
! ■ CDodtet Ko. N-7S-MU
■ FSO aU U . W U A l HOUSIN O O ry O fT t lN lT Y
, . . , . ,y - , . c o u n a L
' liiqoUihtnqfTf and Fvn<Honm̂ .
A G E T fC T ; D e p a rtm e n t o f H ou sin g
and U rban D e v e lo p m e n t .-
-A CTIO N ; .'lo t ice . . ,
S U M M .A R Y ; T h e 'p u rp o se o f th is
n o t ic e is to 'P iaoe in th e pu b lic record
In form a tion reg a rd in g th e esta b lish
m en t and fu n c tio n in g o f th e F ederal
Equal H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ouncil.
.FO R - F U R T H E R . E N F O R h tA T IO N CONT-ACT. . .
■ ■ Luoyd D avis. D ire cto r , O ff ic e o f V ol-
-u n ta ry C om p lian ce , 451, 7 th S tree t
S W „ R o o m 5223, W a sh in g ton . D ,C .
■ 20410, P h o n e , 202-755-5904.
S ection 1—E sta b lish m en t o f the Couri-
oil.
T h e p rov is ion s o f .Ebcecutive O rd e r
11063 <27 F H 11527, e ffe c t iv e N ov em
b e r 20. 1962. a n d -s e c t io n 308 o f T it le
V III o f th e C ivil R ig h ts -Act o f 1968, as
am en ded (42 U ,S ,C . | 36 08 ) set fo r th
req u irem en ts th a t F edera l agencies
fu n c t io n in a m a n n e r th a t deters h ou s
in g .d iscr im in ation a n d a ffirm a tiv e ly
p rom otes fa ir housing, and equ al op
portu n ity . F u rth er , u n d er T it le VT o f
th e CIvU R ig h ts .Act o f 1964 (42 U-S.C.
J 200Qd) ea ch a gen cy is resp on sib le fo r
assu rin g n on d iscrim in a tion In pro
gram s Involv ing F edera l fin an cia l as
sistance. In a ccord a n ce tvith th ese au
th orities , and In an e f f o r t to assist
F ederal agencies In fu lfi ll in g th e ir fa ir
h ou sin g and -equal o p p o rtu n ity respon
sib ilities . th e D e p a rtm e n t o f H ousing
and U rban D ev e io p m e n t (h e r e a fte r
■H UD), e sta b lish ed th e F ed era l E qual
H ou sin g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n c il ("C o u n
c i l " ) . . . ■. , . .
S e c t io n 2 —F u n ct io n s ’ ' . '
• ./.T he (Council Is ch a ired b y ,th e .H U D
-A ssistant S ecre ta ry f o r F a ir H ou sin g
,an d E qu a l O p p o rtu n ity , and Is op e n to
a ll F edera l a gen cies and departm ents..
T h e C ou n cil has dev e lop ed t.bree pri
m ary goals lo be ac.hleved by eac.h
m em ber agen cy :
A . P la n n in g fe d e ra l fa cu lt ies in lo ca
tion s w h ere th e r e is sh ow n to ex ist, on
a n on d lscrin u n a tory basis, an adeq u ate
su p p ly o f low a n d m o d e ra te in com e
housing, w ith adeq u ate a ccess by
p u b lic tra n sp orta tion fr o m o t h e r areas
o f th e u rban cen ter a n d a dequ ate
park in g fa cilities.
B. E sta b lish in g a n d m a in ta in in g an
E qual H ou sin g L o ca to r S e rr ic e . e ith er
separaW iy or In co o p e ra t io n w ith
agen c ies In c lose p r o x im ity , ava ilable
to a ll a gen cy e m p loy ees . In h e a d q u a r
te rs and Held o ffices .
C M a k in g a ffirm a tiv e n s e o f a gen cy
fu n d in g a u th o r ity w ith re sp e ct to gov
ern m en t sp on sored p r o je c ts t o fu r th e r
t h e pu rposes o f T it le V m o f th e C ivil
R ig h ts A ct o f 1968 (s s a m en ded ).
T o in stitu tion a lize th e p r o ce s s o f
a gen cy pu rsu it o f C on n ell goals. H U D
n eg otia tes and ex ecu tes In tera g en cy
P air H ou sin g . .A g reem en ts .. w ith
m e m b e r agencies.: In v iew o f H D D 's
lea d ersh ip ro le u n d er T it le VTIl. p r i
m ary s ta ff resportsibU lty fo r th e C ou n
cil rests w ith t.he H U D .Assistant S e c
re ta ry fo r F air H ou s in g and E qual O p
p o r tu n ity and th e O ff ic e o f V o lu n ta ry
C om p lian ce . ..,
S e ctio n 3— M e e t ic s s , F roced u res . and
R e p o rts .
T h e C ou n c il m e e ts q u a r te r ly d u rin g
th e fisca l year. T h e tim e and p la ce o f
ea ch m eetin g -and th e m a tters to b e
con s id ered w ill b e pu b lish ed in ad
van ce o f th e m eetin g . BTUD requ ests
b iannual p rogress rep orts o n a gen cy
a ctiv ities to a ch iev e C o u n c il goals,
w ith u pdates ss req u ired . H U D issues
an an n u al rep ort o n th e a ccom p lish
m en ts o f th e C ou n cil, titled T h e F ed
eral -Agencies and F a ir H ou s in g . H U D
a lso su b m its rep orts to O M 3 re la tiv e
to estim ated cos t Incurred fo r the
C ou n cil to fu n c tio n . In te ra g e n cy F air
H ou sin g A g reem en ts s ign ed w ith H U D
w ill be p u b lish ed In th e P m caA i, R ze -
ISTTS and m ade ava ilable th ro u g h the
m ail to in terested p u b lic a n d private
org a n iza tion s . .. -
S ection 4—C o u n c il M e m b e rs . ’ ' ’ . i
H U D has requ ested th a t th e h ea d o f
an a gen cy o r d ep artm en t com m en c in g
its p a rtic ip a tion o n th e C ou n cil ap
p o in t a rep resen ta tive and an a lter
n a te to a tten d Co u n c il -meeclngs and
w ork w ith H U D In pu rsu it o f th e
C ou n cil goals. -As an a p p o in tee fo r th e
a gen cy or d ep artm en t h ead , e a ch re p
resen tative has dec is ion m a k in g au
th o r ity w ith respect to m a tters u n d er
con s id era tion - T h e lev e l o f a p p o in t
m e n t allow s f o r t im e ly im p lem en ta
t io n o f C ou n cil e f f o r t s . .............
S ection 5—T ra ve l E x p en ses ;-A d m in is
tra tive S u p p o r t -F in a n c in g
F in a n cia l and a dm in istrative su p p ort
f o r th e C ou n cil is p rov ided by th e D e
pa rtm en t o f .H U D , O ffice , o f . F air
H ou sin g a n d .. . E qual. O p p o rtu n ity .
T ra vel expen ses Incurred b y represen
ta tives In a tten d in g q u arterty m eet
ings is b orn e by th e -individual agen
c ie s - . .
.AtJTHoarrr; (Section 7(di of the Deoart-
dsenc of Housing m d Creen Oeyetooment
.act. 42 a s -C . is is fd i) .
Issued at W a sh in g ton . D .C M U anuary
31 . 1973. '
C H E sisa C . M cO tn sx .
A j j i i f q n f Secretary far Fair
Jicueingand Scaal Opportunity.
(7R Doe. 75-4087 Filed 2-14-78; 8:41 eral
[4 3 1 0 -8 4 ] .
DEPARTMENT Of THE INTERIOR
Suroov o f la n k M anaq em anl
U A T i O IR SC IO *. (tA U FO gN A
ge d eiaq a tie n a f AuHionlY
U n d er th e a u th o r ity o f S ecre ta r ia l
O rd er N o. 3003, dated -April 25. 1977,
s u b je ct to U m itations o f section 4 (b ) o f
t.bat ord er, th e S ta te D irector . C a li fo r
nia. is a u th orized to issue ail in itia l
grants, p e im its . and am en dm en ts
th ere to , across pu b lic and och e r a ppro
pr ia te F ed era l lands fo r th e S O H IO
p ip e lin e and a ssocia ted a n cillary fa c ili
ties In th e S tates o f .Arizona, C a li fo r
n ia. N ew M e.-dco. and T exa s. T h is au
th or iza tion is pu rsu an t to se c t io n 28 o f
th e M in era l L easing .Act o f 1920, as
am en ded , 30 U .S.C . 185.
T h e C a lifo rn ia S ta te D ir e c to r sh a ll
n o t red eiega te th is a u th ority .
O e o R cz L . T tra corr .
Acting Director.
a F t s h o a s t 3, 1978.
tPH Doc. 73-4124 Piled 2-14-7S: 3:48 ami
[4 4 1 0 -0 1 ]
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
Onjq Enforenmont Adm4ai««rakan
(Docket No. 77-14)
tO O SE V E U M A C X S O N
N otice is h ereb y given th a t on N o
v em ber 9. 1977, th e D ru g E nforcem e-nt
A d m in istra tion . D ep a rtm en t o f Jus
tice . Issued to R o o s e v e lt ? . Jackson ,
M .D .. .Atlanta. G a , an O rd er to S h ow
C ause as to w hy his DE.A C ertifica te
o f R eg is tra tion , .A J U 7 24 7 Z sh o u ld not
b e revoked .
T h ir ty days hairing elapsed s in ce th e
said O rd er to S h ow C ause was received
b y th e R esp o n d e n t, and w ritten re
quest fo r a h ea rin g havin g been filed
wit.h th e D ru g E n fo rce m e n t .Adminis
tra tion , n o tice Is h e re b y given th a t a
h ea rin g in th is m a tter w ill b e held
co m m e n c in g at 10 a-m. o n W edn esday ,
M a rch 1, 1973, in C ou rtro o m N o. 305,
S ta te C ou rt o f F u lton C ou n ty C ou rt
h ou se . 160 P ry o r S tree t S W „ A tlan ta .
O x
D atedr F e b r u a r y 9, 1973.
F l i 'in 3 . BEXstnocR.
Administrator,
Drag Dn/orcement Administration.
■ IFR Doc. 7S-U31 Filed 2-14-78: 3:4S laU
EEDERAi UdlSTESi V O l. JO. HO. 32— WSONESDAT, fSSgU A gy i j , 197*
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al.,
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al. ,
Defendants.
)
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN SUPPORT OF
PLAINTIFFS* MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Plaintiffs have moved for further relief requiring de
fendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingre
dients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of
Public Higher Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed.
Reg. 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978). As demonstrated in the motion, the
Department of Education ("DE") has completely abandoned the
Criteria. Plans have been approved that do not begin to meet
the Criteria's requirements, and non-implementation of previ
ously approved plans is being substantially ignored or condoned.
To appreciate fully the disastrous impact of defendants'
actions upon the desegregation of America's public colleges and
universities, it is necessary to trace briefly the history of
this 12 year-old litigation. This case was filed in 1970 as a
result of the failure of the former Department of Health, Edu
cation and Welfare to enforce the provisions of Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d ^ seq. More
than nine years ago, in November of 1972 and February of 1973,
this Court held that HEW had failed to meet its statutory
obligations under Title VI. Adams v. Richardson, 351 F.Supp.
636 (D.D.C. 1972) and 356 F.Supp. 92 (D.D.C. 1973). HEW had
between January 1969 and February 1970 concluded that ten
states which previously practiced de jure segregation were
still operating racially segregated systems of public higher
education, and had required each state to submit a desegrega
tion plan within 120 days. However, HEW had then completely
ignored the failure of those states to submit adequate plans;
indeed, five states had submitted no plan at all. HEW had
taken no administrative enforcement action whatsoever, and
had continued to advance federal funds to the higher education
systems of all ten states. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 356
F.Supp. at 94. This Court granted declaratory and injunctive
relief to compel HEW to comply with Title VI, including a
requirement that the defendants commence enforcement proceed
ings or utilize other lawful means to achieve desegregation
of the states' higher education systems. Ibid.
In June of 1973, the en banc Court of Appeals affirmed
this Court's order with minor modifications. Adams v. Richard
son, 480 F.2d 1159 (D.C. Cir. 1973)(en banc). The Court found
it "regrettable" that HEW had "not yet formulated guidelines
for desegregating state-wide systems of higher learning," id.
at 1164, and declared that defendants would no longer be per
mitted to neglect their responsibility under Title VI, ibid.
In a passage of particular importance to the instant
motion, the Court of Appeals further held in its 1973 en banc
decision that "[t]he problem of integrating higher education
must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by
school basis." at 1164. Thus for nine years the law of
this Circuit has required defendants to compel not merely
elimination of "discriminatory admissions policies of individual
- 2 -
institutions," but more importantly comprehensive planning to
remedy effectively "the more complex problem of system-wide
racial imbalance" in each state. at 1164-65 n.10.
The Court of Appeals additionally declared in 1973 that
[p]erhaps the most serious problem in
this area is the lack of state-wide
planning to provide more and better
trained minority group doctors, lawyers,
engineers and other professionals. A
predicate for minority access to qua
lity post-graduate programs is a viable,
coordinated state-wide higher educa
tion policy that takes into account
the special problems of minority stu
dents and of Black colleges.
Id. at 1164-65. The Court thus indicated to defendants both
the type of planning and the type of results which they must
require of the states in order to achieve compliance with Title
VI.
Pour years after the decision of the Court of Appeals, this
Court held that plans accepted by defendants in compliance with
that decision were inadequate because they "did not meet impor
tant desegregation requirements" and had "failed to achieve
significant progress toward higher education desegregation."
Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 119 (D.D.C. 1977). Holding
that defendants were required to obtain from each state "speci
fic commitments necessary for a workable higher education
desegregation plan," the Court directed defendants to formulate
final guidelines for acceptable desegregation plans and to
require each state to submit within 60 days thereafter a revised
plan in compliance with those guidelines. Î . at 121. The Court
further cited and quoted the en banc Court of Appeals' holdings
requiring statewide planning to provide more black professionals
and to deal with the special problems of traditionally black
institutions. at 120. And the Court specifically directed
- 3 -
defendants "to devise criteria for higher education desegrega
tion plans which will take into account the unique importance of
Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congressional
mandate [of Title VI]." Ibid.
The Criteria were thus promulgated under compulsion from
this Court and the Court of Appeals. Indeed, the language of
the Criteria reflects this fact and concedes that the specific
terms of the guidelines are to a considerable extent controlled
by the decisions in this case. For example, the Criteria
recognize that "[t]he Court of Appeals in its en banc opinion
in Adams directed HEW [now DE] to undertake a statewide
approach and noted the serious problem created by the lack of
viable statewide coordinated planning in higher education."
43 Fed. Reg. at 6659. On this basis, the Criteria require
not only that each institution pursue
nondiscriminatory student admission and
faculty and staff employment practices,
but also that the state system as a whole
develop a comprehensive and coordinated
statewide desegregation plan embodying
those specific affirmative, remedial
steps which will prove effective in
achieving significant progress toward
the disestablishment of-the structure ,
of the dual system and which address
the problem- of "systemwide racial im
balance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d at
1165 n.10] .
Ibid. Similarly, the Criteria cite and quote the holdings of
this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring plans that will
produce greater numbers of black professionals and enhance the
traditionally black colleges. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. The
Criteria expressly concede that
as the Court has instructed, the transi
tion to a unitary system must not be ac
complished by placing a disproportionate
burden upon black students, faculty, or
institutions or by reducing the educa
tional opportunities available to blacks.
Ibid.
- 4 -
As pointed out in the Motion for Further Relief, the
specific requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set
forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their
release, are the following:
— Traditionally black institutions must be
strengthened in quality so that they attract
students for non-racial reasons;
— State systems must eliminate educationally
unnecessary program duplication;
— Some new "high demand" programs must be placed
on traditionally black campuses;
— The state must achieve parity in the rate of
black and white students entering the higher
education system;
— The state must increase the number of black
students at traditionally white institutions;
— The state must achieve parity in the number
of black and white graduates of state colleges
who enter state graduate schools;
— The proportion of white students attending
traditionally black colleges must be increased;
— the state must increase mobility of students
between the state's two-and four-year institutions;
— The state must increase the percentage of black
academic and nonacademic employees in the system
and increase the number of black representatives
on governing boards.
HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education
Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of
Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. Defendants
have paid little attention, as the Motion for Further Relief
makes abundantly clear, to these specifics as well as to the
general thrust of the Criteria.
- 5 -
Perhaps of paramount importance to this motion is the
Criteria's recognition that the decisions in this case require
defendants not only to promulgate guidelines but also to enforce
them rigorously. For example, the Criteria cite the Court's
oral directive of January 17, 1977:
what I want them [defendants] to do
... is be under the compulsion of a
court order to submit to the states
certain specific requirements which
the states must respond to...
Id. at 6659 (emphasis added). The Criteria thus reflect the
Court's very clear intent in requiring their creation: to end
once and for all the defendants' long-standing failure to
operate under standards.
As we demonstrate in the instant motion, defendants have
abandoned the Criteria and especially the above-quoted
passages. Many of the original Adams states are not comply
ing with the Criteria, yet DE has not initiated enforcement
proceedings. Findings as to a second group of states were
finally issued in January of 1981, pursuant to a consent
order entered only after plaintiffs had filed a motion for
1/further relief demanding their issuance; but some of those
findings did not uniformly require submission of statewide
plans, and several states to this day have not yet submitted
such plans. The current Administration has accepted plans
which do not meet the Criteria, and has failed to require
corrective measures to implement earlier approved plans
even where it is obvious that the plans and the Criteria are
being flouted. Defendants simply treat the Criteria as
1/ See Consent Order of December 18, 1980,
- 6 -
though they do not exist.
Thus, after 12 years of litigation, we must regrettably
seek relief from this Court once again. Nine years after this
Court's original decision and its affirmance by the Court of
Appeals, and five years after this Court's Second Supplemental
Order requiring promulgation of the Criteria, we are faced with
an Administration that has ignored the holdings of this case.
The law of this case requires that defendants promulgate and
enforce guidelines for desegregation of public higher education,
and at present those guidelines are the Criteria. The Adminis
tration now in office may not like the Criteria, but it is
under a duty to apply them unless and until such time as they
are formally revised and amended through proper procedures
subject to review by the courts in this case; any such revision
or amendment would, of course, have to comport fully with the
holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court described above.
The one thing that defendants clearly cannot do under the
law of this case is precisely what they are doing at present.
Defendants may not simply sit on their hands and pretend that
the Criteria are inoperative or need not be enforced. By
so doing, defendants have regressed to the era without standards
that existed for many years before the decisions in this case.
They have, in effect, treated those decisions as a nullity.
2 /
In one state. North Carolina, an enforcement proceeding
initiated by the previous Administration with respect to the
State's four-year colleges and universities was aborted pursuant
to a settlement that flagrantly disregarded the Criteria. On
June 25, 1981, this Court denied on jurisdictional grounds
plaintiffs' motion for a temporary restraining order and pre
liminary injunction enjoining defendants from entering into the
settlement agreement. Plaintiffs' appeal from the Court's order
was argued on January 8, 1982, and is still pending.
- 7 -
This Court should grant further relief to require defendants
to obey the holdings of this case and to live up to their legal
obligation to desegregate this Nation's system of public higher
education.
Respectfully submitted,
Jack Greenberg
James M. Nabrit, III
Joel Berger
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
Tel. (212) 586-8397
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
John Silard
Elliott C. Lichtman
Rauh, Silard and Lichtman, P.C,
1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
Tel. (202) 331-1795
Attorneys for Plaintiffs
- 8
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
I hereby certify that a copy of the Points of Authorities
in Support of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief was served
by hand this ____ Day of May, 1982, upon
Department of Justice, Room 3734, Constitution Avenue beteeen
9th and 10th Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20530.
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al..
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al..
Defendants.
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
)
ORDER
Plaintiffs having filed a Motion for Further Relief re
quiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying
the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State
Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658
(February 15, 1978), the Court having considered said Motion
and the Points of Authorities filed by plaintiffs in support
thereof, and the Court having further considered all papers
submitted by defendants in opposition, and
This Court finding that the defendants have abandoned
the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, without public
notice and without order of this Court, and have accepted
plans which violate said Revised Criteria,
IT IS HEREBY ORDERED this ___ day of ____________ , 1982,
that defendants, their successors, agents and employees, are
directed
1. To announce publicly and notify each of the previ
ously dje jure segregated states within 10 days from the date
of this Order that the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978,
are in full force and effect;
2. To require any state not in compliance with said
Revised Criteria to submit within 90 days a new plan for
coming into compliance with said Revised Criteria;
3. To determine within the following 60 days whether
the newly submitted plan complies with said Revised Criteria,
and
4. To commence no later than 150 days from the date of
this Order enforcement proceedings with respect to any state
failing to submit a plan that complies with said Revised
Criteria.
UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE
- 2 -
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al.,
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al..
Defendants.
)
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Plaintiffs move for further relief requiring defendants to
enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of
Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher
Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658
(Feb. 1 5, 1 978) (see Appendix A, infra) , promulgated by defen-
dants in compliance with this Court's Second Supplemental Order
of April 1, 1977, in this case. Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp.
118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). Today, more than five years since the
date of this Court's seminal order, the United States Department
of Education ("DE") has abandoned the Criteria. Even though
the Criteria were adopted to comply with an order of this
Court, and even though they cannot be formally abandoned
without this Court's permission, defendants cavalierly treat
the Criteria as a dead letter and act as though they can ignore
and disregard the Criteria at will. In state after state, DE
has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria and has
failed to impose sanctions where previously accepted plans
are not being implemented pursuant to the Criteria.
I. Introduction
Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of
April 1, 1977, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare
("HEW") promulgated specific standards for desegregation plans
for six states that were subsequently amended and published as
Amended Criteria Specifying Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to
Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education. 42 Fed.
Reg. at 40780-85 (August 11, 1977). In February 1978, HEW
re-published the standards as Revised Criteria, having concluded
that they were providing specific and effective guidance:
HEW originally developed the criteria mindful
of the instructions of the Court that they comply
with constitutional standards and Title VI, conform
with sound educational practices, and take into
account the unique importance of black colleges.
Based on its experience in applying the criteria
to six state systems of higher education over the
past months, HEW has determined that the criteria
provide specific and effective guidance to the
states and at the same time are sufficiently
flexible to provide for circumstances which may
vary from state to state.
43 Fed. Reg. at 6658. HEW expanded the coverage of the
standards beyond the six states to apply to states with a
history-, of de jure segregation:
These criteria will be applied to a state
which formerly operated a dual system of public
higher education under state law, if the Office
for Civil Rights [OCR] determines after investi
gation that the state has failed to remove the
vestiges of racial segregation in its system in
violation of Title VI.
Id. at 6659.
In the preamble to the Criteria, the legal principles
underlying their issuance were set forth. As described more
fully in the Points and Authorities filed in support of this
motion, HEW recognized that 1) states which formerly practiced
de jure segregation must take affirmative remedial actions
which are "effective" and which "achieve results" in overcoming
- 2 -
the vestiges of that practice (43 Fed. Reg. at 6659); 2)
the states must engage in statewide rather than institution-
by-institution planning if this objective is to be realized
(ibid. ); 3) for plans to be accepted they must contain
specific goals and timetables rather than vague, general
promises (ibid.); and 4) to avoid the danger that desegrega
tion might actually diminish higher educational opportunities
for blacks, it must be accomplished in such a manner as to
enhance and strengthen rather than weaken the traditionally
black institutions in each state (ĵ . at 6660).
The key requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set
forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their
release, are the following:
— Traditionally black institutions must be
strengthened in quality so that they attract
students for non-racial reasons;
— State systems must eliminate educationally
unnecessary program duplication;
— Some new "high demand" programs must be placed
on traditionally black campuses;
— The state must achieve parity in the rate of
black and white students entering the higher
education system;
— The state must increase the number of black
students at traditionally white institutions;
— The state must achieve parity in the number
of black and white graduates of state colleges
who enter st'ate graduate schools;
— The proportion of white students attending
traditionally black colleges must be increased;
— the state must increase mobility of students
between the state's two-and four-year institutions;
— The state must increase the percentage of black
academic and nonacademic employees in the system
and increase the number of black representatives
on governing boards.
- 3 -
HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education
Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of
Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978.
As we shall demonstrate below, defendants are today
ignoring these requirements. The exact manner of abandon
ment varies from state to state depending upon the history,
structure and operational program of each complex state
system, but in each state the overall result has been
the same: defendants have failed to enforce the Criteria
which the Court of Appeals and this Court required them to
establish many years ago.
Furthermore, in several respects defendants are violating
not only the Criteria, but also the specific holdings of the
Court of Appeals and this Court cited in the preamble as the
very reasons for their issuance. For example, as set forth
more fully in the accompanying Points and Authorities, the
very foundation of the law of this case is the principle that
in each state
[t]he problem of integrating higher
education must be dealt with on a
state-wide rather than a school-by-school
basis.
Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en
banc). This principle was the mandate for this Court's order
of April 1, 1977, and it became the cornerstone of the
Criteria adopted by defendants in compliance with that order.
See 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659 ("the state system as a whole
[must] develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide de
segregation plan"). Yet in virtually every state DE has aban
doned this controlling principle of law and has accepted frag
mented efforts as sufficient. As a result, the vestiges of de
- 4 -
jure segregation in public higher education are not being eli
minated .
Defendants have also ignored the requirement of the Court
of Appeals and this Court that effective statewide measures be
taken to increase the number of black professionals and de
segregate the professional staffs of public higher educational
institutions. Nine years ago, the en banc Court of Appeals
declared that
[p]erhaps the most serious problem
in this area is the lack of state-wide
planning to provide more and better
trained minority group doctors, lawyers,
engineers and other professionals. A
predicate for minority access to quality
post-graduate programs is a viable, co
ordinated state-wide higher education
policy that takes into account the
special problems of minority students
and of Black colleges.
Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1164-65 (D.C. Cir.
1973) (en banc). This Court's 1977 order specifically cited
and quoted the above holding, Adams V. Cal ifano, 430 F.Supp. at
120 (D.D.C. 1977), and the Criteria contain numerous provisions
for its implementation, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662-63.
State systems of higher education are key sources for
credentialling persons to become candidates for professional
positions, not only in their own institutions but also in the
public and private sectors of their states and the nation.
State systems are also major employers. One would expect
therefore that DE would require and vigorously monitor the
states' performance in the enrollment and graduation of black
professionals and in the hiring of blacks for administrative,
academic and nonprofessional positions in the state system.
Yet, the generally and pervasively weak programs to recruit,
enroll, retain and graduate blacks in graduate and professional
- 5 -
programs are clear evidence that defendants are not implement
ing the mandate of the Court of Appeals that dismantling dual
systems of higher education result in the credentialling
of substantially increased numbers of black professionals.
Furthermore, since January 1981, defendants have abandoned
their responsibility to assure effective statewide measures
which result in substantial increases in the number of blacks
employed by state postsecondary institutions as administrators,
faculty and professional nonfaculty staff members.”^
Additionally, DE is failing to require expeditious
enhancement of the traditionally black institutions to enable
them to contribute to the development of black professionals,
to serve an increasing number of nonblacks and to ensure that
they are not bearing a disproportionate share of the burden of
desegregating the statewide system. This also is required by
the decisions of both the Court of Appeals and this Court,
Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1165; Adams v. Califano,
supra, 430 F.Supp. at 120, and is specifically provided for in
the Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660.
Finally, despite the clear requirements of the Criteria,
DE has abandoned any effort to secure realignment of programs
and to eliminate educationally unnecessary duplication of pro
grams and curriculum as vehicles for the enhancement of the
traditionally black institutions and the desegregation of both
traditionally black and white institutions.
Today, as in the era of de jure segregation, most of the
states still have two public land-grant institutions which are
V Defendants have accepted from almost every state mere
promises that institutional affirmative action plans will be
filed with the Labor Department's Office of Federal Contract
Compliance Programs (OFCCP) without determining whether these
plans have been approved and are in compliance with the
Criteria.
- 6 -
racially identifiable. The historically black institutions
have always been the weaker of the pair, having never shared
equitably in federal and state funds for educational, research,
extension and public service programs. Nonetheless, in vio
lation of the decisions in this case and the Criteria,
defendants have failed to address this historic pattern of
discrimination.
We summarize below defendants' abandonment of the
Criteria in a broad cross-section of states covered by this
. 2 /litigation.
II. The "Second Tier" Adams States 3/
Although defendants announced in February 1978 that inves
tigations would be undertaken to ascertain the compliance status
of states with a history of de jure segregation other than the
six covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order, no
formal action was taken with respect to those states for nearly
three years. Defendants neither issued letters of findings
nor commenced enforcement proceedings, and many efforts by
plaintiffs to prod defendants into action proved fruitless.
Finally, as a result of plaintiffs' November 1980 Motion for
Further Relief, a Consent Order was agreed to by the parties
and signed by this Court on December 17, 1980. The Consent
_2/ The documentation set forth below is illustrative of
defendants' wholesale abandonment of the Criteria throughout
the entire country. The failure to mention a particular state
or particular problems within any one state is not a concession
that defendants are in compliance with respect to that state
or that problem. ;
_3/ By "first tier" states, we refer to the original six I
states covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order in j
1977. They are the subject of Section III infra of this
Motion. "Second tier" states are described in the text above. |
- 7
Order (paragraph one) required defendants to issue letters of
compliance or non-compliance no later than January 15, 1981,
and to observe the same time-frames for subsequent negotiation
and enforcement mandated by the Court's previous order of
December 29, 1977, in this case.
Although letters of findings were issued in timely
fashion pursuant to the Consent Order, virtually everything
else done by defendants has violated either that Order, the
Criteria, or both.
KENTUCKY
The Court will recall that in the case of Kentucky,
DE did not secure a Plan from the Commonwealth in timely
fashion. Although DE cited Kentucky in January 1981 for
failing "to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure
4/racially dual system of public higher education,"” defendants
failed to require submission of a Plan within the mandatory
120-day time period.—^ Defendants first secured a 105-day
extension of time by order of this Court entered May 21, 1981,
and then on August 27, 1981, sought another extension to
January 15, 1982. In view of the sworn assertion of Assistant
Secretary Clarence Thomas that this second extension would
"result in a plan sufficient to bring Kentucky's system of
6/public higher education into full compliance with Title VI,
the Court granted the extension on September 17, 1981, but wrote
£/ Letter from DE Regional Civil Rights Director William H.
Thomas (Region IV) to Governor John Y. Brown, Jr., January 15,
1981, p.2.
V See this Court's Orders of December 18, 1980, 1[ 1 , and
December 29, 1977, K 22.
6_/ Declaration of August 26, 1981 , p. 3.
- 8 -
onto its Order that date in its own handwriting that more
extensions will be granted" (emphasis in original).
Unable to obtain further extensions, DE circumvented the
Court's September 1981 Order, by granting only "provisional"
acceptance to a Kentucky Plan and unilaterally granting the
Commonwealth until August 31, 1982, before final approval is
considered. By DE's own admission, its action had to be "provi
sional" because the Commonwealth had not yet made "all decisions
necessary to the completion and successful implementation of
7/the plan."~
Given all of the foot-dragging described above, it should
come as no surprise that the provisionally approved proposal is
grossly inadequate. Indeed, the proposal is openly defiant
toward the Criteria, stating that they "were written in
cooperation with and as guidance for other states, are not re-
87gulations, and do not have the force of law.
Kentucky's provisionally approved Plan is anything but a
comprehensive, statewide program. There are absolutely no
statewide measures, developed, coordinated and funded by the
Commonwealth, in any of the areas critical to desegregation:
student recruitment, retention, and financial aid, and faculty
and staff recruitment, retention and development. There is no
statewide desegregation budget or even a commitment to seek one
from the legislature. There is no commitment to spend the funds
necessary to upgrade the Commonwealth's traditionally black
institution, Kentucky State University (KSU); and while KSU is
2/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, DE's Director for Litigation,
Enforcement and Policy Service, to Governor Brown, dated January
29, 1982. We note that this letter of "provisional" acceptance
was written 2 weeks after the Court's deadline of January 15th
had expired.
8/ Kentucky Plan pp. 5-6.
- 9 -
promised a revised curriculum including high demand programs,
those programs are not even identified. The Commonwealth makes
a general commitment to eliminate unnecessary program dupli
cation, but does not identify the specific programs it deems
duplicative and does not detail how they will be eliminated
and/or reassigned to KSU. The proposal contains no statewide
employment desegregation plan, but rather sets forth a collec
tion of statistical reports from some institutions and makes
general assurances with very few goals and timetables.
In short, Kentucky has not yet submitted a Plan. It has
submitted little more than a plan to plan. At this late date,
nearly one year after a Plan was due in response to DE's
January 1981 letter finding that the vestiges of de jure
segregation have not yet been eliminated, that submission is
totally unacceptable. DE's willingness to condone such a
response vividly demonstrates the extent to which defendants
have departed from the requirements of the Criteria and this
Court's Orders.
TEXAS
By letter of January 15, 1981, former DE Assistant Secretary
Cynthia G. Brown advised Texas Attorney General Mark White
that "the State of Texas has failed to eliminate the vestiges
of its former de jure racially dual system of public higher
education, a system that segregated blacks and whites." The
letter charged (p.3) that judging by virtually every one of
the significant indicia — student enrollment, faculties,
staffs, governing boards, resource allocation and program
duplication — Texas' state-supported colleges and universities
continue "to reflect the racial identity assigned by law to
Texas public institutions prior to 1954."
10 -
The Assistant Secretary's letter acknowledged (p.4) that
on January 14, 1981, DE had received a submission from Attorney
General White setting forth various measures which Mr. White
"expect [ed] appropriate state officials to undertake voluntarily
to achieve full compliance with Federal law." The letter
identified many deficiencies in Texas' submission, including
the critical fact that "the extent and sources of the funding
necessary to carry out all aspects of the Texas plan have yet
to be determined" (p.5). Nonetheless, the letter stated
(p.5) that DE had "provisionally" accepted the deficient
Plan. Texas was merely directed to submit additional informa
tion and commitments by June 15, 1981.
Not only did DE grant "provisional" acceptance to a set of
inadequate proposals without any firm commitment from state
officials to implement them statewide, but it has taken no
formal action since January 15, 1981. The June 15, 1981,
deadline passed without any final approval of a statewide
Texas Plan, and no final approval has been granted since that
date. Thus despite this Court's Order of December 18, 1980
(II 1), which explicitly requires enforcement proceedings
against Texas within 120 days of DE's January 14, 1981
letter of findings, DE has chosen to disregard that Order,
manifesting further its contempt of this Court's directives.
In short, DE has allowed the Texas problem to lapse into a
state of limbo. There is no accepted statewide final Plan, and
not even a repeatedly extended "provisionally" accepted plan,
at this time. DE has not compelled Texas to meet the require
ments of the Criteria, and the vestiges of de jure segregation
identified by Assistant Secretary Brown 15 months ago remain
as strong as ever.
- 1 1 -
To appreciate fully DE's abandonment of the Revised
Criteria with respect to Texas, it is necessary to summarize
briefly the deficiencies of Texas' January 1981 proposal.
The Court need look no further than Assistant Secretary
Brown's letter of January 15, 1981, to identify most of those
deficiencies. DE charged that Texas had failed to address: 1)
enhancement of the state's two traditionally black institutions
(Prairie View A & M University and Texas Southern University),
including a) the development of academic programs that
promise to attract students of all races to those institutions
and b) specific additional commitments to insure a funding
level for those institutions comparable to that enjoyed by
similar white institutions; 2) identification and elimina
tion of educationally unnecessary program, duplication on a
specific schedule, combined with allocation of new high-
demand, unduplicated programs to strengthen Prarie View and
Texas Southern; 3) adoption of numerical goals for recruitment
of black and Hispanic students at all institutions statewide
(only some of which had proposed such goals as of January
1981); 4) adoption of specific statewide plans for increasing
both the number and proportion of black and Hispanic employees
throughout the state's public higher education system; 5) an
increase in the numbers of black and Hispanic persons appointed
to the governing boards of Texas' traditionally white institu
tions; and 6) the funding of Texas' Plan, complete with specific
commitments by state and higher education officials and
agencies who have the power to make and implement such
- 12 -
commitments. All of these actions are required by the Criteria;
none had been done as of January 15, 1981; and none has been
done as of this date.—9/
DELAWARE
In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently
11/dated January 15, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director
Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) directed submission of a plan for
desegregation of the traditionally white University of Delaware
(UD) and the traditionally black Delaware State College (DSC).
However, Mr. Dodds did not require the state to specifically
address the problems of desegregation within Delaware's
Community College System, claiming (p. 6) that the community
colleges were exempt from coverage in part "[b]ecause the
schools in the Delaware Community College System were not
established as part of the State's former de jure system."
Such reasoning is entirely specious, and dangerously so.
State-supported systems of higher education have expanded
by leaps and bounds since the days of de jure segregation; if
every campus opened since the de jure era were exempted from
Title VI and the Criteria, the decisions of this Court and the
9_/ Additionally, Texas' January 1981 proposal was totally
silent with respect to desegregation of the state's numerous
junior and community colleges. By not including the two-year
institutions, DE has not required the statewide plan demanded
by the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and
this Court in this case.
10/ Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, it is our under
standing that the letter was mailed on January 15, 1981.
- 13 -
Court of Appeals in this case would lose all meaning.
The failure to address the Delaware system of public
higher education on a statewide basis seriously undermines the
effort to desegregate UD and DSC. For example, plaintiffs
alleged in their objections to the Delaware plan, filed on
September 28, 1981, that there is duplication of programs
between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Community
College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and the traditionally
black DSC (also located in Dover). Secretary Bell did not
deny this claim in his response to plaintiffs' objections.
(DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). With DTCC in Dover
operating at a 78.3% white enrollment in 1980, and DSC still
1 2/63% black (74.6% black in full-time enrollment),— any
educationally unnecessary duplication of programs could be
fatal to the effort to attract white students from the area
to DSC.
Similarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time
when UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an
undergraduate enrollment of only 3.2% black.— Yet the inter
relationship of DTCC Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware
1 1 /
11/ Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account
of the effect that remedial measures applied to one institu
tion will have on other institutions (two-year and four-year)
sharing the same service area," he added that the community
colleges "should have a relatively minor role in a statewide
plan" and directed that they be discussed only to the extent
necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of January 15,
1981, to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities,
taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17,
1981, which focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and
virtually ignores the community colleges.
12/ Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept.
28, 1981).
13/ Ibid.
- 14 -
Plan. With the population of Wilmington at 46% black (see plain
tiffs' objections to the Delaware plan, p.1), the inability of
UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly be addressed in a
comprehensive fashion without taking into account the existence
11/of a 30.5% black community college in the same region. None
theless, the current Administration of DE persists in allowing
Delaware to operate its higher education system under this pal
pably deficient Plan.
MISSOURI
In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January
-15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region
VII) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of only
three of Missouri's 28 institutions of public higher education;
the University of Missouri at Columbia (the state's flagship
institution), the University of Missouri at Rolla (the state
engineering school), and Southeast Missouri State University
(one of nine State campuses serving regional and commuter
service areas).
As noted in plaintiffs' objections, filed with DE on
August 13, 1981,.enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter
itself (Table I) establish the inadequacy of DE's failure to
require a statewide plan. These 1978 data reveal, for
example, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the
two four-year institutions in St. Louis: the University of
Missouri at St. Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe
14/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a
smaller DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at
Stanton, has a black enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests
the emergence of dualism within the DTCC system itself, and
belies Mr. Dodds' assertion (p. 6) that "no community college
campus is racially identifiable."
- 15 -
College, which traces its roots to the traditionally black
Stowe Teachers College of the de jure era, remains 75.1%
black. Similarly, there are significant disparities in the
black enrollment rates at the various community colleges
within the Kansas City and St. Louis regions; the four
Kansas City area community colleges range from 0.9% black at
Maplewoods to 66% black at Pioneer, and the three St. Louis
area community colleges range from 3.7% at Meramec to 54% at
Forest Park.
Plaintiffs' objections to DE also cited a recent report,
prepared by the Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which
further demonstrates the need for statewide planning addressing
the problems of the St. Louis and Kansas City areas as well as
the three institutions for which DE required a Plan. The
Commission's February 1980 report. Graduates from the University
of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and Colleges in May
and June 1979, reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's degrees
granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the
spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while
the 1978 black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr.
High's letter is 12.4%, there appear to be serious retention
1 5/and promotion problems for blacks at that institution.—
15/ The Criteria, § II E, require the State to take all
steps to reduce any disparity in retention rates between
black and white students. Retention is clearly a problem
not confined to one institution in Missouri. The University
of Missouri-Columbia "acknowledged the fact that the area
requiring priority attention is retention ... based on data
accumulated between fall, 1978 to fall, 1980, the total
fulltime undergraduate retention rate for black students was
57 percent compared to 78 percent for whites." (University of
Missouri-Columbia, Plan for Continuing the Achievement of
Equal Opportunity for Students and Faculty, Part One, p. 30.)
Yet DE approved a Plan without measures for addressing this
serious problem and has not required a statewide approach
to retention.
- 16 -
Given the fact that the City of St. Louis is 45.6% black
according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's
desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect.
According to the Commission, the University of Missouri at
Kansas City granted only 5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to
blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black enrollment rate stated
in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4% black according to
the 1980 census.
Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of
St. Louis and Kansas City, the absence of a statewide plan
could undermine the state's efforts to achieve desegregation
on the three campuses cited by DE as requiring remedial
action. For example, the 96.7% white University of Missouri
at Columbia is near Moberly College, which at 11% black
enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of
St. Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A com
prehensive statewide plan would seek to benefit from the
presence of a two-year institution that appears to be progress
ing toward integration in the region of a substantially
segregated university, by relying upon the two-year school as
a "feeder" institution to help integrate the nearby university.
Additionally, there are two and four-year institutions of
public higher education in the general vicinity of the other
universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE
not only ignores the serious problems existing in the St.
Louis and Kansas City regions, but will also hinder progress
even at the three institutions which were declared in violation
of Title VI in January of 1981.
- 17 -
WEST VIRGINIA
In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently
16/dated January 6, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director
Dodds directed submission of a plan limited to only one of
that state's sixteen institutions of public higher educa
tion: the traditionally white West Virginia University (WVU).
In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr. Dodds conceded
that thirteen other state-supported institutions of higher
education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their
faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West
Virginia to submit a statewide plan.
The Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each
state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the
number and proportion of black employees, academic and non-
academic, throughout the system ..." The thirteen institutions
cited by Mr. Dodds constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher
17/educational system in terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to
ignore the problem. DE merely announced in footnote 3 of Mr.
Dodds' letter that it would turn the matter of employment dis
crimination over to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross abdication of re
sponsibility which is totally at odds with the Criteria and
with DE's obligations before this Court. Both the Court of
Appeals and this Court have expressly held that progress in
16/ Plaintiffs' copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of
June 22, 1981, to counsel for plaintiffs, rejecting plaintiffs'
objections, states that the letter was dated January 6, 1981.
17/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics
were not provided.
- 11
desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions
is crucial to the overall progress of desegregation (see pp.
2-3, above).
The Plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in
response to Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to WVU. No
statewide remedial effort is proposed, and indeed the sub
mission provides no data concerning the state's 15 other
public institutions of higher education. Concerning the
employment of blacks which DE has noted as a problem at the
non-WVU institutions, affirmative action at WVU will have a
major impact upon those other schools. Since WVU's 1978
enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7% of the statewide total
(see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is the very heart of
the state's system. A genuine effort by WVU to attract
black students and faculty would invariably draw blacks from
the other institutions. Accordingly, the need for a statewide
and state-funded program remains critical.
III. The "First Tier" Adams States ^
Pursuant to this Court''s Second Supplemental Order of
April 1, 1977, paragraph four (430 F. Supp. at 121), early in
1978 defendants approved the plans of several of the states
covered by that Order. And Virginia's plan was approved in
January of 1979. However, on the basis of plaintiffs' review
of reports filed by those states with the Office for Civil
Rights, it is apparent that there is widespread noncompli
ance with the plans that were approved. The Criteria ex
plicitly spell out what defendants must do in that eventuality;
- 19 -
OCR shall review such [annual] narrative
reports. If good cause for the failure
to meet interim goals is not demonstrated,
OCR may impose more stringent require
ments, including advance approval by OCR
of desegregation methods, in order to
assure achievement of the goals in the
plan. In the alternative, the Depart
ment may initiate enforcement proceedings
under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act
of 1964, if compliance with Title VI
cannot be achieved by voluntary means.
43 Fed. Reg. at 6663.
As we shall demonstrate below, defendants have totally
ignored their responsibilities under this provision of the
Criteria. Despite substantial evidence of noncompliance with
state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed
more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceed
ings against the "first tier" Adams states.
ARKANSAS
Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded programs
to assure effectiye implementation of the Criteria's key
requirements for desegregation of state systems of higher
education. Consequently, Arkansas has not only failed
to meet the goals of the Plan accepted by defendants in 1978,
but is actually achieving less in virtually every category
than was true at the time the Plan was submitted. Even
though Arkansas' system of public higher education remains as
segregated as ever, DE has failed to require the statewide
remedial measures mandated by the Criteria.
Arkansas adopted the Criteria's required college-going
parity among black and white high school graduates, and
further promised in its Plan to "implement corrective measures'
to address any disparities (Plan, p. 55). However, the
racial disparity actually increased from 5.7 percentage points
- 20 -
in 1977-78 to 9.1 in 1980-81, and black enrollment in
postsecondary institutions statewide decreased from 16.9% in
19/
1976 to 15.7% in 1980-81. Indeed the decline in some
institutions such as Henderson State University, whose black
enrollment dropped from 30.3% to 19.5% within four years, was
j ■ 11/drastic. DE's 1980 evaluation letter noted the problem
and requested information on proposed corrective measures. Yet
Arkansas has implemented no corrective measures specifically
targeted to blacks, and confronted with this lack of initiative,
DE has failed to impose more stringent requirements.
Concerning the State's traditionally white 4-year institu
tions, the Arkansas Plan committed the State to reduce by 50%
by 1982-83 the racial disparity in the proportion of black and
white enrollees in these institutions. But the racial disparity
in first time students in these institutions actually increased
21 /from 11.1 percentage points in 1977-78 to 14.1 in 1980-81.—
Nonetheless, Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded
program for the special recruitment of black students into
the higher education system in general, and into the tradi
tionally white institutions in particular; and DE has not
required any such programs.
The Criteria require promotion of opportunities for blacks
to transfer from two-year institutions to the Junior class of
four-year institutions. Yet Arkansas' latest annual desegrega-
1 1 /
18/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with
1981 ) Table 4, p. 6.
19/ Id. at Table 5,
20/ Ibid.
21/ Id. at Table 4,
- 21 -
tion report admits a growing racial disparity in the proportion
of students who complete their studies at the two-year colleges
and receive associate degrees. The same report documents an
alarming decrease in the proportion of black students who
graduated from two-year colleges and entered four-year institu-
22/tions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1% in 1979-80.— The State's
report of the previous year identified this problem and conceded
that while "[S]ome policies have been developed [to combat it]
. . . they are not formal in nature and they are not enforced
23/by all institutions." Yet DE has taken no action to require
Arkansas to adopt a statewide program to address this serious
problem.
Arkansas' performance has been equally dismal in the
enrollment of blacks in graduate and professional programs.
The Criteria (II C) require the goal of parity in the propor
tion of black and white baccalaureate graduates enrolling in
the state's graduate and professional schools. Arkansas
acknowledged in its 1980 Annual Report that the disparity was
16 percentage points, and that only "limited progress" has been
made in reducing disparities overall as well as in those pro
grams, where blacks have traditionally been underrepresented.
In fact, the state had only four more fulltime black graduate
students in 1980 than in 1977 and the black percentage in
25/graduate enrollment declined.—
24/
22/ Id. at Table 9, p. 11.
23/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall
1980), p. 14.
2A/ W. at 16.
25/ Higher Education General Information Survey (hereinafter
"HEGIS") Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report on Institutions
of Higher Education. Source: Arkansas submission on OE 2300-2.3
for 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for 1980.
- 22 -
By Arkansas' own admission, desegregation of staff posi-
26/tions is the area in which "progress has been slowest.—
The Criteria require Arkansas to achieve a black proportion in
positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage
of black recipients of master's degrees. Blacks were 10.3% of
master's recipients in 1978-79, but constituted only 5.3% of
administrative and 4.7% of faculty new hires in 1979-80 at the
27/traditionally white institutions. Although black recipi
ents of master's degrees declined to 8.2% in 1979-80, 13 of the
18 predominantly white institutions failed to meet even this
lesser goal for administrators and 13 failed it for faculty.
Seven of the nine two-year institutions had no black administra-
28/tors at all in positions not requiring the doctorate. For
positions requiring the doctorate, 16 of the 18 predominantly
white institutions did not meet a modest 2.2% goal for black
faculty and 15 did not meet that goal for administrators in
29/1980-81 .- Between 1977 and 1980 the percentage of blacks in
administrative and professional non-faculty positions at pre-
30/dominantly white four-year institutions declined.
26/ 1 980 Annual Report at 17.'
27/ Letter from Arkansas Director of Higher Education T.
Michael Elliott to DE Regional Director Taylor D. August
(Region VI), February 3, 1981, p. 9.
28/ 1981 Annual Report at Table 11, p. 13.
29/ Id. at Table 12, p. 14.
30/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for 1977
and 1980 submitted by Arkansas. DE's evaluation letter merely
noted Arkansas' failure to meet the employment goals in its
Plan but did not assess the effectiveness of the State's
implementing measures because they "were not approved by OCR
until May 1979" (TAB B, p. 6) — fully 15 months after defen
dants' approval of the Plan. DE compounded its failure to
insist upon measures prior to Plan approval by not imposing
more stringent requirements when the delayed measures were
clearly not working.
- 23
with Arkansas regressing on practically every front, the
need for a vigorous statewide desegregation program is greater
than ever before. Yet DE has done nothing to force Arkansas
into compliance with the goals of that state's own Plan and to
bring about adherence to the Criteria. The holdings of the
Court of Appeals and this Court in this case, the Criteria
promulgated pursuant to those holdings, and the Plan submitted
by Arkansas pursuant to those Criteria, are all rendered
meaningless by DE's inaction.
VIRGINIA
With the acquiescence of DE, Virginia has followed a
fragmented, institution-by-institution approach to desegregation
rather than a statewide program. The results since approval of
the Virginia Plan three years ago have been disastrous.
Virginia has no statewide and state-funded programs for
the recruitment and retention of black students into under--
graduate, graduate and professional programs, as required
by the Criteria. DE expressed concern that Virginia had
regressed in compliance with the Criteria's requirement for
parity in college-going rates:
According to the Commonwealth's August 1979 Report,
the student enrollment data for 1978 indicate a
disparity of 7.6% between the proportion of white
and black high school graduates who entered Virginia's
two-year and four-year state-supported institutions.
This represents an increased disparity from the time
the Plan was accepted (4.6% for academic year 1976-77).
Of particular concern is the decline in freshman within-
state black students enrollment from 5,294 in 1977 to
4,292 in 1978. During this same period, the percentage
of white student enrollment (freshmen, within-state)
decreased by less than 1%. 31/
31/ Letter from D.E. Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region
III, to Virginia Secretary of Education, J. Wade Gilley, Nov.
28 , 1 980, TAB B, p. 12) .
- 2 4 -
Although DE compared the 18.9% decline in one year in black
within-state freshmen to the 1% white decrease, it did not
translate its concern into a requirement for remedial action.
Virginia reported the following year that the college-going
32/rate disparity had risen even higher to 8.7 percentage points.—
The proportion of black fulltime undergraduates that was 16.3%
33/in 1 977 remained precisely 16.3% in 1 980.—
To promote desegregation of the traditionally white four-
year institutions, the Criteria require substantial movement
toward parity in the entrance rates of black and white high
school graduates and transfer students. However, Virginia's
predominantly white institutions are not achieving a black
proportion in enrollment sufficient to ensure that the Cri
teria's minimum requirements and the Plan's desegregation goals
for 1982 will be met. The black/white disparity of 15.3% per
centage points in first-time enrollees at these institutions
in 1980 was an insignificant change from 1978. Eleven of the
13 traditionally white four-year institutions did not meet their
1980 goals for first-time black enrollees and most of these did
not fully utilize the other-race scholarships provided by the
34/Commonwealth. Given this poor rate of progress that resulted
from reliance upon institutional initiatives, DE cited Virginia's
failure "to assess the effectiveness of institutional recruitment
the Plan" submitted by the Commonwealth in 1978. 35/ Nonetheless,
32/ State Council of Higher Education for Virginia, Annual
Report (Aug. 31, 1981), p. 27.
33/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Virginia submission on OE 2300-2.3 for Fall
1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
34/ 1981 Annual Report at 37, 40 and 13.
35/ Letter from DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region
III) to Virginia Secretary of Education J. Wade Gilley, Nov.
17, 1981, Attachment A p. 14-15.
-25 -
DE has taken no action to bring Virginia into compliance with
the Criteria's requirement of progress toward parity.
Responsive to the Court of Appeals' special concern to
increase the pool of black professionals, the Criteria set the
goal of parity in the proportion of black and white state
residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enroll in
graduate programs. In Virginia black fulltime graduate enroll
ment statewide slipped from 5.1% in 1977 to 4.9% in 1980,
largely due to an almost 56% decline in black graduate enroll-
36/ment at one of the traditionally black universities. The pro-
poE’tion of blacks enrolled in professional programs was stagnant
between 1977-1980 and no blacks were among the 64 students to
enroll in Virginia Polytechnic Institute's first class in
... 37/veterinary medicine.— in November 1981 OCR noted the
continuing black/white disparities in post-baccalaureate
enrollments and the absence of special recruitment efforts
targeted to blacks for graduate and professional study at 7 of
38/the 10 insitutions offering graduate or professional programs.— '
Yet DE has failed to require any comprehensive statewide
program to recruit, and, if necessary, provide financial
assistance for black graduate and professional students in
order to implement the Criteria's requirement for parity "in
the immediate future" in the proportion of black and white
state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enter
graduate or professional programs in the state system (43 Fed.
Reg. at 6662 ) .
36/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Opcit.
22/ Ibid.
38/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment at 15.
- 26 -
Even at those institutions where some progress in black
enrollment has been made, the alarming disparity in graduation
rates between white and black students threatens to wipe out
any meaningful progress. According to a study commissioned by
the Commonwealth, the graduation rate of whites statewide
exceeds that of blacks by an astonishing 27.4 percentage
points. DE reprimanded Virginia for not reporting whether
senior institutions have adopted measures to address this
disparity, as well as attrition in graduate and professional
programs, but did not require any statewide approach to this
' ■ . 39/serious problem.—
Nowhere has Virginia's performance relative to its Plan
been more disappointing than in the effort to desegregate the
Commonwealth's two traditionally black four-year institutions,
Virginia State University and Norfolk State University.
Indeed, Virginia State's white undergraduate headcount actually
40/decreased -from 190 in 1978 to 151 in 1980. de has charged
the Commonwealth with failure to "explore recruitment techni
ques and other ways to increase the proportion of white stu-
41/dents attending the traditionally black institutions," but
has taken no action against the state for that failure. Simi
larly, Virginia's failure to meet the Plan's commitments for
enhancement o f facilities at the traditionally black schools,
especially the promise of a four-year School of Engineering
Technology and a Continuing Education Center on Virginia State's
42/campus, has been noted by DE but has not been corrected.
39/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16, 17.
40/ 1981 Annual Report at 30.
£2/ £d. at 2.
41/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16.
- 27 -
Finally, Virginia's performance in the effort to dese
gregate faculty, administrative and professional non-faculty
staff has been nothing short of dismal. The percentage of
blacks employed fulltime in administrative positions at the
traditionally white four-year institutions was 4.81% in 1977;
43/It was still 4.81% in 1980. The percentage of blacks in
professional non-faculty positions at these institutions was
8.95% in 1977; by 1980 it had dropped to 7.66%.— '̂ Despite
small gains in the percentage of blacks on faculty, most
institutions have not met the goals upon which the Plan was
accepted and show no signs of meeting those goals in the
̂ 45/future. When asked by DE for a statewide report on
employment in 1981, Virginia simply refused to comply;
An aggregation of these goals to assess
statewide progress was not deemed ap
propriate due to the initial understand
ing between the federal and state officials
involved that objectives were to be set
on an institution by institution, and
department by department basis.
Letter of Secretary Gilley to DE Regional Director Dodds, Dec.
31, 1981, p. 5. Virginia still has no statewide and state-
funded program for recruitment of black faculty, administrators
and professional staff, and DE has required none.
GEORGIA
The state of Georgia, like Arkansas and Virginia, has
regressed with respect to virtually all significant indicia of
desegregation since approval of its Plan in 1979. Georgia has
43/ Source; Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall
1977 and Fall 1980 submitted by Virginia.
44/
45/ 1981 Annual Report, Vol. IV, Employment Assessment.
- 28 -
admitted as much in its reports, and DE specifically cited
46/many areas of deficiency in its 1980 evaluation.— Nonethe
less, in the last seventeen months DE has not required Georgia
to adopt more stringent measures and has taken no formal action
to achieve compliance-
In the 1980 letter, DE concluded that Georgia had made
"no real assessment of its progress in meeting the requirement
of Section II [Desegregation of Student Enrollment] of the
. „47/Criteria. in the Georgia Plan (p. 167), the Board of
Regents had endorsed the "objective of proportionate first year
enrollments in public institutions of higher education." Yet
in its 1981 Annual Report, Georgia admitted that there had been
only "a very modest decline" in the racial disparity in college
going rates statewide, from 25.2 percentage points in 1977 to
22.8 in 1980, and that "most institutions have consistently
fallen below their projections, some disproportionately below"
(p. 6). According to the report (Table II-A-3), there were
1,366 fewer blacks enrolled in the System in 1980 than in 1977,
a decline of 6.7%; and black enrollment was 27.4% less than the
Plan's projection for 1980. None of the universities met its
1980 black enrollment goal and only one junior college exceeded
its goal. The 22.7% decrease in black enrollment at the
traditionally black institutions was not compensated by
increases elsewhere in the System.
Nor is Georgia achieving parity in the enrollment and
retention of black students. According to the 1981 Annual
46/ Letter from DE Regional Director William H. Thomas (Region
IV) to Georgia University System Chancellor Vernon Crawford.
Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, we believe that the letter i
was sent in November or December of 1980. j
47/ Ibid, TAB, p. 18.
29 -
Report (p. 94), black recipients of bachelor's degrees in 1980
were 18.9% of black freshman enrollment in 1976; the comparable
figure for nonblacks was 37.8%.
In the 1981 Annual Report Georgia also conceded that
black graduate enrollment had "consistently decreased" since
1977; indeed, black enrollment in 1980 was 22.2% less than in
1977 (pp. 13-14). During this same period, black recipients
of master's degrees declined almost 32% — from 796 in 1976-77
to 542 in 1979-80.
The pattern is the same in the area of employment where
Georgia has not made progress. Black administrators statewide
decreased from 9.4% in 1977 to 8.9% in 1980; black faculty
decreased from 6.7% in 1977 to 6.6% in 1980. ^ Black professional
non-faculty personnel remained constant at 10.0% between 1977-80,
but only by virtue of the hiring of more blacks at the tradi
tionally black institutions; at the tradi tionally white
schools, blacks in this category decreased from 7.1% in 1977 to
6.9% in 1980.—
DE's 1980 evaluation letter commented on the lack of
progress in employment and the inadequacy of the state's
institution-by-institution approach. DE observed that all
institutions had not revised their affirmative action plans
and that most of the plans that had been received were inade
quate under "the Adams-guidelines" (i.e. , the Criteria); DE
criticized the state for providing "no information regarding
48/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) sub
mitted by Georgia for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980.
49/ Ibid.
- 30 -
progress in implementing those measures to be taken to aid in
50/the achievement of employment goals."— Nonetheless, DE
has taken no steps to require Georgia to remedy the situation.
Under the Criteria, DE's obligation to impose a plan
51/with more stringent requirements or to initiate enforce
ment proceedings against Georgia is clear. 43 Fed. Reg. at
6663. If these provisions are to have any meaning at all, DE
cannot stand idly by as the state of Georgia slips backward
toward a more segregated system of public higher education.
The failure of DE to take action in Georgia is yet one more
example of the wholesale abandonment of the Criteria by
defendants.
OKLAHOMA
It has been more than thirty years since the Supreme Court
ruled unconstitutional racial segregation in Oklahoma's graduate
and professional schools. Sipuel v. Board of Regents, 332 U.S.
631 (1948); McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S. 637
(1950). In 1978 HEW determined that a desegregation plan
submitted by Oklahoma conformed to the Criteria and was there
fore acceptable.
50/ Letter of Regional Director Thomas to Chancellor Crawford,
p.23.
51/ Although plaintiffs here complain of DE's failure to secure
compliance with Georgia's modest Plan, we have consistently
taken the position that the Plan itself is inadequate, fails
to comply the requirements of the Criteria, and should not
have been approved in the first place. The Plan is especially
weak in its failure to eliminate program duplication and to
strengthen the state's traditionally black institutions. See
letter of plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Califano, February
9, 1979.
- 31 -
However, in 1980 defendants transmitted an evaluation
52/letter to Oklahoma which identified major areas in which
the state was not meeting the commitments and goals in its Plan
and was actually regressing in the desegregaton of its system
statewide. DE requested explanations but did not impose more
stringent requirements. Nor has it done so in the succeeding
two years.
In its Plan (p. 19) Oklahoma had agreed to a "five-year
aggregate goal of parity" in the proportionate enrollment of
black and white first-time entering undergraduates. But
in their 1980 letter, defendants found a disparity of 4.9
percentage points in 1978 and concluded that the state was not
progressing toward a parity goal. The college-going rate
disparity actually increased to 7.2 percentage points in 1980
(1981 Annual Report, TABLE TWO, p. 8). By 1980 fewer black
students were enrolled statewide relative to three years
earlier (See Table XIV attached infra).
The Plan (p. 20) also committed Oklahoma "to completely
eliminate the disparity between the proportion of black and
white first-time entering freshmen and transfer students at
its traditionally white four-year institutions by 1982-83."
In 1980, the traditionally white institutions failed as a
group to meet the goals for black Oklahoma first-time fresh
men and transfers. Seven of these 11 institutions did
not achieve their goals; and the University of Oklahoma and
Oklahoma State University, the two largest white institutions
52/ Letter from Taylor D. August, Regional Civil Rights
Director, Region IV, U.S. Department of Education, to Dr. E. T.
Dunlap, Chancellor, Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education,
November or December 1980. Plaintiffs' copy is undated.
- 3 2 -
on which the Plan placed major reliance for achieving parity,
were substantially below their goals (1981 Annual Report, TABLE
FIVE, p. 12).
Concerning black enrollment in graduate programs which
DE's letter identified as "a major problem area," Oklahoma had
failed to reach the Plan's goal in 1980 (TAB B, pp. 10-11).
There were fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977
(see Table XIV infra). Although the Plan had projected 37
black professional students from Oklahoma by 1980 (see II C of
the Criteria), fewer than half of the 35 blacks then enrolled
were residents of the State. Yet Oklahoma has not instituted,
and defendants have not required, any new statewide measures to
address these problem areas.
Oklahoma's Plan had committed the State "to an absolute
reduction of any disparity between the population of black and
white students graduating with baccalaureate, master's and
doctor's degrees" (Plan, p. 25). However, in th-eir 1981 Annual
Report (p. 13) the Regents admitted:
In 1979-80, not only was the doctoral
degree goal not met, but the Black/White
ratio of doctoral degrees conferred in
creased by almost 300 percent over the
previous year (i.e. from 1:13.6 to 1:37.6)
... . The master's degrees conferred goal
was not met this year... . In actuality
428 bachelor's degrees were granted to
. Black students. This was 197 degrees or
32 percent less than the number needed to
meet the ratio goal.
Although Oklahoma's failure to meet the graduation goals indi
cates a problem concerning the retention of black students, the
state has no statewide and state-funded retention program, and
defendants have not required one.
In conformity with 1l III A of the Criteria, Oklahoma
agreed to achieve a proportion of blacks in positions not
requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black
- 33 -
recipients of master's degrees and to set goals for positions
requiring the doctorate that conform to black availability for
these positions. However, betwen 1977 and 1980 the number of,
blacks in such administrative and faculty positions statewide
did not increase. Although the number and percent of black
tenured faculty grew, that was due largely to an increase at
the traditionally black college. Moreover, the decrease
statewide in black faculty "nontenured but on track" during
this period reduced the pool for potentially tenured black
faculty. There was also a sharp decrease of blacks in "pro
fessional nonfaculty" positions (See Table XIV infra).
The number of black academic employees in 1980-81 was far
short of the stated goals. For administrative, faculty, pro
fessional and teaching/research positions requiring the doctorate,
the traditionally white institutions had 29.4 fulltime equivalent
(FTE) blacks (compared to the promised 43.4); for the positions
in those categories requiring^the master's degree, there were
116.4 FTE blacks (compared to the promised 137.8); for academic
positions requiring less than a master's, the 87.5 FTE blacks
did not reach the goal of 91.4. (1981 Annual Report, p. 41)
Although Oklahoma fell short of the Plan's goals by almost
40 black academic staff members in its predominantly white
institutions statewide in 1980, the defendants have not required
more effective measures to implement the goals in the Plan and
u • • 53/the Criteria. For Oklahoma, as for the other states, defen
dants have simply refused to enforce the Criteria.
53/ DE's 1980 evaluation letter also criticized Oklahoma's
delay "in initiating several critical actions related to
strengthening the academic program at Langston [University,
the State's traditionally black institution,] and implementing
its new mission" (TAB A, p. 1). Because the promised corrective
steps involving Langston are still in process, we will reserve
any objections until the completion of that process.
- 34
FLORIDA
In a letter of findings to Florida Conunissioner of Edu
cation Ralph D. Turlington, dated January 15, 1981, Assistant
Secretary Brown stated (p. 2);
Florida has not made satisfactory pro
gress in implementing several .., pro
visions of the Plan [approved by DE in
1978]. Moreover, vestiges of the State's
formerly segregated public higher educa
tion system persist and in some respects
the system has become more segregated....
... Florida has not made satisfactory
progress toward dismantling its formerly
dual system of public higher education.
Noting that the specific problems identified in the letter and
attachments are "substantial" and that "issues central to the
success of the Plan have not been resolved over a protracted
period of time," the letter warned (pp.4-5) that enforcement
proceedings would commence "unless Florida corrects the defi
ciencies identified herein within 45 days from the date of this
letter." '
Florida responded with a series of submissions which did
not even begin to address in any comprehensive fashion the
numerous deficiencies identified by defendants on January
15, 1981. DE itself later admitted that Florida "did not
respond in full to each of the requests made in our January 15
54/letter." Nonetheless, in an astonishing about-face, the
new Administration declared on April 20, 1981, that Florida had
made "an acceptable response" to the January 15th letter.
Commissioner Turlington then openly boasted that "[tjhere's not a
54/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel,
August 21, 1981.
55/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, Deputy Assistant Secretary,
to Commissioner Turlington, April 20, 1981.
- 3 5 -
thing that's new” in the submissions filed in response to DE's
, 56/charges.—
Defendants' determination to back down from the strong
language of the January 1981 letter of findings is one of the
most vivid and most powerful illustrations of this Admini
stration's disregard for the Criteria- Florida has not met
the requirements of the Criteria and shows no sign of meeting
them in the future, yet DE refuses to take corrective measures.
For example, the January 15th letter noted that the dis
parity between the proportion of white and black high school
graduates entering Florida's public colleges and universities
increased alarmingly between 1977-78 and 1978-79, from 9.85% to
15.47% (Attachment B, p.11); Florida was required to describe
specific additional measures to combat this problem (Attachment
A, p.1). Nonetheless, DE withdrew this requirement and instead
accepted Florida's general promises to improve recruitment
efforts. Plaintiffs objected to the inadequacy of Florida's
response, noting the substantial decline of black first-time
freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 in 1 980.— ^
Yet DE, while admitting that Florida's response does "not
necessarily [require] actions that are statewide in scope,"
C O /
refused to take any further action.—
The Criteria require states "to expand mobility between
two year and four year institutions as a means of meeting the
goals set forth in these criteria," 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662.
56/ The Tampa Tribune, April 21, 1981.
57/ Letter of Plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Bell, June 11,
1981, Appendix One, p.2.
58/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel,
Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment p.1.
- 36 -
Defendants' general failure to secure statewide approaches to
desegregation that effectively involve the public community
college is especially critical in Florida because of the nature
of the State's postsecondary system. Florida expects fully
80% of the students entering public postsecondary education to
enroll initially in one of its 28 community colleges. Five of
its 9 senior institutions provide only upper division and
graduate programs. Any decrease in black enrollment in, or
impediments to their upward mobility from, community colleges
must merit special remedial action. Yet the racial disparity
in the college-going rate into the Community College System was
59/actually higher in 1980 than in 1977.— Also, between
1977 and 1980 enrollment of blacks in the community colleges,
decreased 19.2%, with the largest institution registering a
fin/staggering loss of 42.9% of its black enrollment;— ^and
during this period black recipients of associate degrees (i.e.,
those qualifying for admission to the universities as juniors)
61/declined 6.7%. Thus, DE's refusal to require actions
from Florida that are statewide in scope, impacting throughout
the Community College System, effectively undermines the
potential for any meaningful desegregation in Florida.
Similarly, Florida has failed to make any commitment of
state funds to promote enrollment of a larger number of blacks
in the upper division of predominantly white four-year uni
versities. Between 1977-78 and 1978-79 the percentage of
59/ See Equal Access-Equal Opportunity Data for Florida
Community Colleges, Parity Analysis Tables (1979 and 1982
Editions).
60/ Id. at Opening Fall Enrollment College Level Headcount
Tables.
61/ Id. at Associate Degrees Earned Tables.
- 37 -
blacks entering the upper division fell from 8.68% to 8.19%
(Letter of January 15, 1981, Attachment B, p. 12), and DE
specifically required additional measures to reverse this
trend (^. at Attachment A, p.2). Yet DE subsequently accepted
Florida submissions that lacked any statewide and state-funded
programs to increase black enrollment.
The latest available data establish that in 1980 blacks
enrolled as undergraduates in Florida at lesser rates than in
1977. Within the state university system, blacks constituted
11.5% of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 12.3% in 1977;
and within the primarily white universities, blacks were 6.1%
6 2/of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 6.3% in 1 977.— '
DE's January 15 letter to Florida revealed inadequate
black enrollment in graduate and professional programs (Attach
ment B, p. 13). There were 298 fewer black graduate students
in 1980 than in 1977, a decrease of 26.7%; and there were
fewer blacks enrolled in professional programs at the pre
dominantly white universities in 1980 than in 1977. The
drastic reduction in the number of black recipients of advanced
degrees is therefore not surprising: 170 fewer blacks were
awarded master's degree's in 1 980 than in 1977, and the 26
blacks who received doctorates in 1980 were one-third fewer
than their counterparts in 1977.— ' Nonetheless, Florida
has not committed itself to any new statewide measures and DE
has not required any. The Court of Appeals' plea for a
62/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Source; Florida submission on OE Form
2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
63/ HEGIS Degrees and Other Formal Awards Conferred. Florida
submissions on NCES Form 2300-2.1A for 1976-77-and 1979-80.
When plaintiffs called the latest data to DE's attention,
including a substantial decrease in number of graduate and
professional degrees awarded to black students, DE responded
merely that the data would be considered "in our ongoing
monitoring of Florida's plan implementation." Thomas letter of
Aug. 19, 1981, Attachment p. 1.
- 38 -
substantial increase in black professionals has been permitted
to fall on deaf ears in Florida.
According to the January 15 letter, overall white enroll
ment at the traditionally black Florida A & M University (FAMU)
had fallen by 1979-80 to 8.94% — the lowest percentage since
1975. (Attachment B, p.14). The latest data suggest that this
trend is continuing; the 189 white full-time undergraduates at
FAMU in the fall of 1980 were only 4.2% of total enrollment,
a substantial decrease from the 6.9% white enrollment of three
64/years earlier. Furthermore, plans to enhance FAMU and
eliminate duplicative programs at other universities•have not
gone forward? indeed, the only efforts to reduce duplication
thus far have eliminated far more programs at the predominantly
black FAMU than at the predominantly white institutions, with
the result that FAMU is today even weaker than before. (January
15 letter. Attachment B, pp.3-9). DE initially required
numerous specific remedial steps (Attachment A, pp.4-5), yet
virtually none of them has been carried out. And DE admitted
in response to plaintiffs' objections, that with respect to
FAMU "specific strategies" would not be "identified and
impl'emented" until October 1, 1981 — nearly six months after
. 65/DE's acceptance of Florida's response. Plaintiffs are
still waiting.
The January 15 letter charged (p.3) that Florida's
traditionally white institutions have made "little or no
progress" in desegregation of faculty, noting that continued
lack of progress in this area "perpetuate[s] the prior racial
64/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions
of Higher Education. Florida submissions on OE Form 2300-2.3 for
Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980.
65/ Thomas letter of Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment, p. 2.
- 39 -
identity of the schools." Again, specific commitments were
requested (Attachment A, p.7); again, none was forthcoming.— ^
The latest data reveal that in 1980 blacks constituted 6.2% of
all faculty within Florida's State University System, as opposed
to 6.3% in 1977; at the primarily white institutions the per
centage of black faculty increased only marginally during this
period, from 3.0% to 3.1%.— ^
In sum, Florida's system of public higher education is
today at least as segregated, if not more so, than it was when
Florida's Plan was accepted in 1978. DE identified the
components of the problem in a thorough and detailed analysis
in January of 1981, and required numerous specific actions
mandated by the Criteria. Although these actions were not
forthcoming, the current leadership of DE has failed to
take any meaningful steps to follow through on the January
1981 initiative. That initiative and the Criteria under which
it was required have been abandoned.
PENNSYLVANIA
Defendants' conduct with respect to Pennsylvania bears
many similarities to their abdication of responsibility in
Florida. DE is diluting and retreating from a strong letter
of findings issued against the Commonwealth in January
1981. As a result, there is at present no statewide program
66/ DE apparently decided to accept individual institutional
plans approved by OFCCP in lieu of the statewide program
required by the Criteria. Yet according to Florida's 1981
Annual Report, plans have not yet been approved for all
of the state's universities; and no information has been
provided as to whether the plans that have been approved
conform ,to the Criteria,
67/ Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977
and Fall 1980 submitted to Florida.
- 40 -
to eliminate the vestiges of de jure segregation in Pennsylvania.
By letter to Pennsylvania Governor Richard L. Thornburgh,
dated January 16, 1981, DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds
(Region III) advised the Commonwealth that its 1974 desegre
gation Plan had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964. The letter charged (p.3) that
the 1974 Plan had been unsuccessful not only because Pennsylvania
had failed to implement it, but also because the Plan itself
had been too limited and had not required participation by "all
the institutions needed for a complete remedy."
The last of these findings was especially significant.
The 1974 Plan had not included four "state-related" universities
(The University of Pittsburgh and Pennsylvania State, Temple
and Lincoln Universities) which are subject to substantial
control by the Commonwealth both financially and administra
tively. These universities enroll more students than the
state-owned schools, and, with the exception of Lincoln (a
traditionally black institution), provide most of the graduate
programs and all of the professional study opportunities in the
Commonwealth's system. The 1974 Plan had also exempted all of
Pennsylvania's 14 community colleges from coverage. DE con
cluded in its January 1981 letter that inclusion of these
institutions in a new Plan is "needed for a complete remedy"
(p.3), because "[i]n order to desegregate the system effec
tively the interrelationships among the various institutions
over which the State has control must be taken into account"
(p.8).
As required by this Court's Order of December 29, 1977, in
this case, DE advised the Commonwealth in its January 16, 1981,
letter of findings (p.10) that the new Plan was to be submitted
- 41 -
within 60 days and that 60 days after that (i.e., within 120
days of January 16th) defendants would have to "either accept
the plan or initiate enforcement proceedings." However, the
current Administration has made a mockery of this timetable.
Defendants did not receive any formal response from the
Commonwealth until May 27, 1981 — after the full 120 days had
passed — and that response merely promised a supplemental
plan with 60 days. DE acquiesced in this defiance and even
granted several additional extensions before the supplemental
plan was submitted on September 30, 1981.
On December 18, 1981, Regional Director Dodds sent a
letter and an 18-page staff evaluation to Pennsylvania Secretary
of Education Robert Scanlon. In the letter DE advised the
Commonwealth that its new Plan was "incomplete in major areas"
and that modifications would be necessary. Nonetheless,
defendants did not initiate enforcement proceedings but instead
merely asked for yet another submission from the Commonwealth.
And while the 18—page evaluation discussed in detail numerous
deficiencies of the new Plan, it was totally silent concerning
Pennsylvania's failure to include the four state-related
universities and the 14 community colleges. The critical issue
of limited scope, which had been so central to the January 1981
letter of findings, was merely left for further "discussion"
6 8/between defendants and the Commonwealth.—
On February 15, 1982, Pennsylvania submitted an "addendum"
to its September 1981 supplemental plan. Since the Commonwealth
had not been required by the December 1981 evaluation to in
clude the state-related universities and the community colleges
68/ Letter of Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon,
Dec. 18, 1981, p.1.
- 42 -
in this latest response, it did not do so. By letter from
Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, dated March 18,
1982, DE did reject one component of Pennsylvania's February
1982 submission: an exceedingly inadequate proposal for the
enhancement of Cheyney State College, the Commonwealth's state-
owned traditionally black institution. However, as to all
other aspects of the "addendum," the letter merely states (p.1)
that DE's review has not been completed and that further corre-
69/spondence will be forthcoming.—
Today, 16 months after the January 1981 letter of findings,
and one year after DE was required by order of this Court
either to accept a new plan or initiate enforcement proceedings,
Pennsylvania still lacks a statewide desegregation plan that
complies with the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of
Appeals and this Court.
69/ DE's January 1981 letter of findings noted (p.8) that
Cheyney State College is in the same service area (the Phila
delphia region) as Temple, two Penn State campuses, and
several community colleges. Lincoln University is also in
this service area. Thus, it is futile to address the problems
of Cheyney State in the absence of a comprehensive statewide
plan.
- 43
IV. Conclusion
Defendants' flagrant disregard for the Criteria
has been amply demonstrated above. Further relief from this
Court is urgently needed to require defendants to i) implement
the desegregation guidelines and timetables mandated by the
Criteria and the orders in this case^ and ii) initiate enforce*
ment proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states
which are defiant or perenially recalcitrant. Defendants'
blatant refusal to comply with the Criteria and the decisions
in this case must be ended once and for all if the vestiges of
de jure segregation are to be at long last eliminated — "root
and branch" from America's public colleges and universities.
Respectfully submitted.
Jack Greenberg
James M. Nabrit, III
Joel Berger
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
Tel. (212) 586-8397
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
John Silard
Elliott C. Lichtman
1001 Connecticut Ave., N.w.
Washington, D.C. .20036
Tel. (202) 331-1795
Attorneys for Plaintiffs
- 44
APPENDIX
<S653 ■ NOTICIS
a p p e n d i x a
re u n d tn r th a T s iiu U a n an d in ciu aiaa
ot in *U ad In com e o n In com e a n d gov*
erty siailstlca .-
T lie s tu d y ilr s t r e r ie v e d d e f in it io n s
o i in co m e tim e h a v e Oeen u sed In t h e
e co n o m ic U terscu re and fo u n d U iat
n o s e in c lu d e . m a n y ty pes o f in -iln d
in com e ; p r iy ste as T e ll a s y ovem m en *
tsL T h e n e x t o b je c t iv e <aras vn lu ln s t h e
in com e to th e rec ip ien t. W h e n in co m e
is rece iv e d In m o n e y , re c ip ie n t fa m ilies
a re fr e e to p u rch a se g o o d s th e y desire-
a t m a rh et pr ices . H ow ev er, w h en
In com e is rece iv ed In-kind, p a rticu la r ly
w h en p r ic e subsid ies o r con s tra in ts o n
a m o u n ts are in vo lved , th e re is n o
m a rk e t to w h ich one. ca n tu rn f o r a
v a lu e . T h e stu d y th u s ev a lu a ted sever
a l v a lu a tion possibU ties. p r im a rily
v a lu a tion a t g overn m en t o r em p lo y e r
c o s t a n d ca sn e q u iv a len t o r u tility
term s (d e fin e d as th e m o n e y th a t
w ou ld lea v e a re c ip ie n t as w e ll -o ff as
th e In-kind in co m e ). T h e s tu d y fo u n d
t h a t n o v a lu a tion , a lte rn a tiv e is fu lly
co n s is te n t w ith m o n e y in com e, fu r th e r
resu lts sh o w th a t g overn m en t o r em
p lo y e r co s t m a y b ea r little re la tion sh ip
to re c ip ie n t values.
P recise, m a th em a tica l fo r m u is s w ere
derived f o r ca sh eq u iv a len t values and
a p p ro x im a tio n s to ca sh eq u iv a len t
values, w ere d e v e lo p e d - F in a lly , using
re ce n tly ava ila b le d a ta fr o m th e 1312-
73 , C on su m er E x p e n d itu re S u rvey ,
va lu es w ere est im a ted f o r fo o d stam ps,
lo w -re n t p u b lic h ou sin g , M ed ica id a n d
em p loy er -p rov id ed h e a lth in su ra n ce
using .. variou s valu a tion a lternatives .
W h ile th ese estim ates axe e x trem ely
c r u d e . .. th e y do sh ow th a t in -k in d
In com e ca n . In som e cases, p rov id e s l -
.zea b le a d d ition s to m on ey In com e b u t
a lso th a t valu es t o th e re c ip ien t ca n b e
fa r b e low g o v e rn m e n t a n d e m p loy er
co s ts .
A c o p y o f th is re p o rt w in b e fU ed
an d a va ila b le as s o o n as possib le , from
•the N a tion a l T e ch n ica l In fo rm a tio n
. Serv ice . I7.H. D e p a rtm e n t o f C o m --
m erce , S p r in g fie ld , V a . 221S1
D a te d i F ebru ary 10, 1978, . -
. HiPniT Aahoiv,
Aiaistani Seerttary/or
'■ PUmninya-TuiSvaLuatiem.
(pa Doc. TS-UST FUed J-14-78; 3:1S anU
[4110-121 ■; ,V '
M visxo a iT taiA s r e c r n n o -me iN oaspi-
atrs o # A C s rv A a u nj.m to D ssioaz .■ - SAT? STATI SrSTIAtS 0? T08UC MI<5H*8 '-tPOCATIOH
In la te 1369 a n d 'e a r ly 1370. th e D e -
. pa rtm en t, o f H ea lth . S d u ca tlo n . and
W e lfa re IH H W ) n o tif ie d ton sta tes
th a t t h e y h a d n o t d istn a rtled th e ir
s ta te w id e dual sy stem s o f pu b lic
h igh e r edu ca tion . T h e letters sen t by
HSIW a t th a t tim e adlvsed ea ch sta te
o f Its fa f lu r e t o a d o p t m ea su res n e ce s
sa ry to o v e rco m e t h e e f fe c t s o f past
seg reg a tion and. n o t i f ie d th e sta tes o f
th e ir o b lig a t io n to file a sta tew ide
p la n fo r t h e d eseg reg a tion o f their-
p u b lic system a o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion .
F o r th e past seven- y ea rs th a C ou rt
rev iew ed H E W ’ s e f fo r t s to d esegreg a te
th e se sy stem s o i h ig h e r ed u ca tio n . I n
1977, th is C ou rt, fo u n d th a t th e D e
p a rtm en t 's e f f o r t h a d n o t b een ade
q u a te a n d ord e re d th e D e p a rtm e n t to
req u ire s ix o f th e or ig in a l ten sta tes to
su b m it n ew d eseg reg a tion p lan s an d to
set sp e c ific sta n da rd s f o r th o se plans.
T h e C ou rt fo u n d th a t " s p e c i f ic co m
m itm en ts (w e re ) n ecessa ry fo r a w ork
ab le h ig h e r ed u ca tio n d esegreg a tion
p la n . . . c o n ce rn in g adreiaalon . re
cru itm en t a n d re te n tio n o f stu d en ts,
c o n ce rn in g th e p la ce m e n t an d d u p lica
tion o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s a m on g Insti
tu tion s , th e r o le and th e en h a n ce m e n t
o f b la ck In stitu tion s, and co n e s m in g
ch a n g e s in t h e ra cia l c o m p o s it io n o f
the fa cu lt ie s Ihvolved . ..
S p e d flc a lly . th is C o u r t en te re d a
S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd e r o n A p ril
1. 1377 d ire c t in g th e D e p a rtm e n t to
tra n sm it to th e s ix sta tes o f .Axkansas..
F lor id a . G e o rg ia . N o r th . C a ro lin a ,
O k la h om a , a n d V irg in ia as w e ll as th e
C ou rt and th e p la n tllfa cr ite r ia sp eci
fy in g th e Ingredien ts o f a ccep ta b le de
se g reg a tion p lan s f o r th e ir In stitu tion s
o f pu b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion . A cco rd in g
ly , o n J u ly 5i 1977, th e D e p a rtm e n t
p u b lish ed cr ite r ia w h ic h w e re a m end
ed o n e m o n th la te r to ta k e in to a c
co u n t sug g estion s o f fe r e d b y som e o f
th e s ta tes..
T h e- C ou rt fu r th e r ' d ire c te d " th a t
H E W req u ire e a ch s ta te to- subm it,
w ith in 50 da ys o f r e c e ip t o f th e cr ite
ria , a rev ised d eseg reg a tion p la n a n d
to a cce p t o r re je c t su ch p lan s w ith in
120- days th erea fter . ->In S e p te m b e r
1377, In respon se to , H E 'W s req u est,
th e six states su b m itted desegreg ation
plana, .-U ter m o n th s o f In tensive n eg o -
U atlon s. th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n ou n ced
o n F e b ru a ry 2, 1378, th a t It w as ac
cep tin g th e p la n s o f .-Arkansas, F lor ida ,
and O k la h o m a and n o t a ccep tin g
p lan s su b m itted b y G e o rg ia , N o r th
C arolina , an d V irg in ia . O n th e sam e
da te , th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n o u n ce d th a t
it w ou ld p u b lish In th e F roraA i. R s o is -
Tsa, rev ised cr ite r ia w h ich a re su b sta n
tia lly sim ilar to th e cr ite r ia pu b lish ed
I n J u ly . ^ ,
W h e re H E W h a s fo u n d th a t a sta te
has n o t e lim in a ted th e rem a in in g ves
tig es o f . seg reg a tion In its fo rm e rly
d u a l system o f p u b lic h ig h e r edu ca
tion . and Is,, th e re fo re . In v io la tio n o f
T it le ■'/I o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f ■
1954. It Is requ ired firs t to a ttem p t to
sec-ore co m p lia n ce by v o lu n ta ry
m eans. W h en , th o se e f fo r t s fadl, H E W
Is requ ired to. s e e r e n fo r ce m e n t eith er-
a dm in istratlve ly o r th ro u g h t h e
cou rts . 42 U E .C , 200-1; 43 C F R 2Q0Od-
1. 45 C P H 3 0 .7 fd X l) . 30.3. T h e se re -‘
v ised cr ite r ia are issued to assist su ch ,
sta tes in th e p re p a ra tio n o f desegrega--
tlon p lan s as p a rt o f th e p ro ce ss o f s«-
cur in g vo lu n ta r y com p lia n ce .
H E W or ig in a lly d e v e lo p e d th e crite
r ia m in d fu l o f th e in stru ction s, o f the -
C ou r t th a t th ey co m p ly w ith consUt-o-
t lon a i sta n da rd s an d T it le VT. con form
w ith so u n d e d u ca tion a l p ractices , and
take Into a cco u n t th e u n iqu e Im por
ta n ce o f b la ck co lle g e s . B ased o n its
ex p e r ie n ce In a p p ly in g th e c r ite r ia to
six. sta te sy stem s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion
o v e r t h e past m o n th s . H E W h a s deter
m in ed th a t th e c r ite r ia p rov id e s p e c if
ic a n d e f fe c t iv e g u id an ce to th e states
and a t th e sam e tim e, axe su ffic ie n tly
f le x ib le to p ro v id e l o r c lrcu m staiw es
w h ich m a y v a ry fr o m s ta te to sta te.
PaSAMBLS
I. HISTOkT o r thOAl, ?ROC5SnihCS
IT ie cr ite r ia set fo r th , b e lo w tniU afly
w ere d ev e lo p e d b y Lhe D e p a rtm e n t o f '
H ea lth . E d u ca tion , a n d W e lfa re
(H E W ) p u rsu a n t to th e sp e c ific d lreo --
tlon o f th e U n ited S ta tes D istr ic t
C ou r t fo r the- D is tr ic t o f C o lu m b ia In
A d am s v. Caii/ano, C iv i l . A c t io n N o,
3095-70 , S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er
(D .D .C . A p ril 1. 1377). T h e C ou rt 's
O rd e r a rose fro m a law suit In itiated in
1970 to req u ire H E W to tak e a ct io n to
e n fo r ce th e pro-rislons o f T it le V I o f
th e C ivil R ig h ts .act o f 1364.‘
In 1369, the O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts
(O C R ) d e term in ed th a t ten S tates*
w ere co n t in u in g to op e ra te seg reg a ted
h ig h e r ed u ca tio n system s in -rioiatlon
o f T it le V I o f th e 1934 a v t l R ig h ts
A c t . .-although th e S ta tes w ere n o t if ie d
o f th is f in d in g an d w ere req u ested to .
su b m it co r re c tiv e p lan s, n o a dm in istra
tive e n fo rce m e n t a ct ion s w ere taken
w h en th e S ta tes fa iled to su b m it plans
or su b m itted p lan s u n a cce p ta b le to
H E W . In F e b ru a ry 1373. th e Adams
lit ig a t io n resu lted In a ru lin g req u irin g
th a t H E W take s o p r o p n a t e e n fo r ce
m en t a ct ion . Adams v. R ich a rd so n , 333
P. S u pp . 92 (D .D .C . 1973). T h a t ru lin g
w as u n a n im ou sly a ffirm e d b y th e fu ll
U n ited S ta tes C ou rt o f A p pea ls fo r th e
D is tr ic t o f C o lu m bia C ircu it, a lth o u g h
th e C ou rt o f .-Ippeals m od ifie d th e D is
tr ict C ou rt 's o rd e r and d irected H E W
to a ttem p t to sec-sre a ccep ta b le deseg
reg a tion p lan s fr o m th e ten S ta tes
b e fo r e co m m e n c in g e n fo r ce m e n t p ro -
ceed ln g s. Adams v. Jtichardsan, 430 F .
2d 1159 (D .C . C ir. 1373).
‘Title-VI of the C.-rtl Rights Acs of 19«4
pro-rides: "No person in the United States ,
ahaii, on the grounds ol race, color, or n*.
tionai origin, be ersciuded from participation
in, be denied the benefits of. or be subjected
to discrimination under any program or .-so-
UvttT receiving Federal ihianet-d *uu.sUnce..
42 a3.C . JOOOd.
•Arkansas. Florida. Georgia. Louisiana.
Maryland. Mhsueipoi. Nortn CaroUna.
Okiaboraa, Feansylvama. and V'xrinia.
F lP g K A t 3 K I S T S I . v e t . ■«, A O . 32— W S S N 8 S P A Y , fS S tO A g T 13, IV T S
MOTICSS 8659
1974» H E W a ccep ted d e se «re «a -
(ion- plana from e ig h t o f th e ten
•'States.' R e p o rts c o v e r j ig th e firs t year
o f Imp le m e n ta tio n w ere su P m ltled to
: '.SSW In 1373. S u iisedu en tly , th e o la ln -
-;'tlffs In th e v ldam s ca se so u g h t fu r t h e r
‘ . 'le ile f and o n April. 1. 1977, th e C ou rt
■jraled th a t th e 1374 p lan s d id n ot
io o m p ly w ith th e crite r ia prev iou sly a a -
■;%nounced b y H E W and th a t as im ple*
> m en ted -th e p lans h a d fa iled to a ch ieve
r. s ign ifica n t p rog ress tow ard h ig h e r
:>edueatlon ' d esegreg a tion . B ased on
these- fin d in g s, the. C o u r t ordered .
• h e w , ' to dev e lop a n d Issue w ith in 90.
:.d a y s sp e c ific cr ite r ia Co gu id e th e six
S la tes* In th e p rep a ra tion o f rev ised
(.d eseg reg ation p la n s.
t' 11. LSSAt. AXD SOOCanONAt ?SX!IIC£?tZS -
'A . D e fu reseprepa flo rt
T h e se cr ite r ia w ill b e ap p lied to a
' state w h ich fo r m e r ly o p era ted a du al
'• system o f p u b lic h ig h e r e d u ca tion
- u n d er sta te law . If th e O ff ic e fo r C ivil
■R igh ts determ in es a fte r in vestig ation
: th at t h e s ta te has fa iled to rem ov e th e
■ vestiges o f racia l se g re g a tio n In its
system in v lo ia tlon o f T it le V I. ,
B . 'AffiTmaiive duty £o take effective
. steps lo eliminate de fare seprepa- .
_-c.r tion .... .. . _ ■-
W h e re ' th e re has- b e e n past d e Jure
. seg reg a tion , sta tes are req u ired to ta k e
a ffirm a tiv e rem ed ia l step s and to
a ch ieve resu lts In o v e rco m in g th e e f-
. .fe c ta o f p r io r d lscrim ln ation t H E W ’ s
. reg u la tion Im plem en tin g T it le VT pro*
v ld e a th a t -
*a idmlnieterfng a program, resardlzig -vnich-
the recipient has pieviously dlscrnninated
against p ^ o n s oo the ground of race * * *,
th e rethpient must taSe athmaClve icU od
’ Co overcome the effects ot prior diacrlintna-
t io n .« c y i t e o j t b x s x n . .
T h e 14th A m e n d m e n t a lso ca lls f o r
m ore- th an m ere a b a n d on m en t o f d ls-
43dm lnatlon th rou g h th e sta te 's a d op
tion o f passive o r n eu tra l polic ies . T h e
U nited. S ta tes S u p rem e C ou rt has held
th a t p u b lic s c h o o l o ff ic ia ls h a ve “ t h e
a ffirm a tiv e ’ d u ty to take w h a te v e r
steps, m ig h t b e n ecessary to co n v e r t to
a u n ita ry system In w h ich d lscrlm lna -
■ Louisiana rehaed CO submit a plan u id '
was referred M the Deoarcment of Jusdcm
which filed a lawsuit ( yntfed. Statee r. tow -'
trtonok ClvU Action Jfo. 74-48 <Md3. Ls-J In
January 1974. The plan submitted by Mis--
. sisaippl was deemed unacceptable by HEW-
and the matter was referred to the Depart. -
raent of Justice, which filed a lawsuit Avers-
and. United Stitta r. lincK' ClvU Action No.
. D .C 75-9-S (NJ3. J4!ss.J. In ila rch 1975.
•Tbe April i. 1977. Order excludes ? e n n - '
: lylTania-lby agreement of tbe parties to the
Adonu lawsuit) and Maryland, which com
menced a separate Inlonctlve suit against
HEW 'i enforcement proceedings now pend
ing In. the United States Court of Appeals
for th e Fourth Circuit ijdandei v. ffSW ; No.
78-14941, aa well as Louisiana and .Mlsaisaio
»*• , . -
t ion w ou ld b e e lim in a ted r o o t , and
b ra n ch .” Green v. ■ County S ch oo l
Board 0/ Neui Kent County, 391 0 .3 .
430. 437-38 (1968 ). .
T h e a ffirm a tiv e du ty to d esegreg ate
a pp lies w ith equal fo r ce to h ig h e r edu
ca tion ,. Norria v. S fs fe , C o u n c il o/
Higher Sduaatiton,' 327 P . S u p p . 1368
(SJ3.. V a. 19711, d / r i per curiam, 404
U .3.. 907 (1371): Lee V, Haeon County
Board o / Bducatian,. 287 P . S u pp . 438
(M JD. A la . 19675, .a f f d 389 U.S. 215
(19671: (Jeter T. Dunn, 337 ? . S u p p . 573
(M J3 . T e n n . 19721. A d d itio n a lly , t h e
S u p rem e C ou rt has m a de It c le a r th a t
desegreg ation p lan s a re n o t adeq u ate
u n less th e y are e ffe ct iv e ; See Green v.
County School Board 0/ Hew Kent
County, ruprtii. Swann v. Chariotte~
Meckienirurg Board of Bducatian, 40Z
U - 3 .1 (1 9 7 1 )..
C on s isten t -with t h e requirm H ents o f
T it le VT th e se cr ite r ia se t fo r t h th e
elem en ts o f . a deseg reg a tion p la n
w h ich w ou ld elim in a te th e e ffe c ts o f
past d iscrim in a tion .
C Statewide a p p ro d ch ‘
T h e Court-, o f A p p ea ls in Its en b a n c
op in ion , in Adame d ire c te d H E W to un
d ertak e a sta tew ide a p p r o a c h and
n o te d th e seriou s p ro b le m crea ted by
th e la ck o f v iah ie sta tew id e co o rd in a t
e d p la n n in g in h ig h e r e d u c a t io n :.
The problem, o f thtegraUng higher educa
tion. must be- dealt with aa a state-wide-
rsther than a achodl-by-achooi basis.'*
»Et Is tm portantito note that we are not
here discussing discriminatory admission
pollclca at Individual institutions. To the
extent that such practices are discovered.
Immediate oorrectlTe action la required, but
we da not understand HEW to dispute that
point.. This conuoversT concerns the more
com plex problem of systemwide racial tm-
balanee. Adame v. Aicfiardson, ntpm, 480 ? .
id a t US4-US5 (footnote in oiiglnsl).
T h e D ep a rtm en t h a s fo l lo w e d th is ap
p r o a c h s in ce 1969 b eca u se w e b e lieve
sta tew ide p la n n in g la con s is ten t w ith
sou n d edu ca tion a i p o licy . T h u s , these
cr iteria req u ire n o t o n ly th a t ea ch In
s t itu tion . pu rsu e n on d lscrim in a tory
s tu d en t adm ission , and fa cu lty and
s ta ff e m p lo y m e n t . p ractices , b u t also
th a t t h e sta te sy stem as a w h o le d ev el
o p a co m p reh en s iv e a n d coord in a ted
sta tew ide desegreg ation p lan em b od y -.
Ing th o se s p e c ific a ffirm a tiv e , rem ed ia l
step s w h ich wUl p rov e e ffe o tlv e In
a ch iev in g s ig n ifica n t p rog ress tow ard
th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re
o f th e du al system a n d w h ic h address
th e prob lem o f “ system w id e racial Im
b a lan ce .” ̂ ;
D . H p e c l/ic ify u lim o ii a ji2 timetabled —■
T h e D is tr ic t C ou rt In Adams con
clu d ed th a t th e plans- p rev iou s ly
a d op ted b y th e sta tes h a d fa iled to
a ch ieve a dequ ate desegregaU on pro
gress and la ck ed sp e c ific com m itm en ts
f o r ch a n g e as con cern s th e desegrega-
t io h o f s tu d en t b od ies an d fa cu lties .
en h a n ce m e n t o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck In
stitu tion s, and desegregaU on o f th e
g o v e m u ig b oa rd s in h ig n e r edu caU on
system s. ______
T h e D is tr ic t C ou r t d irected H E W lo
prepa re cr ite r ia w h ich w ou ld id en tify
fo r th e sta tes th e sp e c ific e lem en ts lo
b e in clu d ed in th e ir revised desegreg a
U on . plans. -As t h e D is tr ic t C ou r t .
sta ted In respon se to o ia in U ffs ' o ra l ar
g u m en t on Jan u a ry 17. 1977;
■What I do want them to do though Is be
under the comoluslon of a court order lo
submit lo the stales certain xpetri/lc require
ments which Che states must resoond to and
they should be given a timetable for com
municating with the states, and the states
should be given some kind of timetable
within which to make resodnse. CTrenaertat.
January n t h ruling; emphasis suoplied.1
In (Jeter v. Blanton, 427 P . S u pp . 644
(M T3. T an n . 19771, th e C ou rt q u oted
Its O rd e r o f D e ce m b e r 23, 1969, ex
pressing Its d issa tis fa ction w ith a sta te
su b m itted desegreg ation p la n in th at
th e p la n aa su b m itted " la ck s s p e c ific
ity ; In th a t th e re is n o sh ow in g o f
fu n d s to be ex p en d ed , n o sta tem en t o f
th e n u m b er o f stu d en ts to be in volved ,
and m ost im oortan U y . no tim e sc.hed-
u les fo r e ith e r th e im p lem en ta tion o f
th e p ro je c ts o r th e a ch iev em en t o f a n y
g oa ls .” 427 P . S u pp . at 646.
- T h e S u p rem e C ou rt has m a in ta in ed
th a t In a sy stem w ith a h istory o f seg-
rega U on th e re is a need fo r rem ed ia l
cr ite r ia o f su ffic ie n t s p e c ific ity to
assure co m p lia n ce w ith tn e law . S ee
Swann, su p ra at 22-26 .
In k eep in g w ith th e C o u rt 's view
th a t the D e p a rtm e n t s lio u ld subm it
sp e c ific req u irem en ts to th e states, nu
m erica l goals an d tim eta bles are set
fo r th In th e cr ite r ia . T h e goals are es
ta b lish e d as in dices by. w h ich to ' m ea
sure- p rogress tow ard th e o b je c t iv e o f
e lim in a tin g th e e ffe cts o f u n con stitu -
tlonaJ de Jure racia l se g reg a tion and o f
prov id in g equal edu ca tion a l o p p o r tu n i
ty fo r ail c itizen s o f th ese sta tes. T h e y
are benc.hm arSs and prov ide th e states
th e c le a r and sp e c ific g u id an ce ca lled
fo r b y th e C o u r t
T h e se goals are n o t q u otas . T h e D e
p a rtm en t is op p o se d to a rb itrary
quotas . F a ilu re to a ch ieve a goa l is n o t
su f fic ie n t ev id en ce , sta n d in g a lon e , to
establish a v io la tion o f T it le V X In ad
d ition , th e O ff ic e f o r ClvU R ig h ts
u p on a sh ow in g o f e x ce p tio n a l h a rd
sh ip o r sp ecia l c ircu m sta n ces by a
sta te, m a y m o d ify th e g oa ls and tim e
tables. N everth eless , th e sta tes are
u n d e r a sta tu tory oO ilga lion to devise
and im p lem en t p lan s th a t axe e ffe c t iv e
In a ch ievin g th e deseg reg a tion o f the
system .
M o st im p orta n tly , u n d er th e se cr ite
ria an d the goala th ey set. a ll a ppli
ca n ts m ust be able to co m p e te su ccess
fu lly . S ta tes ’ e ffo r ts u n d er th ese cr ite
ria n eed n o t and s.hould n o t lead to
low er in g a ca dem ic sta n da rd s. S ta tes
m ay n eed to in n ova te in seek in g ou t
FGOeSAi. l e s i s n s - VOU -id, n o . S2— WtONESOAr, FfBCUAXY id . 1978
S650
ta ien ted s tu d en ts w h o w ill p r o fit fr o m
h ig h e r ed u ca tion . T h e y m ay n eed to
b roa d en deflh ition a o f p o ten tia l: to
d iscou n t th e e ffe c ts o f early disadvan
tage o n the- d ev e lop m en t o f a cadem ic
co m p e te n ce ; an d to b roa d en the. tal
ents m ea su red In adm issions tests. 3 u t
n e w and d iffe re n t yardstlclcs fo r m ea
su r in g p o te n tia l are n o t lo w e r stan
dards. T h e y ca n b e m o re valid, m ea
sures o f tru e p o ten tia l and ta lent,
tak en as a w h o le , th ese cr ite r ia seele to
p reserv e and p r o te ct aca dem ic stan
dards o f ex ce ilen ce .
3 . Sptciai eonsidemtlona in develop^
ing criteria / o r destgregaiian in
. higher education
A sta te system o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion ,
as w ith an e lem en ta ry and secon d a ry
s c h o o l d istr ict. Is h e ld to an a fflrm a -
tlve d u ty to tak e rem ed ia l a ct io n to
co r re c t past practices o f se g reg a tion
an d d iscrim in a tion . H ow ever, th e
n a tu re o f th e rem ed ia l a ct io n req u ired
o f a . h ig h e r ed u ca tion system w ill
d i ffe r fro m that, requ ired o f a lo ca l
ed u ca tion district,. T h e co u r t o f .-ip-
pea ls in Adame n oted :
. However, we are noindful that deseg-
regaclon prooiems La coiieges and universi
ties differ widely from t.hose- Ln elementary
and secondary schools, and that HSW id -
mltzediy lacla experience in dealing with
them.* • • .is regrettable as these reveiationa
are. the staric a-uth !s that liS'.V must care
fully assess the significance of a variety of
new factors as It moves into an -unaccua-
tomed area. -(30 P . 2d at t l3 (. -
In Horrie v. State Council of Higher
Sducation, 327 P . S u pp . 1388. 1373
(STD. V a . 1971. i f P d p er cu ria m . 404
tJ.H. 907 (1 9 7 1 ). th e co u r t h e ld ;
T h e means o f eliminating discrimination
in public schoots necessarily differ from its
elimination tn eoUegea.. but the state’s duty
is ss exacting.
.-ind fh Sandere v_ SUingtoTU 233 P.
S u p p . 937. 943 (I/fJD. T e n m 1963). th e
co u r t sta ted ;
■How In considering th e time element fo r
presentation of a plan, 1 have thought of
the complexities of the problem. I recognize
that Che simple remedies which .might be
available to a county school board -where
there is Involved a compulsory system of
educaUon. a free system of education, and
aasignmenc of students, are not avallaole-
here. Colieges are not compulsory and ev
eryone can testify that they're not free.
H ig h er e d u ca tion d iffe rs fr o m e le
m e n ta ry and se co n d a ry ed u ca tion in
m a n y o th e r w ays. B esides b e in g v o lu n
ta ry ra th e r th a n co m p u lso ry , h igh er-
e d u ca tion op era tes , o n a sta tew ide o r
reg ion a l basis, n o t loca l; th e re are n o
"a tte n d a n ce to n e s ’ ’ in h ig h e r edu ca
t ion : h ig h e r ed u ca tion prog ra m s '/a ry
fr o m In stitu tion to in stitu tion and are
n o t u n ifo rm ; stu d en ts are fr e e to leave
th e sta te o r to a tten d private co lleg es-
In pu rsu it o f a h ig h e r edu ca tion .
P u rth e rm o re . from sta te to sta te sig
n ific a n t d iffe re n ce s a re to be fo u n d
NOT1C2S
and m ust b e tak en In to con s id era tion .
In som e states ■ s tr o n g cen tra lized
" s y s te m " e.xists Including fo u r y ear
and tw o y ear In stitu tions: in o th e rs ,
th e fo u r y e a r and tw o y ear in stitu tion s
rep o rt to sep arate b o a n ls ; In y e t
oth ers , ea ch in stitu tion o p era tes u n d er
its ow n In dep en den t b o a rd . W h ile
n on e, o f ' th ese d iffe re n ce s relieves a
s ta te o f Its o b liga tion s u n d er T it le V I
or- Its co n s titu tio n a l du ties, th e y m u st
be taken in to a cco u n t In fa sh io n in g an
a p p rop r ia te set o f cr iter ia to b e a pp li
ca b le to -s ix sta tes.
A c co rd in g ly ,.: . w h ile ' desegreg ation
cases In voiv la g Individua l e lem en ta ry
and se c o n d a ry ' s c h o o l d istr icts are a
gu id e to a sta te ’s d u ty to take c o r re c
tive a ct ion , th e y a re n o t d isp ositive o f
th e pa rticu la r m e th o d s to be des ig n ed
fo r th e d ism a n tlin g o f a du al sy stem o f
h ig h e r edu ca tion , fo r th e desegreg a
t io n o f a sta tew ide sy stem , fo r th e re
m oval o f th e vestiges o f racial segrega
tion , and fo r the co r re c t io n o f "sy s
tem w ide racia l Lm halance.” As th e
cou rts in AdacTie have n oted , th e se are
Imdeed- "co m o ie x " !s s u e s . T h e s e cr ite
r ia are des ig n ed sp e c ifica lly fo r th e
h igh er- edu ca U on system s o f th ese six
states b ased on a ca re fu l con s id era tion
o f re lev an t sta tu tes and cou r t o p in ion s
a n d w ith d u e . con s id era tion to th e
un iqu e ch a ra cter is tics o f h ig h e r edu ca -
tlon .* .
P . The unique role of the traditionuUg
black coUegee
■ In k eep in g .w ith th e in stru ction s o f
t h e C ou rt, th e cr ite r ia recogn ize - th e
u n iqu e Im porta n ce o f trad ition a lly -
b la ck co lleg es in m eetin g th e ed u ca
tio n a l need s o f b la ck stu d en ts. M ore
th a n 30 p e rce n t o f a ll. b la ck co lleg e
g radu ates have b een tra in ed a t ’ b la ck
co lleg es . In th e m id -seventies, b lack
co lleg es : cb n tln u ei to g radu ate a lm ost
fo r ty p ercen t o f a ll b lacks, w h o re
c e iv e ' c o lle g e degrees.
T h u s it Is w ith g o o d rea son th a t th e
C ou rt o f .-Appeals in Adajne re cogn ized
th e n eed to tak e-in to a cco u n t “ t h e sp e
cia l p r o b le m s o f-b la ck co lleg es .'"
Perhaps the most serious problem in this
ares is the lack of state-wide biannltig to
provide more and better trained minortty-
group doctprs, lawyers, engineers and other
profeaalonais. .4 . predicate for m lnonty
access to quality post-graduate programs Is
vlaPie. co-ordinated state-wide higher educa
tion policy that takes into account the spe-.
dai probiems of ailnortty students and of
Black colleges..* '.* (T ihese Black Institu-'
• Par a useful dlscassiotj o f these issues see'
Note, "T he .-affirmative Duty T o Integrate-
Higher Bducatlon, “ 70 7aU haio Joumai
363(1970). -T -
■See Silas Blake.- Public Policy and the
Higher Sducation - of Black .(mesicans_"
S taff Report, Subcommittee an Conatltu-.
tlonai Rights of the Committee on the Judi-’
clary. 9(tn Cong. 20 Seas. 1978,
' National Center for Sducation Statistics,
Sam ed Degrees Survey, 1978-73.
tlons currently fulfill a cruclai need and vin,
continue to play an Important role la Black
higher education. (30 P. 2d at U34-U8S. ■ •
A ga in In 197T, th e D istr ic t C ou r i la
Its S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rder, p. (.
q u o te d th e a bov e Language o f the
C ou rt o f '.4 p p e a is and w en t on to state.
The process of desegregation moat not
place a greater burden on Black Insdtudoas
or Black students' opportunity to receive a -
quality public higher education. The deaeg-
.-egacion process should cake into account
the unequal status o f the Black colleges and
ths real danger that desegregation wiu di-
mlnlsh higher- education opportunities for '
Blacks. W ithout suggesting the answer to
this oomplex problem, it is. the responslbll-,
Ity of HSW to devise criteria for higher edu. .
cation desegregation plana which will take
Into account the unioue importance of
Black colleges and at the same time comply
with the Congressional mandate.
T h e D e p a rtm e n t does n o t take this
la n gu a ge to m ea n th a t th e traditional
ly b la ck in stitu tion s are- a.xem pt from -
th e C o n s titu tio n o r th e requ irem ents
o f T it le V I. T o th e co n tra ry , tradition
a lly b la ck and tra d it ion a lly w h ite in
stitu tion s are su b je c t to th e sam e con--
st itu tlon a l and. con g ress ion a l m andats '
to p rov ide an ed u ca tion to aU citizens
w ith o u t d iscrim in a tion o r segrega tion .
W h ite and b la ck in stitu tion s are to
fu n c t io n as part o f a .u n ita ry system
fr e e o f t h e vestiges o f s ta ts Im posed,
racia l seg reg a tion . H ow ever, as the
C ou rt has in stru cted , th e tra n sition to
a u n itary sy stem .must n o t be a ccom
plish ed by p la cin g a d isp roportion a te-
b u rd en u p on b la ck stu den ts, facu lty .,
o r in stitu tion s o r by red u cin g th e edu-
cationsd op p o rtu n it ie s cu rren tiy avail
able to b lacks.
T o a ch ieve th e ob je c t iv e s o f T it le VT.
p recise m eth od s w ill n eed to he fa-,
sh io n e d fo r h istitu tlon s w ith in a state,
ea ch a p p rop r ia te to the task o f o v er
co m in g th e e ffe c ts o f p r io r discrim in a
tion tn th e p a rticu lar in stance. E ach
m e th o d w iil be e n fo r ce d w ith equal
fo re s and d eterm in a tion . E a ch m e th o d
is design ed to a ch ieve th e sam e con s li-
tu tion a i stan dard .
in. cojfstiL-ATiotr ?so<nss
In th e p rep a ra tion o f th e cr iteria
o rig in a lly p rom u lg a ted p u rsu an t to
co u r t in stru ction , th e D e p a rtm e n t u n
d ertook an e.xtenslve con su lta tio n p ro
cess w ith in th e D e p a rtm e n t and w ith
in terested ou tside parties. In an e ffo r t
to assure th a t th ese cr ite r ia w'ere b o th
leg a lly and e d u ca tion a lly sou n d , a de
partm en ta l, task fo r ce was esta b lish ed
to g u ide th e ir d ev e lop m en t. T h e task
fo r c e co m b in e d th e m u ltip le d isci-,
p lines and varied ex p ertise n eed ed to
reso lv e th e o om p lex issues and edu ca
tio n a l po lic ies Involved in th is desegre
gation process . S erv in g on th e task
fo r ce w ere th e G e n rra l. C oiin so i, t.he
D ire cto r o f th e O ff ic e fo r Civil -lig h ts ,
th e -Assistant S ecre tary fo r E d u cation ,
th e '.C o m m iss io n e r o f E du cation ., and
FHJOiAi siGirna. vot. no;'k —'eieDNesaAY, mttjAtr is, ittj
MOTJCS5 6661
th e A ssistan t S e c r e ta r r f o r H a n n ln s
and E v a lu a tion .
T h e O ep a rtm en t also em harlced on a
p rog ra m o f op e n d ia log u e a n d con su l
ta tion w ith parties o f Interest. T h e
task fo r ce m em bers co n fe rre d w ith
rep resen ta tives o f th e s ix sta tes co l le c
tive ly a n d n d iv ld u a lly . T h e rep resen
ta tives n c lu d e d co lle g e presidencs-
ed u ca tlon o ffic ia ls , and a ides to G o v e r
n ors . A sp ecia l m e e tin g was h e ld w ith
s tu d en ts w h o a tte n d t h e p u b lic co l
le g e s n th e six sta tes and rep resen ta
tives o f sev era l n a tion a l s tu d en t orga
n izations, P o u r m eetin g s w ere h e ld
w ith o ff ic ia ls o f th e am icu s cu r ia e . K a-
t lon a l A ssocia tion f o r E puai O p p o rtu
n ity n H ig h er E d u ca tion , an associ
a t io n o f th e -p resid en ts o f 110 p red om i
n a n tly b la ck co lleg es a n d un iversities,
b o th sta te su p p o r te d a n d private . T w o
panels o f n a tion a lly recogn ized edu ca
tors m et fo r h a lf da y sessions to advise
th e D ep a rtm en t.
F in a lly , p la in tiffs ' rep resen ta tives
d e v oted m a n y h ou rs to rev iew in g and
co m m en tin g o n d ra fts o f th e cr iteria .
T h e y a lso con v en ed a m e e tin g fo r th e
D ep a rtm en t w ith. 23 c itizen s fro m
th ese s'oc sta tes w h o are m ost fa m ilia r
w ith th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegreg a
t io n e f fo r ts In th e ir respectiv e states.
T h e D epa rtm en t assum es fu ll and
so le resp on sib ility f o r th e co n te n t o f
th ese cr iteria . T h e co n su lta tio n s en u
m era ted above w ere ex ce e d in g ly h e lp
f u l to th e D ep a rtm en t la th e prepara
tion o f th ese cr ite r ia , b u t th ese discus
sion s d o n o t im p ly co n cu rre n ce In th e
cr ite r ia In w h o le o r In p a rt by och er
pa rties.
H ig h e r ed u ca tion a l system s In th ese
and o th e r sta tes are u n d erg o in g d iff i
cu lt ad ju stm en ts ca u sed b y fisca l a n d
d e m o g ra p h ic tren ds b e y o n d th e co n
tro l o f In dividua l s ta tes . A cco rd in g ly ,
th e cr iter ia d ev e lop ed fo r th e six
sta tes u n d e r th e Adams O rd e r , fo c u se d
o n d esegreg a tion e ffo r t s to b e u nder-
• ta k en w ith in th e n e x t fiv e years. S im i
larly . O C R w ill seeic plans th a t con ta in
fiv e -y e a r goa ls fr o m o t h e r states
w h ic h are fo u n d to h ave a d u ty to
elim in a te th e v estiges o f d u a lity In
. th e ir system s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion .
,4s ■ ea ch sta te a tta ins th e goa ls set
fo r th Ih Its p la n , O C H w ill assess. In
co o p e ra tio n w ith , th a t sta te ; th e p ro
gress th e re b y m a de In ord e r to de ter -
' m in e w h at add ition a l step s. If any. are
‘ n ecessary to co m p le te th e desegrega-
■ t lon process . P u rth erm ore i O C R wlH
per iod ica lly review th ese cr ite r ia to
assure th e ir a d eq u a cy In m eetin g co n -
;; stltu tlon a l req u irem en ts, th e ir consis-
te n cy w ith ru lin gs o f th e cou r ts In
: h ig h e r ed u ca tion d esegreg ation , and
' th e m a n da te o f T it le V L
' ■ El-rifCTTS or A PLAII
:. aisssTABtisTrMmrr or ms srsocroax
o r THX P P A i STSTCII
" " A n a ccep ta b le p la n sbaH co m m it th e
state to th e goal o f organ izin g an d op
era tin g th e system and in stitu tion s o f
h ig h e r edu ca tion in a m a n n er th a t
prom ises rea listica lly to o v e rco m e th e
e ffe c ts o f past d iscrim in a tion and to
d isestab lish th e d u a l system , a n d
w h ich assures th a t stu d en ts w ill b e a t
tra cted to ea ch in stitu tion on th e basis
o f edu ca tion a l p rog ra m s and op p o rtu
n ities u n in h ib ited , b y past p ractices o f
segrega tion .
T o ach ieve ’ th e d isesta b lish m en t o f
th e stru ctu re o f th e d u a l sy stem , ea ch
p la n sha ll:
A -D e /tn e the mission a/each insiitii-
H on iciihin the state system on a. iasis
other than race.
E a ch m ission s ta tem en t sh a ll In
c lu d e at" a m in im u m :
1. T h e level, ra n g e an d s c o p e o f p ro
gram s an d degrees o f fe re d ;
2. G e o g ra p h ic , a rea served b y th e In
s titu tion : and
3. T h e p r o je c te d s ize o f th e stu d en t
b o d y an d s ta ff, f o r ea ch y e a r o f th e
Ufe o f th e p l a n . '
B . Specify steps to Se taken to
strengthen the role of traditionaily
black institutions in the state system.
.. In su p p o r t o f th e sp e c ific step s re
qu ired b y L 3 „ th e p la n sh a ll Include:
1. C om m itm en ts th a t n ecessa ry Im
prov em en ts w ill b e m a de to perm it th e
tra d ition a lly b la ck in stitu tion s to fu l
f i l l th e ir d e fin e d m ission . T h e se Im
prov em en ts w ill ex ten d to p h y s ica l
p la n t and eq u ip m en t: q u a lity an d
ra n ge o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s ; n u m b er
a n d q u a lity o f fa cu lty ts tu d e n t . fa cu lty
and p ro fe ss io n a l s ta f f servioes; stu d en t
fin a n cia l assistance, and o t h e r fin a n
cia l su p p ort;
2. C om m itm en ts t h a t tra d it io n a lly
b la ck in stitu tion s w ill h a v e th e re
sou rces (In clu d in g th o se en u m era ted
in ite m 1 a b ov e ), w h ich are a t least
co m p a r a b le to th o se at tra d ition a lly
w h ite In stitu tion s h a v in g sim ilar m ls-
slona..
3. A n assessm ent o f th e p h y s ica l
p la n t at tra d ition a lly b la ck in stltu -
tlon s; a n d - ;
A . A d e ta iled d lscrip clon o f th e re
sou rces . ex pressed in do lla rs a n d In
n u m b ers o f p erson n e l to b e assigned ,
w h ich th e sta te sy stem w ill p rov ide
(a n d th e so u rce f o r s u c h fu n d s) in
o rd e r to tm plem enC th e step s sp ecified
In L 3 . re p o rte d by y e s r fo r th e Ufe o f
th e step o r a ctiv ity .
C . C om m it the state to-take svecifio
steps to eliminate educationally un
necessary program duplication among
graditionalZy black and traditionally
ichite iststitutions in the same service
area- .. . .
, T o th is en d . th e p la n sh a ll Iden tify
ex istin g d eg ree p r o g r a m s ,(o th e r than
co re cu rricu la ) a m on g . Instltu tiona
h a v in g Identica l o r ov erlap p in g service
areas and In d ica te sp e c ifica lly w ith re
sp ect to ea ch area w h at steps th e sta te
w ill tak e to elim in a te s u c h du plica tion ..
T h e e lim in a tion o f su ch p rog ra m du
p lica tion sh a ll b e ca rr ied o u t con s is
te n t w ith th e o b je c t iv e o f s tre n g th e n
ing th e tra d ition a lly b la ck co lleg es .
D . Commit the state to give priority
consideration to placing any new un
dergraduate. graduate, or professional
degree programs, courses of study etc.,
which may be proposed, at traditional
ly black institutions, consistent with
their missions.
H. Commit the state to withhold ap
proval of any changes In the operation
of the state rgstem or of any institu
tions that may have the effect of
thwarting the a^ievement of its deseg
regation goats.
?. Commit the State to advise O C R
of proposed major changes in the mis
sion or the character of any institu
tion within, the state system which
may diseotly or indirectly affect the
achievement of its desegregation goals
prior to their formal adoption.
S u ch p rop o se d ch a n g es Include b u t
axe n o t lim ited to: t.he esta b lish m en t
o r m a jo r ex p a n sion o f prog ra m s o f
stu d y , o f dep artm en ts , o r Institu tions:
th e a ltera tion o f tw o year to fo u r y ea r
In stitu tions; th e con v ersion o f a pri
v ate to a p u b lic In stitu tion ; o r th e c lo s
in g o r m erg er o f In stitu tion s o r ca m
puses.
G . Specify timetables for seguential
implementation of the o c i lo n s neces
sary to a ch iev e these goals as s o o n as
passible but no later than within five
years (by the close of the fifth full aca
demia year after the plan is accepted^
unless compelling justification for a
longer p e r io d for compliance is pro
vided to and accepted by the Depart
ment
The p la n sh a ll In clu de Interim
benc.hm axics and goals fr o m w h ich pro
gress tow ard these ob je c t iv e s m ay be
m ea su red . T h e se tim eta b les ’ and
b en ch m a rk s sh a ll b e a p p ro p r ia te to
th e n a tu re o f th e a ct ion to b e taken.
F o r ex am p le , stu d ies o f p h ys ica l p lan t
and resou rces com p a ra b ility sh ou ld b e
co m p le te d prom p tly ; cor rec tiv e a ction s
(In clu d in g ca p ita l c o n s tru c tio n ) w ill re
qu ire lo n g e r tim e p er iod s-
H. Commit the state and all its in
volved agencies and subdivisiar-s to
specific measures for achievement of
the above objectives.
S u ch m easures m a y Include bu t are
n o t lim ited to e sta b lish in g coop era tiv e
p rog ra m s co n s is ten t w ith In stitu tion a l
m ission s; reassign in g sp ec ified pro
gram s, cou rse o ffe r in g s , resou rces
a n d /o r se rv ices a m o n g tnstltuU ons:
r e a l !g :^ .g th e la n d g ra n t a cadem ic
p rog ra m s so th a t research , ex p er im en t
and o th e r ed u ca tion a l services are re
d istr ib u ted o n a n on rac ia i basis: and
m erg in g In stitu tion s o r b ra n ch es
th e re o f, p a rticu la r ly w h ere Institu
tion s o r cam pu ses .have th e sa.me o r
ov e r la p p in g services areas. T h e m ea-
• sures ■ taken pu rsu a n t to th is .section
sh ou ld b e con s is ten t w .th tihe o o je c -
tive o f stren g th en in g th e tra d ition a lly
b lack co lleg es . A deta iled d escrip tion
r e n e s A i M o i s n a . v e t . « . m o . 32— ’e r tP N tso A r , n s s u A i T 15, me
6662 NOTICSS
o f th e se m easures n eed n ot b e su b m it
ted St th e tim e th e p la n !s filed , bu t
sh ou ld be file d ss a su p p lem en ta ry
sta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r
fo r review and co m m e n t by O C H . M ea-
s-Bfes th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le possib il
ity o f a c h le v ln j th e jo a is listed a bove
wtU b e re je cte d b y O C H . R ev ised m ea
sures w ill b e re q u ire d b e fo r e th e p la n
ca n be a ccep ted .
n t DtsiOHiCArroN o r s r m ji ir r .CfBOLLanrt
A n a cce p ta b le p la n s h a ll co m m it th e
sta te to th e goa l o f a ssu r ln ? th a t th e
sy stem as a w h o le a n d e a c h In stitu tion
w ith in the system prov ide an equ al
e d u ca tion a l o p p o r tu n ity , are o p e n an d
a ccess ib le to a il stu d en ts , an d op erate
■ w ith o u t reg a rd to ra ce a n d o n a desea-
re s a te d basis.
T o a ch ieve th e d e se g rssa tlo n o f stu
den t en ro llm en t, ea ch p lan sh a ll;
A- Adopt tfie god that for two year
and four year undergraduate pudlia
high^ education instituiione in the
date system , taJcen os a whole, the p ro
p o r t io n of black high school graduates
throughout the state who enter such
institutions shall be at least egud to
the proportion of white high school
graduates throughout the state who
. enter such institutions.
B . (1 ) Adopt the god that there shall
be an annud increase, to be specified
by each state system, in the proportion
of black students in the traditionally
white four year undergraduate public
higher education institutions in the
state system taken as a whole and in
each such institution; and
(2 ) Adopt the objective of reducing
the disparity between the proportion
. of black high.schooi graduates and the
proportion of while high s ch o o l gradu
ates entering' traditionally white four
year and upper division undergrad
uate- public higher education institu
tions in the state system' and adopt
the god of reducing the disparity by at
least-fifty per cent by the find aca
demic year of the plan, However, this
shall not reguire any state to increase
by that date black student admissions
by more than IS0% above the admis
sions for the academic year preceding
the year in whiah the plan 'Is reguested byaZVJ.' ..............
•For the purposes o f tills subaectlon. the
term, esterins Includes Uist-clrae cransiers
from two year and other Instltudons,
•Thus, where the present entry by blach
students In four year traditionally white In-
sUtutlons Is at a rate of 1,000 students per
year and a fully proportional .-ate would be
3,000 studenta per year, the state's soal
would be an entry rate o f 3.000 students per
year five yeara thereafter. A state wnere the
present entry Is- at a rate o f only 500 stu
dents per year and full proporUonailty
would be 3.000 studenta per year would co t
by that date have to close hail tne la o (by a
rate o f 1,750 per year) but only achieve an
entry rate o f l.OSO students, which Is 130%
over Its present rat* of 500,
C. Adapt the gad that the proportion
of black state residehta who graduate
from undergraduate institutions in the
state system and enter graduate study
or professiand schools in the state
system shall be at least egud lo the-
proportion of white state residents
who graduate from, undergraduate in
stitutions in the state system and enter
such schools.
T h is *o a i (a n d 'In te r im ben ch m arlcs
o r soa is ) sh a ll b e s e p a r a t e s ta ted fo r
ea ch m a jo r fie ld o f g radu ate a n d p ro
fes s ion a l stu d y . T o assure th a t, th is
goal ca n b e m et In th e Im m ediate
fu tu r e sp ecia l rec ru itm en t e ffo r ts
sh o u ld b e con s id ered at tra d it ion a lly
biaclc In stitu tion s. P a r ticu la r a tte n tio n
sh o u ld b e g iven to tn crea s ln ? b lacit
stu d en t en ro llm e n t a n d g ra d u a tion
'f r o m th o se tra d it io n a lly w h ite fo u r
y ear u n d erg ra du a te In stitu tion s w h ich
serve as th e fe e d e r In stitu tion s fo r th e
g radu ate and p ro fe ss io n a l . s ch o o ls .
-A chievem ent o f th is g oa l is o f p a rticu
la r Im porta n ce In lig h t o f th e sp e c ific
co n c e rn e x p re sse d 'b y th e C o u rt o f .Ap
peals in A dam s, In assessing prog ress
tow ard th is goal, O C R w ill g ive co n s id
era tio n to th e n u m b e r o f b la ck s fr o m
ea ch sta te w h o en ro ll In g ra du a te and
p ro fe ss io n a l sc h o o ls ou ts id e th e sta te
system .
D . Adopt the goal of increasing the
toed proportion of white students at
tending traditiondly black, institu
tions. . .
In crea sed p a rtic ip a tio n b y w h ite s tu
d e n ts at tra d it io n a lly b la ck . Institu
t io n s m u st b e a pa rt o f th e p rocess o f
d eseg reg a tion o f th e sta tew ide systerd
o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion . H ow ev er, p u rsu
ant to th e a d m on ition o f th e cou rts In
Adams, - " T h e d eseg reg a tion process
s h o u ld take Into a cco u n t th e u n eq u a l
sta tu s o f th e B la ck co lle g e s an d th e
rea l da n g er th a t deseg reg a tion w ill di
m in ish h ig h e r e d u ca tion o p p o rtu n it ie s
fo r B la ck s." ClvU A c t io n N o, 3095-70,
S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er at p. -4.
T h e fo llo w in g steps are des ig n ed to
g u ard again st th e . d im in u tion o f
h ig h e r ed u ca tion a l op p o rtu n it ie s fo r
b la ck stu d en ts, to taka Into a ccou n t
th e u n iq u e Im porta n ce o f tra d it ion a lly
b la ck co lleg es an d to co m p ly w ith th e
m a n da te o f T it le 'fl. E sta b lish m en t o f
n u m erica l goals f o r th e e n ro llm en t o f
w h ite stu d en ts at tra cd tlon a ily b la ck
In stitu tion s m ust be p r e ce d e d b y an In
creas in g en ro llm en t o f b la ck stu d en ts
In th e h ig h e r e d u ca tion sy stem and at
th e tra d it io n a lly w h ite Institu tions, as
Is req u ired b y S e ct io n I I o f th ese cr ite
ria . It m ust a lso be p r eced ed b y th e a c
co m p lish m e n t o f S p ec ific step s to
s tre n g th e n t h r ro le o f tra d it ion a lly
b la ck Institu tions, e lim in a te progratn
d u p lica tion , lo c a te n ew p rog ra m s at
b la ck Instltu tlonsv-and b y su ch o th e r
m easu res as are sec fo r th In S e ct io n I,
O C R sh a ll a n n u ally review th e pro
gress m ade b y ea ch sta te In in crea sin g
p a rtic ip a tion b y b la ck stu d en ts In
h ig h e r ed u ca tio n and In th e d isestab
lish m en t o f th e dual s c h o o l system .
T w o yeans a fte r th e co m m e n ce m e n t o f ■
th e p lan , an d co n s is ten t w ith su ch pro
gress, ea ch sta te system sh a ll sp ecify
annual, n u m erica l goals fo r in creasing
th e p a rtic ip a tion o f w h ite stu d en ts at
ten d in g th e tra d ition a lly b la ck Instltu- •
tlon s.
E . Commit the state to take alt rea
sonable steps to reduce any disparity
between the proportion of black and
white students completing and gradu
ating from the two year, four year and
graduate public insiilutions of higher
education, and establish interim goals;
to be specified by the state system far
achieving annud progress.
F. Commit the stale to ewpand m o -.
bility between two year and four year -
institutions as a means of meeting the
gods set forth in these criteria.
G . Specify numeric goals for II. A, 3,
and C, and timetables for seguentid
implementation of actions necessary
to achieve these goals as soon as possi
ble but not later than 'within five years
unless another date is specified in this
section.
H. C om m it the state and all its in
volved agencies and subdivisions to
specific measures to achieve these
goals.
S u ch m easures m a y Include, b u t are
n o t lim ited to rev iew ing , m o n ito r in g . '
an d revising , as. n ecessa ry , p roced u res
fo r s tu d en t recru itm en t, adm ission s,
c o m p e n sa to ry in stru ction , cou n se lin g ,
fin a n c ia l aid . and s ta ff and fa cu lty - de
v e lo p m e n t prog ra m s. T h e deta iled de
sc r ip tio n o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t
b e su b m itted at th e tim e th e p la n is
filed , b u t sh o u ld be file d as a su p p le
m en ta ry sta tem en t w ith in 30 days
th e r e a fte r fo r rev iew and co m m e n t by
O C R . M ea su res th a t o f f e r n o rea son
able p o ssib ility o f a ch ie r in g th e nu-
.merical goals w ill b e re je cte d b y O C R .
R ev ised m easures w ill b e requ ired
b e fo r e th e p la n ca n b e accep ted .
n i . DssEoascATTOir o r ? .icp i.rT , a o ia n -
isTaA rrvz statts , x onacapem io ?s3 -
soNifEL, Atm oovtpuinra eoauds
-An a ccep ta b le p lan sh a ll Com m it th e
sta te system to th e goa l o f in crea sin g
th e n u m b er and p r o p o r t io n o f b lack
e m p loy ees , a ca d em ic an d a on -a ca -
dem ic,. th ro u g h o u t th e sy stem an d , o f
Increasing rep re se n ta tio n o f b la ck c iti
zen s a m o n g a p p o in tiv e pos it ion s on
th e g o vern in g b oards o f th e sta te
system an d o f Individual In stitu tion s,
T o a ch ieve th e deseg ra tlon o f fa cu l
ty,. a dm in istra tors , o th e r person n el,
a n d g ov ern in g b oards, e a ch p la n sha ll:
A. Adapt the god that the proportion
of black faculty and of administrators
d each institution and an the staffs of
each governing board , o r a n y other
state higher education entity, in posi
tions not reguiring the doctord degsee,
shdl at least egud the proportion of
black students graduating with mas-
TfBfajj. tzdiSTta, vot. id, no.- 32—wroNtspAT, ftsauAsr is. ivra
NOTK2S 6663
ttrt’ de^ma in the- avpropriate dUci-
pline fTpm inatUniions pnthin the
itate Tustem, or the proportion of black
individual! urith the rttruired creden-
tiaix far ruch potiliant in Che- reievant
labor market area, 'Whichever ie great
er.
3 . Adopt the goat that the proportion
of black faculty and of administraian
at each institution and on the staffs of
each governing board or any other
state higher education entity, in posi
tions reguiring the doctor^ degree,
shall at least egaal the proportion of
black individuals uiith the credentials
reguired for such positions in the rel
evant labor market area.
C. Adopt the goal that the proportion
of black non-academic personnel iby
Job category} at each institution and
on the staffs of each governing board
or any other state higher education
entity, shall at least egual the propor
tion of black persons in the relevant
labor market area.
■ D . Assure hereafter and 'untH the
foregoing goals are met that for the
' traditionally white institutions as a
whole, the proportion of blacks hired
to fill faculty and administrative va
cancies shall not be less than the pro
portion of black indimduals with the
credentials reguired for such positions
in the relevant labor market area.
S . Specify numeric goals and timeta
bles for seguential implementation of
the actions necessary to achieve these
objectives including interim bench-..
. • marks from which progress toward the
objectives may be measured.
T h e se goals, t t o e t a t le s , a n d b e n c li-
m a rss sh a ll b e esta b lish ed tn lig h t ot.
and sh a ll sp ec ify , th e ctirren t a n d p ro
je c te d ra tes at vacancies ta th e variou s
jo b ca teg ories , p resen t an d p r o je c te d
la b or, m arhet ava ilability , and o th e r
re lev an t fa ctors .
? . C om m it the state system to take
specific measuses to ahieve these objec
tives.
S u ch m easures m a y in clu de , b u t are
n o t lim ited to em p loy m en t pragram s
p rov id in g cen tr illzed re cru itm en t, va
ca n cy an d a p p lica n t listings ; tra n sfer
op tio n s : fa cu lty d ev e lop m en t p ro
gram s p e rm ittin g release tim e fo r
' b lach fa cu lty to a tta in th e te rm in a l..
degree; and th e in terch a n g e o f faculty-
on a te m p o ra ry or p erm an en t basis
am ong tra d ition a lly w h ite and tradl- ,
-.tlon aily blacic In stitu tion s w ith in th e
. state sy stem . T h e d e ta iled d escrip tion
■■ o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t be subm lt-
", ted at th e tim e th e p la n Is Hied, bu t
- sh ou ld b e : fi le d as a su p p lem en tary
restatem ent w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r
•' fo r review and co m m e n t b y O C H . M ea-
--su res th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le posslbU -
■ Ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals Listed a b o v e
will b e re lu cte d b y O C R , R ev ised m ea
sures w ill be req u ired b e fo r e th e pian
can be accep ted .
G . Adapt the goal of increasing the
num bers of black persons appointed to
systemwide and i-nstitutional govem-
ing boards and agencies to that these
boards may be more representative of
the racial population of the state or o /
the area, served.
.. IT, IDaaCSSIOH OeTLASS AhD
— : . itourroRE So
.4. A f te r H2TW h a s d eterm ln efl th a t a
sta te has n o t e lim in a ted th e vestiges
o f desegreg ation In Its fo r m e r d u e l
system o f p u b lic h ig h e r e d u ca tion , th e
sta te -sh a ll su b m it to O C R a desegreg a
t io n p la n fo r Its sy stem o f p u b lic
h ig h e r ed u ca tion to Im plem en t th e
fo r e g o in g cr ite r ia . .
. 1. T h e p la n sh a ll c o m m it th e sta te to
su b sta n tia l p rogress tow ard ea ch o f
th e goals in th e firs t tw o years o f th e
p la n . • _
2. T h e p la n sh a ll b e sign ed b y th e
g ov ern or and b y ea ch o f f ic ia l o r desig
n a ted person rep resen tin g th e agen
cies, assoc ia tion s, com m ission s, o ffice s ,
a n d /o r . in stitu tion s resp on sib le fo r
a d o p tin g th e system w id e an d Insitu^
tio n a i goals d escrib ed th ere in . S u cli
person s o r en titles m u st b e a u th orised
u n d er sta te law to p e r fo rm all a ction s
n ecessa ry to a ch ieve th ese goals.
. 3. .T h e p la n sh a ll ce r t ify th a t
a ch iev em en t o f th e goals a n d in terim
b en ch m a rS s sp e c ifie d th e re in has been
a d op ted as o ff ic ia l p o l ic y o f e a ch o f f i
c ia l o r a gen cy . . ■
3 . It is reco m m e n d e d th a t e a ch sta te
establish , a b ira cia l c itizen s a d v is o ry /
m o n ito r in g co m m itte e to assist th e
sta te tn m on itor in g - th e im p lem en ta
t io n o f th e p lan . - .
C. S a c h sta te sh a ll su b m it to O C R
b y A u g u st 15 o f e a ch y e a r a fte r a
p la n 's a ccep ta n ce , a com p reh en s iv e
n a rra tiv e assessm ent o f Its desegreg a
t ion e ffo r ts tn th e m o s t re ce n t aca
dem ic-yea r.. T h is n a rra tiv e assessm ent
sh a h I n c lu d e :. . .
1. A descrip tion o f th e sp e c ific m ea
sures w h ich have b een ta k en to
a ch ie v e th e o b je c t iv e s en u m era ted in
th e p la n and tn th e cr iteria ;
2. A , d es crip tion o f th e resu lts
ach ieved , tn clu d in g q u an tita tive in d i
ces w h ere a p p rop r ia te o r req u ired ;
3. .-in analysis o f th e reasons w h y
an y step s tak en p rov ed Inadequ ate o r
In su ffic ien t; and
■ . 4. A d escrip tion o f th e steps th e
sta te w in tak e to a ch ieve progress and
to m ain ta in th e tim eta bles set fo r th In
th e plan . . ■
-. D . O C R sh a ll rev iew su ch n a rra tiv e
rep orts . I f 'g o o d ca u se f o r th e fa ilu re
to m e e t . in ter im goals Is n o t d em on
stra ted ., O C R m ay Im pose m ore str in
g en t requ irem en ts,, in clu d in g advance
a pprov a l by O C R o f d esegreg a tion
m e th o d s .' In. o rd e r to assure a ch ieve
m en t o f th e goals o f th e plan . In th e
a ltern ative, th e D ep a rtm en t m ay in iti
a te en fo rce m e n t p roceed in g s u n d er
T it le VT o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f
1964. i f c o m p lia n c e w ith T it le V I
ca n n ot b e a ch ieved b y voluntary ,
m eans.
S . 3 a c h p la n sh a ll p rov id e th a t th e
sta te w ill fu rn ish to O C R sta tistica l
rep orts , assessm ents, and su ch o th e r
In form a tion as O C R m a y d eem neces
sa ry fr o m tim e to tim e tn ord e r to de
term in e th e e ffe ct iv e n e ss o f th e sta te 's
e ffo r ts to a ch ieve th e goals d escrib ed
in th ese cr iteria . S u ch in fo rm a tio n
sh a ll in c lu d e a n n u al sta tis tica l re p o rts
tn su b sta n tia lly th e sa m e fo r m a t used
p rev iou sly b y th e a ffe c te d sta tes p u r
su a n t to e a r lie r deseg reg a tion plans.
S p e c if ic da tes fo r th e su b m ission o f
th e re p o rts w ill be esta b lish ed by
O C R . In th e ev en t th a t su b seq u en t de
v e lop m en ts ca ll fo r th e su b m ission o f
a d d ition a l data , su ch req u irem en ts
w ill be a n n ou n ced a fte r con su lta tio n
w ith th e sta tes, and th e sta tes and in
stitu tion s sh a ll h a ve su ffic ie n t tim e to
d ev e lop th e sy stem n eed ed fo r th e
g a th er in g o f a d d ition a l data . . .
V. PEfmrtXIOHS - ^
A s u sed In th ese cr iteria ;
. Al. ' ‘ D e p a r tm e n t" re fers to th e U .S .
D e p a rtm e n t o f H ea lth , E d u ca tion , and
W e ifa re . In in stan ces w h ere th e “ D e
p a rtm e n t" Is to tak e certa in a ction s,
th e y m a y b e p e r fo rm e d b y th e O ff ic e
fo r C l'/ll R ig h ts o r th e D irector . O ff ic e
fo r C ivil R ig h ts , on b e h a lf o f th e D e
pa rtm en t.
3 . " I n s t itu t io n " m ean s any sch o o l,
co lleg e . Jun ior o r co m m u n ity co lleg e ,
u n iversity , p ro fess ion a l o r graduate
s c h o o l, adm in istered by o r as an
a g e n cy o f th e sta te g overn m en t. F o u r
y e a r in stitu tion m eans any s c h o o l, c o l
leg e , o r u m v ersity th a t o ffe rs a bacca
la u reate o r g radu ate degree . F o r th e
pu rp ose o f th ese cr iteria , “ In stitu tio n "
does n o t r e fe r to private sc h o o ls o r c o l
leges,
C . “ S ta te s y s te m " ' m eans th e aggre
g ate o f a il sta te p u b lic In stitu tion s o f
h ig h e r ed u ca tio n w ith in th e state,
w h e th e r o r p o t u n d er th e g overn a n ce
o f th e sam e sta te a g e n cy o r b oard .
D . “ S tu d e n t" m eans any p erson en
ro lle d In an !r,stru ctlon a i p rogra m ,
w h e th e r fuU -tlm e or part-tim e, su b je ct
to e x ce p tio n s to be sp e c ifie d b y th e
O ff ic e F o r ClvU R ig h ts .
E . ' “ F a c u lty " m eans ail person s em
p lo y e d by an In stitu tion as fu ll-tim e
In stm ctlo n a l person n el.
P . “ L a b o r m a rk et a rea ” m eans the
g eog ra p h ica l area in w h ich an in stitu
tion o r ca m pu s tra d ltion a ily recru its
o r draw s a pp lican ts possessin g th e req
u isite creden tia ls fo r vacan c ies tn fa c
u lty , a dm in istrative , o r n on -a ca d em ic
p erson n e l position s.
C . "G o v e m ln g b o a r d " m eans th at
a p p o in ted or e lected b od y , w h e th e r o r
n o t resp on sib le to th e g ov ern or o f a
sta te o r to th e sta te leg isla tu re , w h ich
Is ch a rg ed u n d er sta te law w ith th e u l
tim a te re sp on sib ility fo r th e adm in is
tra tio n and o p era tion o f Institu tions
w ith in th e state syste.m o f pu blic
h ig h e r edu ca tion . .4. “ g o v e m ln g b o a r d "
'm a y b e resp on sib le fo r th e entire
f*SfaAt »£SISra«. VOC 43, no. 32—WSDNESOAy, Fi3R0ASr is. 197a
5664 Noncss
rN P O R M A T IO N
sy stem , J or i j in s l e ca m p u s o r in sd tu -
U on t iie re o /, o r .'or a sp e c ifie d jr o u p
o f cam pu ses o r in sU tutions..
D ated : P e o ru a ry 2 , 1373. '
D a t is S . T a t t u
DimUir. XOfflct for Civil Highisl
tPK Doe. :3 -* 0 » l Piled 2-14-78; 3;4i im j
1 4 2 1 0 -0 1 ]
OHPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND
.. . URBAN DEVELOPMENT
' .Ofa«e the Seoefery '
! ■CDocit«N o..'f-7S-34U
■ rSD«Al. K3UA1 HOUIINS OPPOtTUNITr__ COONat.
' ■ . Es*eetis>emen4 end ^neHeetn^ .
A G ID IC T : D e p a r tm e n t o f H ou sin g
and U rban D e v e lo p m e n t .-
.A C T IO N : N otice . .
S U M M .A R T : T i le 'p u rp o se o f th is
n o tice is to p la ce in tiie pu b lic record
In form a tion reg a rd in g th e esta b lish
m en t and fu n c t io n in g o f th e F ederal
S d u a l H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n cil.
.F O R F U R T H E R .
C O N T .A C T ; . .
■ L lo y d D avis. D ir e c to r , O f f i c e o f V o l-
-u n ta ry C om p lian ce , 451, 7 th S tree t
S W „ R o o m 5223, W a sh in g to n . D .C .
20410, P h o n e , 202 -755-5904.
S ection 1— E sta b lish m en t o f the C ou n
cil.
T h e p rov is ion s o f E x e cu tiv e O rd e r
11063 <27 F R 11527, e f fe c t iv e N ov em
b e r 20. 1SS2. and .se ct io n 303 o f T it le
v m o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f 1968, as
a m en ded (42 U E .C . 5 3508) s e t fo r th
re o u ire m e n ts th a t F ede.-al agencies
fu n c t io n in a m a n n er th a t deters h o u s
in g .d iscr im in ation a n d a ffirm a tiv e ly
p rom otes fa ir housing, and ecrual o p -
porxunity . F u rth er , u n d er T it le V I o f
t-be C ivil R ig h ts .Act o f 1964 (4 2 U .S .C .
5 2000d) eac.h a gen cy is resp on sib le fo r
assuring n on d lsc r .m in a tion in pro
gram s in volv in g F ede-m i fin a n cia l as
sistan ce. In a ccord a n ce "vlth th ese au
th orities , and in an e f f o r t to assist
F edera l a gen cies in fu lfi ll in g th e tr fa ir
h ou s in g and e q u a l o p p o rtu n ity respon
sib ilities . th e D e p a rtm e n t o f H ou sin g
an d U rban D e v e lo p m e n t (h e r e a fte r
a u u ) . e sta b lish ed th e F ed era l E qu a l
H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n c il ("C o u n
c i l " ) . . - . . » . . .
S e ct io n 2 —F u n ctio n s . ,1' :
•'...The C o u n c il Is ch a ire d 'o y ,th e .H U D
-A ssistant S e cre ta ry f o r F a ir H ousing
an d E qu a l O p p o rtu n ity , and is op en to
a il F ed era l agen cies and dep artm en ts .
T h e C o u n c il .has d ev e lop ed th ree pri-
iPiary goals to be ac.hieved by each
m em b er agen cy :
A . p la n h in g fe d e ra l fa c ilit ie s in loca
t ion s w h ere th e re is sh ow n to ex ist, on
a n o n d lsc r im in a to fy basis, an a deq u ate
su p p ly o f low a n d m o d e ra te in com e
h ou s in g w ith a d eq u ate a cce ss by
p u b lic tra n sp orta tion fr o m -o th e r areas
o f th e im ban ce n te r a n d adeq u ate
p a rs in g facilities.
3 . E sta b lish in g an d m a in ta in in g an
E qual H ousing L o ca to r S e rv ice , e ith e r
sep arate ly o r In co o p e ra t io n w ith
a gen c ies In c lose p r o x im ity , ava ilable
to a ll a gen cy e m p loy ees . In h e a d q u a r
te rs and fie ld o ff ice s .
C M alting a ffirm a tiv e .use o f a gen cy
fu n d in g a u th o r ity w ith re s p e ct to gov
ern m en t sp on sored p r o je c ts t o fu r th e r
t h e pu rposes o f T it le V t l l o f th e C ivil
R ig h ts A c t o f 1963 (s a a m en ded ).
T o in stitu tion a lize th e p r o c e s s o f
a gen cy pu rsu it o f C on n ell g oa ls . H'UD
n eg otia tes a n d e x ecu tes In tera g en cy
F a ir H ou s in g .-A g re e m e n ts .- w ith
m e m b e r agencies.: In v iew o f H U D 's
lea d ersh ip ro le u n d er T it le V m . p r i
m ary s ta ff re s p o n s ib ility f o r th e C o u n
c il rests w ith th e H U D -A ssistant S e c
re ta ry fo r F air H ou s in g and E quai O p
p o r tu n ity and th e O ff ic e o f V o lu n ta ry
C om p lian ce . . ,
S e ct io n 3— M eetin g s. P roced u res , and
R e p o rts . .
T h e C ou n c il m e e ts q u a r te r ly du rin g
th e fisca l year. T h e tim e and p la ce o f
e a ch m eetin g a n d th e m a tters to be
con s id ered w ill b e pu b lish ed in ad
v an ce o f th e m eetin g . H U D req u ests
b ia n n u a l p rogress rep orts on a gen cy
a ctiv ities to a ch ie v e C o u n c il goals,
w ith up da tes as req u ired . H U D issues
an an n u al r e p o r t -o n th e a cco m p lish
m en ts o f th e C ou n cil, titled T h e P ed-
era l .Agencies and F a ir H ou s in g . STUD
also su b m its rep orts to C M B re la t iv e
to estim ated cos t Incurred fo r th e
C ou n cil to fu n c tio n . In te ra g e n cy F a ir
H ou sin g A g reem en ts s ign ed w ith H U D
w ill be p u b lish ed In th e F eucrai, R zo-
ISTXS and m ade ava ilable th ro u g h th e
m ail to in terested p u b lic a n d private
org a n iza tion s . .. -■
S ection 4 - lC o u n c i lM e m b e r s . ’ , / ' '
H U D has req u ested th a t th e h ea d o f
an a gen cy o r d ep a r tm en t co m m e n c in g
Its p a rtic ip a tion o n th e C o u n c il ap
p o in t a ,-epresentative and an a lter
n a te to a tten d C o u n c il m eetin g s and
woris w ith H U D in pu rsu it o f th e
C ou n cil goals. .As an a p p o in te e fo r t.be
a gen cy or d ep artm en t h ea d , e a ch re p -
,-esentaU ve has d ec is ion m a k in g au
th o r ity w ith respect to m a tters u n d er
co n s id e ra tio n . T h e lev e l o f appoLne-
m e n t a llow s f o r t im e ly Im plem en ta
t io n o f C ou n cil e f f o r t s . . . . .
S ect ion 5— T ra ve l E x p e n se s ; -Adm inis
tra tive S u p p o r t , F in a n cin g
F in a n cia l and adm lnlstrsLtlve'su’p p o r t
fo r th e C ou n cil is p rov id ed by th e D e
p a rtm en t o f .£TUD. C f f lc e . o f . F air
H ou s in g a n d .... E qual, C p p o rtu n ity .
T ra v e l expen ses in cu rred b y represen
ta tives In a tten d in g q u arteriy m e e t
ings is b o m e by th e in d iv id u ^ a gen
cies, . . . .
.AoTHQ»rrr (Section 7(d) of Uie Deoart-
cient of Housing rod U--S«n Development
.Act, 42 U.S.C 552S<U)).
Issued at W a sh in g ton , D . C , J a n u a ry
3 1 . 1973. -
C h es te r C , M cG thRE,
Ajiisiant Secreiary/or Fair
H oitrin sron d Zaval Opportv-Tiity.
(FR Doe. 73-4<ia7 -eied 2-14-78 : 3:48 roil
[4 3 1 0 -8 4 ] .
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Suiieera isn4 Mcneqewwrt
STATE DIRSCIO*. CAUHPSNIA
ledeleqfliiee e( Authevity
U n d er th e a u th o r ity o f S ecre ta r ia l
O rd er N o. 3003, dated -April 26. 1977,
su b je ct to lim ita tion s o f sec t ion 4 (b ) o f
th a t ord er, th e S ta te D irector , C a li fo r
n ia. Is a u th orized to issue ail in itia l
grants, perm its, and am en dm en ts
th ere to , a cross pu b lic and o th e r a p p ro
p r ia te F edera l lands fo r th e 3 0 H I O
p ip e lin e and associa ted a n cillary fa c ili
ties in th e S ta tes o f -Arizona. CaiiXor-
n ia. N ew M e.xioo, and T e x a s . T h is au
th or iza tion is p u rsu an t to se c t io n 28 o f
th e M in era l L easin g .Act o f 1920, as
a m en ded , 30 U .S .C . 135.
T h e C a lifo rn ia S ta te D ir e c to r sh a ll
n o t red elega te th is a u th o r ity .
G z o r c z L . T tra co rr .
Acting Director,
\PP3ROART 3. 1973.
CFH Doc. 73-4134 Filed 2-14-73; S:4S im l
[4 4 1 0 -0 1 ]
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
Dma AdmMivTrcVioiv
[Docket J7o. 77-543
UCOSSVSir F, JACX50H
Haonna
N otice is h e re b y g iven th a t on N o
v em ber 9. 1977, the D ru g £ .d lo r ce m e n t
.A dm in istration . D e p a rtm e n t o f Jus
tice , issued to R o o se v e lt P. J ack son .
M .D .. .Atlanta, Ga_. an O rd er to S n ow
C ause as to w h y his DE.A C ertifica te
o f R eg is tra tion , -A JU 72472, sh o u ld .dot
b e revoked .
T h ir ty days h a v in g e lapsed s in ce the
said O rd er to S h ow C ause was rece ived
b y th e R e sp o n d e n t, and w ritten re
quest fo r a h ea rin g h a v in g been filed
wit.b th e D ru g E n fo rce m e n t A dm in is
tra tion , n o tice is h e re b y g iven th a t a
h ea rin g In th is m a tter w ill b e he ld
co m m e n c in g a t 10 a..m. on W ed n esda y ,
M a rch 1, 1973, In C o u rtro o m N o. 303,
S ta te C ou rt o f F u lto n C o u n ty C ou rt
h ou se . 130 P ry o r S tree t 3 W ., A tlan ta ,
G a .
D ated ; F e b r u a r y 9. 1973,
P rn s t B, BErfsthors.
A d m in istra tor ,
D re q En/orce77ienf .id .-n in istm tion ,
■ CPR Doc. 73-4131 F le d 2-14-73: 3:45 roaj
■•IDIkAl. gtOlSTEib VOU 43, H O. 32— ASDNESDAT, .“ SgU ART 15, 1973
VERIFICATION
STATE OF NEW YORK )
) ss :
COUNTY OF NEW YORK )
JEAN FAIRFAX, being first duly sworn, deposes and says;
1. I am Director of the Division of Legal Information and
Community Services of the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational
Fund, Inc. My office address is 10 Columbus Circle, Suite
2030, New York, New York 10019.
2. I have read the foregoing Motion For Further Relief of
plaintiffs and know the contents thereof, and the same are true
to my own knowledge except as to the matters therein stated to
be on information and belief, and as to those matters I believe
them to be true.
JEAN FAIRFAX
Sworn to before me this
day of May 10, 1982
Notary Publi-^^
., ,tL BERGtft
Notaiy Public, of New Yori<
No. 31-52S1197
Qualified io New Yol-k County ^
Comiswssio.T Expires March 30, 19s r
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al.,
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al.,
Defendants.
)
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN SUPPORT OF
PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
Plaintiffs have moved for further relief requiring de
fendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingre
dients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of
Public Higher Education (hereinafter ".the Criteria"), 43 Fed.
Reg. 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978). As demonstrated in the motion, the
Department of Education ("DE") has completely abandoned the
Criteria. Plans have been approved that do not begin to meet
the Criteria's requirements, and non-implementation of previ
ously approved plans is being substantially ignored or condoned.
To appreciate fully the disastrous impact of defendants'
actions upon the desegregation of America's public colleges and
universities, it is necessary to trace briefly the history of
this 12 year-old litigation. This case was filed in 1970 as a
result of the failure of the former Department of Health, Edu
cation and Welfare to enforce the provisions of Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d et seq. More
than nine years ago, in November of 1972 and February of 1973,
this Court held that HEW had failed to meet its statutory
obligations under Title VI. Adams v. Richardson, 351 F.Supp.
636 (D.D.C. 1972) and 356 F.Supp. 92 (D.D.C. 1973). HEW had
between January 1969 and February 1970 concluded that ten
states which previously practiced de jure segregation were
still operating racially segregated systems of public higher
education, and had required each state to submit a desegrega
tion plan within 120 days. However, HEW had then completely
ignored the failure of those states to submit adequate plans;
indeed, five states had submitted no plan at all. HEW had
taken no administrative enforcement action whatsoever, and
had continued to advance federal funds to the higher education
systems of all ten states. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 356
F.Supp. at 94. This Court granted declaratory and injunctive
relief to compel HEW to comply with Title VI, including a
requirement that the defendants commence enforcement proceed
ings or utilize other lawful means to achieve desegregation
of the states' higher education systems. Ibid.
In June of 1973, the en banc Court of Appeals affirmed
this Court's order with minor modifications. Adams v. Richard
son , 480 F.2d 1159 (D.C. Cir. 1973)(en banc). The Court found
it "regrettable" that HEW had "not yet formulated guidelines
for desegregating state-wide systems of higher learning," id.
at 1164, and declared that defendants would no longer be per
mitted to neglect their responsibility under Title VI, ibid.
In a passage of particular importance to the instant
motion, the Court of Appeals further held in its 1973 en banc
decision that "[t]he problem of integrating higher education
must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by
school basis." at 1164. Thus for nine years the law of
this Circuit has required defendants to compel not merely
elimination of "discriminatory admissions policies of individual
- 2 -
institutions," but more importantly comprehensive planning to
remedy effectively "the more complex problem of system-wide
racial imbalance" in each state. at 1164-65 n.10.
The Court of Appeals additionally declared in 1973 that
[plerhaps the most serious problem in
this area is the lack of state-wide
planning to provide more and better
trained minority group doctors, lawyers,
engineers and other professionals. A
predicate for minority access to qua
lity post-graduate programs is a viable,
coordinated state-wide higher educa
tion policy that takes into account
the special problems of minority stu
dents and of Black colleges.
Id. at 1164-65. The Court thus indicated to defendants both
the type of planning and the type of results which they must
require of the states in order to achieve compliance with Title
VI.
Four years after the decision of the Court of Appeals, this
Court held that plans accepted by defendants in compliance with
that decision were inadequate because they "did not meet impor
tant desegregation requirements" and had "failed to achieve
significant progress toward higher education desegregation."
Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 119 (D.D.C. 1977). Holding
that defendants were required to obtain from each state "speci
fic commitments necessary for a workable higher education
desegregation plan," the Court directed defendants to formulate
final guidelines for acceptable desegregation plans and to
require each state to submit within 60 days thereafter a revised
plan in compliance with those guidelines. at 121. The Court
further cited and quoted the en banc Court of Appeals' holdings
requiring statewide planning to provide more black professionals
and to deal with the special problems of traditionally black
institutions. Id. at 120. And the Court specifically directed
- 3 -
defendants "to devise criteria for higher education desegrega
tion plans which will take into account the unique importance of
Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congressional
mandate [of Title VI]." Ibid♦
The Criteria were thus promulgated und^r compulsion from
this Court and the Court of Appeals. Indeed, the language of
the Criteria reflects this fact and concedes that the specific
terms of the guidelines are to a considerable extent controlled
by the decisions in this case. For example, the Criteria
recognize that "[t]he Court of Appeals in its en banc opinion
in Adams directed HEW [now DE] to undertake a statewide
approach and noted the serious problem created by the lack of
viable statewide coordinated planning in higher education."
43 Fed. Reg. at 6659. On this basis, the Criteria require
not only that each institution pursue
nondiscriminatory student admission and
faculty and staff employment practices,
but also that the state system as a whole
develop a comprehensive and coordinated
statewide desegregation plan embodying
those specific affirmative, remedial
steps which will prove effective in
achieving significant progress toward
the disestablishment of the structure
of the dual system and which address
the problem of "systemwide racial im
balance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d at
1165 n.10].
Ibid. Similarly, the Criteria cite and quote the holdings of
this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring plans that will
produce greater numbers of black professionals and enhance the
traditionally black colleges. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. The
Criteria expressly concede that
as the Court has instructed, the transi
tion to a unitary system must not be ac
complished by placing a disproportionate
burden upon black students, faculty, or
institutions or by reducing the educa
tional opportunities available to blacks.
Ibid.
- 4 -
As pointed out in the Motion for Further Relief, the
specific requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set
forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their
release, are the following:
— Traditionally black institutions must be
strengthened in quality so that they attract
students for non-racial reasons;
— State systems must eliminate educationally
unnecessary program duplication;
— Some new "high demand" programs must be placed
on traditionally black campuses;
— The state must achieve parity in the rate of
black and white students entering the higher
education system;
— The state must increase the number of black
students at traditionally white institutions;
— The state must achieve parity in the number
of black and white graduates of state colleges
who enter state graduate schools;
— The proportion of white students attending
traditionally black colleges must be increased;
— the state must increase mobility of students
between the state's two-and four-year institutions;
— The state must increase the percentage of black
academic and nonacademic employees in the system
and increase the number of black representatives
on governing boards.
HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education
Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of
Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. Defendants
have paid little attention, as the Motion for Further Relief
makes abundantly clear, to these specifics as well as to the
general thrust of the Criteria.
- 5 -
Perhaps of paramount importance to this motion is the
Criteria's recognition that the decisions in this case require
defendants not only to promulgate guidelines but also to enforce
them rigorously. For example, the Criteria cite the Court's
oral'directive of January 17, 1977:
what I want them [defendants] to do
... is be under the compulsion of a
court order to submit to the states
certain specific requirements which
the states must respond to...
Id. at 6659 (emphasis added). The Criteria thus reflect the
Court's very clear intent in requiring their creation; to end
once and for all the defendants' long-standing failure to
operate under standards.
As we demonstrate in the instant motion, defendants have
abandoned the Criteria and especially the above-quoted
passages. Many of the original Adams states are not comply
ing with the Criteria, yet DE has not initiated enforcement
proceedings. Findings as to a second group of states were
finally issued in January of 1981, pursuant to a consent
order entered only after plaintiffs had filed a motion for
1/further relief demanding their issuance;” but some of those
findings did not uniformly require submission of, statewide
plans, and several states to this day have not yet submitted
such plans. The current Administration has accepted plans
which do not meet the Criteria, and has failed to require
corrective measures to implement earlier approved plans
even where it is obvious that the plans and the Criteria are
being flouted. Defendants simply treat the Criteria as
1/ See Consent Order of December 18, 1980,
- 6 -
though they do not exist.
Thus, after 12 years of litigation, we must regrettably
seek relief from this Court once again. Nine years after this
Court's original decision and its affirmance by the Court of
Appeals, and five years after this Court's Second Supplemental
Order requiring promulgation of the Criteria, we are faced with
an Administration that has ignored the holdings of this case.
The law of this case requires that defendants promulgate and
enforce guidelines for desegregation of public higher education.
2/
and at present those guidelines are the Criteria. The Adminis
tration now in office may not like the Criteria, but it is
under a duty to apply them unless and until such time as they
are formally revised and amended through proper procedures
subject to review by the courts in this case; any such revision
or amendment would, of course, have to comport fully with the
holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court described above.
The one thing that defendants clearly cannot do under the
law of this case is precisely what they are doing at present.
Defendants may not simply sit on their hands and pretend that
the Criteria are inoperative or need not be enforced. By
so doing, defendants have regressed to the era without standards
that existed for many years before the decisions in this case.
They have, in effect, treated those decisions as a nullity.
2/ In one state. North Carolina, an enforcement proceeding
Tnitiated by the previous Administration with respect to the
State's four-year colleges and universities was aborted pursuant
to a settlement that flagrantly disregarded the Criteria. On
June 25, 1981, this Court denied on jurisdictional grounds
plaintiffs' motion for a temporary restraining order and pre
liminary injunction enjoining defendants from entering into the
settlement agreement. Plaintiffs' appeal from the Court's order
was argued on January 8, 1982, and is still pending.
- 7 -
This Court should grant further relief to require defendants
to obey the holdings of this case and to live up to their legal
obligation to desegregate this Nation's system of public higher
educat ion.
Respectfully submitted.
Jack Greenberg
James M. Nabrit, III
Joel Berger
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
Tel. (212) 586-8397
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
John Silard
Elliott C. Lichtman
Rauh, Silard and Lichtman, P.C.
1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
Tel. (202) 331-1795
Attorneys for Plaintiffs
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE , ,
I hereby certify that a copy of the Points of Authorities
in Support of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief was served
by hand this ____ Day of May, 1982, upon
Department of Justice, Room 3734, Constitution Avenue beteeen
9th and 10th Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20530.
Joseph L. Rauh, Jr.
IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
KENNETH ADAMS, et al..
Plaintiffs,
V.
TERREL H. BELL, et al..
Defendants.
)
)
) Civil Action No. 70-3095
)
)
ORDER
Plaintiffs having filed a Motion for Further Relief re
quiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying
the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State
Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658
(February 15, 1978), the Court having considered said Motion
and the Points of Authorities filed by plaintiffs in support
thereof, and the Court having further considered all papers
submitted by defendants in opposition, and
This Court finding that the defendants have abandoned
the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, without public
notice and without order of this Court, and have accepted
plans which violate said Revised Criteria,
IT IS HEREBY ORDERED this ___ day of ____________ , 1 982,
that defendants, their successors, agents and employees, are
directed
1. To announce publicly and notify each of the previ
ously ^ jure segregated states within 10 days from the date
of this Order that the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978,
are in full force and effect;
2. To require any state not in compliance with said
Revised Criteria to submit within 90 days a new plan for
coming into compliance with said Revised Criteria;
3. To determine within the following 60 days whether
the newly submitted plan complies with said Revised Criteria,
and
4. To commence no later than 150 days from the date of
this Order enforcement proceedings with respect to any state
failing to submit a plan that complies with said Revised
Criteria.
UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE
- 2 -
M E M O R A N D U M
March 9, 1982
TO: Jean Fairfax
FROM: Joel Berger
RE: Motion for Further
Plans of Delaware,
Relief in Adams v. Bell:
West Virginia and Missouri
Introduction
In Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en
banc), the Court explicitly held that "[t]he problem of integrating
higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a
school-by-school basis." Adams requires not merely elimination of
"discriminatory admissions policies of individual institutions," but
rather comprehensive planning to effectively remedy "the more complex
problem of system-wide racial imbalance" in each state. 480 F.2d at
1164-65 n. 10.
The Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of Acceptable
Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed.
Reg. 6658, 6659 (Feb. 15, 1978), state that "[t]he Court of Appeals in
its en banc opinion in Adams directed HEW [now the Department of Edu
cation (DE)] to undertake a statewide approach and noted the serious
problem created by the lack of viable statewide coordinated planning in
higher education." Accordingly, the Revised Criteria
require not only that each institution pursue
nondiscriminatory student admission and faculty
and staff employment practices, but also that
the state system as a whole develop a compre
hensive and coordinated statewide desegregation
plan embodying those specific affirmative, re
medial steps which will prove effective in
achieving significant progress toward the dis
establishment of the structure of the dual system
and which address the problem of "systemwide
racial imbalance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d
at 1165 n.lO] .
Ibid.
In total disregard of this requirement, the Department of
Education in 1981 directed the states of Delaware, Missouri and VJest
Virginia to submit plans that were not statewide in scope but rather
dealt with only a handful of institutions within the complex public
higher educational systems of those states. As a result, DE has failed
to ensure that the systems in question will be effectively desegregated
on a statewide basis.
Delaware
In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently dated
VJanuary 15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Dewey E. Dodds
(Region III) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of the
traditionally white University of Delaware (UD) and the traditionally
black Delaware State College (DSC). However, Mr. Dodds did not re-
1/ Although our copy is undated, it is my understanding that most of
the letters from DE regional directors to governors of the "second
tier" Adams states were dated January 15, 1981.
quire the state to specifically address the problems of desegregation
within Delaware's Community College System. Mr. Dodds claimed (p.6)
that "[b]ecause the schools in the Delaware Community College System
were not established as part of the State's former ^ jure system, and
no community college campus is racially identifiable by its current
student enrollment or faculty employment, they are not included as part
of the violation of Title VI [of the Civil Rights Act of 1964]."
Such reasoning is, of course, entirely specious. Most state sup
ported systems of higher education have expanded by leaps and bounds
since the days of ^ jure segregation, and if every campus opened since
the ^ jure era were exempted from Title VI Adams would lose all mean
ing. As for the failure of Delaware to provide DE with data concerning
the community colleges, that is hardly grounds for exempting them from
coverage.
Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account of the
effect that remedial measures applied to one institution will have on
other institutions (two-year and four-year) sharing the same service
area," he added that the community colleges "should have a relatively
minor role in a statewide plan" and directed that they be discussed
only to the extent necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of
January 15, 1981 to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities,
taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17, 1981, which
focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and virtually ignores the
community colleges.
The failure to address the Delaware system of public higher edu
cation on a statewide basis seriously undermines the effort to dese-
3 -
segregate UD and DSC. For example, we alleged in our objections to the
Delaware plan, filed on September 28, 1981, that there is duplication
of programs between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Commu
nity College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and DSC (also located in
Dover). DE did not deny this claim in its response to our objections,
but rather stated only that UD does not offer courses at the DTCC Dover
branch (DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). This response is com
pletely inadequate. With DTCC in Dover operating at a 78.3% white
enrollment in 1980, and DSC still 63% black (74.6% black in full-time
2/enrollment), any duplication of programs could be fatal to the effort
to attract white students from the area to DSC.
Similarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time when
UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an undergraduate
enrollment of only 3.2% b l a c k . Y e t the interrelationship of DTCC
Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware plan. With the population
of Wilmington at 46% black (see our objections to the Delaware plan,
p.l), the inability of UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly
be addressed in a comprehensive fashion without taking into account the
existence of a 30.5% black community college in the same region.”'4/
2/ See Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept. 28,1981) .
3/ Ibid.
£/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a smaller
DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at Stanton, has a black
enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests the emergence of dualism within
the DTCC system itself.
- 4
Missouri
In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January 15, 1981,
DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region VII) directed
submission of a plan for desegregation of only three of Missouri's 28
institutions of public higher education: the University of Missouri at
Columbia (the state university's flagship institution), the University
of Missouri at Rolla (the state engineering school), and Southeast
Missouri State University (one of nine State campuses serving regional
and commuter service areas).
As noted in our objections, filed with DE on August 13, 1981,
enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter itself (Table I) esta
blishes the inadequacy of DE's directive. The data reveals, for ex
ample, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the two four-
year institutions in St. Louis: the University of Missouri at St.
Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe College, which traces its
roots to the traditionally black Stowe Teachers College of the ^ jure
era, remains 75.1% black. Similarly, there are significant disparities
in the black enrollment rates at the various community colleges within
the Kansas City and St. Louis regions: the four Kansas City area com
munity colleges range from 0.9% black at Maplewoods to 66% black at
Pioneer, and the three St. Louis area community colleges range from
3.7% at Meramec to 54% at Forest Park.
Our objections to DE also cited a recent report, prepared by the
Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which further demonstrates the
need for statewide planning addressing the problems of the St. Louis
and Kansas City areas as well as the three institutions for which DE
- 5 -
required a plan. The Commission's February 1980 Report on Graduates
from the University of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and
Colleges in May and June 1979 reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's
degrees granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the
spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while the 1978
black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr. High's letter is
12.4%, there appear to be serious retention and promotion problems for
blacks at that institution. Given the fact that the City of St. Louis
is 45.6% black according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's
desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect. According to
the Commission, the University of Missouri at Kansas City granted only
5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black
enrollment rate stated in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4%
black according to the 1980 census.
Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of St. Louis
and Kansas City, the absence of a state-wide plan could undermine the
state's efforts to achieve desegregation on the three campuses cited by
DE as requiring remedial action. For example, the University of
Missouri at Columbia is relatively near Moberly College, which at 11%
black enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of
St. Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A comprehensive
statewide plan would seek to benefit from the presence of integrated
two-year institutions in the region of a segregated university, while
at the same time guarding against the possibility of erosion of the
two-year school's programs. There are several two and four-year
institutions of public higher education in the general vicinity of the
- 6 -
three universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE not
only ignores the serious problems existing in the St. Louis and Kansas
City regions, but will also hinder progress even at the three insti
tutions which have been declared in violation of Title VI by DE.
West Virginia
In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently dated
VJanuary 6, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Dodds directed
submission of a plan limited solely to the traditionally white West
Virginia University (WVU). In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr.
Dodds conceded that thirteen other state-supported institutions of
higher education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their
faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West Virginia
to submit a statewide plan.
The Revised Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each
state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the number
and proportion of black employees, academic and non-academic, through
out the system ..." The thirteen institutions cited by Mr. Dodds
constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher educational system in
6/terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to ignore the problem. DE merely
announced in footnote 3 of Mr. Dodds' letter that it would turn the
5/ Our copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of June 22, 1981, to
Elliot Lichtman, rejecting our objections, states that the letter was
dated January 6, 1981.
6/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics were
not provided.
- 7
matter of employment discrimination over to the Office of Federal
Contract Com.pliance Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross
abdication of responsibility which is totally at oods with the Revised
Criteria and Adams. It goes without saying that a college's progress
in desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions is
crucial to the overall progress of desegregation.
The plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in response to
Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to W U and provides absolutely no
data concerning the state's 15 other public institutions of higher
education. Accordingly, it is impossible for us to evaluate DE's claim
that progress is satisfactory at all institutions except ViVU. We can
only note that since WVU's 1978 enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7%
of the statewide total (see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is
inconceivable that affirmative action at that institution will have no
impact upon the others. WVU is the very heart of this state's system,
rather than one of several large facilities. Even assuming arguendo
that the other schools are making adequate progress at this time, a
genuine effort by WVU to attract black students and faculty will in
variably draw blacks from these schools. Accordingly, the need for
statewide planning and monitoring remains critical.
Conclusion
The failure of DE to require statewide plans for Delaware,
Missouri and West Virginia is a radical departure from the Revised
Criteria and a violation of the holding of the D.C. Circuit in Adams.
Progress in each of these three states will suffer severely because of
DE's refusal to direct the submission of comprehensive and coordinated
plans that address desegregation on a statewide basis.
cc: Joseph L. Rauh, Jr,, Esq.
Elliot C. Lichtman, Esq.
- 9 -
'̂V£ ka s (X-c- ĉ. jtr^ .Lt sj ~~ft^ ut c-c . S’jr / I
3^L
O/JLla,
0^ /I /f'
/ho'î o! 11 >/''
t-' ĉxĵ -T
(/-?(->; f w j Ic-j (ĵ ^
y 7 ? ^ /iCi<L- /H .y' } y \ ^ s acc-e^ t x
JtjxL^ Oki^^ W -
id x x t . LAJ Cî Icî
/ji 11 * (̂ 1 c u t ^ ^ I n A / ^ L^ f iuC j A - ^ c n A
ot !I OLt^ Az>/'jciX̂
v OhvX X i a i l r h t ^ J
1k al^oo-c s e c fh >ke_ a c < u i i l l ,u ^
CP! , o u u ^ " A 'u I L a v i i i = ^ h L , ^X CA^m -U S ( fy\C)CU\̂
j4 r - s /l4t c> 1 1 I ~C" X ^ l / ( (~~̂ I '
(X Q ul^ 'Ap ̂ itC L c^ j j ( CJ?_ l l i T j /VHUL^Ly,^ 1
a7 ~ ' / i l7 3 OF^F^ ilT ~ 6 u , Q .y J li„ ;j---Hr S Ouu^ Luja. If UJ /cr 7^ 7"
/ b
iA-t-
/ -• C A L ) s/ I ou a J!-^ ̂ c7 S ' ( Id I -c
rfe z . X ' c x u X I
s L - < ^ X X t '~ h I l A ~ h r ^ X - t a \ y U ^ t r x ^ ^ c x s i ^ l i s"jAij<L>-1''̂ C 0- I ̂
(A ( T I tXTX la/̂ ( ĉ
a P y X r L o t
J T X L c . c c , - f t r
C o x XA .
J.
M E M O R A N D U M
February 9, 1982
TO: Joseph Rauh
James Nabrit
Joel Berger
Bill Lee
Brent Simmons
FROM: Jean Fairfax
RE: Adams V . Bell: MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF
The purpose of this memo is to set forth what we can document
and how we can make this a manageable task if the Motion is
to be filed on March 19. I have tens of thousands of pieces
of paper, statistical and narrative reports, received from
the Adams states through the Department of Education (DE),
plus other materials from other sources. All of this cannot
be analyzed so my objective is to isolate the essential issues
and concentrate on the data that will support our charges.
Listed below is my outline of the charges - not in any order
of priority - and my recommendations for documenting them
within our timeframe:
1. Having identified in the Criteria the key indicies for
progress toward eliminating vestiges of the dual system
and having required commitments and measures from six
states, DE has repeatedly failed to take action against
states that have not shown sufficient progress or have
regressed in the implementation of their plans.
A. Re: Virginia, Georgia, Oklahoma, Arkansas, North
Carolina Community College System
1. A checklist of the indicies of progress listed
below will be used to ascertain non-implementa
tion of the state plan or regression. Where we
have letters from DE regional offices that re
veal that DE knew of noncompliance but has not
exercised or threatened sanctions or that DE
is not pressing any more on certain issues,
this lack of enforcement will be noted. I plan
to review the letters sent to these states
late in 1980, their responses and their summer
1981 reports.
2. Indices:
a. Reducing disparity in college going rates
b. Increasing black enrollment in 4-year TWI
and reducing black/white disparities in
rates of enrollment by 50%
c. Reducing disparity in retention
d. Increasing black enrollment in graduate/pro-
fessional programs and reducing disparities
in black/white rates of enrollment from bac
calaureate level.
e. Increasing the black presence in positions
not requiring the doctorate to equal pro
portion of black recipients of master's de
grees
f. Increasing blacks in all positions to equal
their availability in the labor market;
focus v;ill be on faculty, administrative
and professional nonfaculty positions and
will include hiring statistics
g. Increase of blacks in governance
h. Enhancement of the TBI's: facilities, new
programs, elimination of program duplication
i. Integration goals for TBI's
j. Statewide measures to accomplish the above:
state funds; state level monitoring.
2. Responsibility: Fairfax
3. Deadline: March 1
II. Having made a finding that Florida was not making sufficient
progress and indeed had become more segregated, DE approved
a revised plan that was weaker than the 1977 plan in key
respects.
1. My analysis of spring 1981 should be updated with
information from the summer 1981 report from Florida.
- 2 -
2. Responsibility: Fairfax
3. Deadline: March 8
III. Having determined that voluntary negotiations could not result
in an acceptable plan from North Carolina, HEW and later DE
proceeded with administrative hearxngs. These hearings were
abruptly ended with the negotiation of a consent agreement
that was signed into an order by Judge Dupree. The plan in
that order ignores key requirements of the Criteria, does not
address issues raised in the hearing, has established a bad
precedent for Title VI compliance and undermines the jurisdic
tion of this Court and the Court of Appeals.
1. Responsibility: All of us. Most of the work
has been done in papers already filed with the
Court. I would be willing to read UNO's report
to Dupree to ascertain whether it provides fur
ther evidence of the danger of withdrawing
Federal oversight. Should we ask Brent to do
a memo on DE's major charges in the hearings
that are not addressed in the consent order.
2. Deadline: March 8
IV. DE has approved new plans that violate the Court of Appeals
Order requiring a statewide approach. (Delaware, Missouri,
West Virginia)
1. Responsibility: Joel Berger
2. Deadline: March 1
V. DE has approved new plans that ignore key requirements in
the Criteria. (Kentucky, South Carolina)
1. Responsibility: Fairfax
2. Deadline: Depends on how much reworking of my
earlier analyses will be required.
- 3 -
VI. DE is in contempt of court for violating deadlines.
Pennsylvania)
(Texas
These states may have moved into earlier categories by
March 1. Communications between DE and Pennsylvania
strongly indicate that both parties will come up with
a plan substantially short of requirements in the
January 1981 letter from DE to Pennsylvania.
VII. What can we charge re Alabama and Ohio. DE could legally
turn them over to Justic although we are convinced this was
a stalling trick.
VIII. Can we make a charge re Maryland?
JF/11